HOMESIDE INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1999-12-28
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: EXIGENT INTERNATIONAL INC, 8-K, 1999-12-28
Next: FIRST CHOICE FUNDS TRUST, 24F-2NT, 1999-12-28



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark one)
[x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934

     For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999

                                       OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934

                           Commission File No. 1-12655

                          HomeSide International, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                      59-3387041
(State or other jurisdiction of
 incorporation or organization)            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                 7301 Baymeadows Way, Jacksonville, FL 32256
              (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (904) 281-3000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _x_ No __

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the Company's  classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

         Title of each class                    Outstanding at December 28, 1999

Common stock $0.01 par value                                   1
Class C non-voting common stock $1.00 par value               none

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
will not be  contained,  to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive
proxy or information  statements  incorporated  by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.


<PAGE>



                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

General

     HomeSide  International,  Inc. (the  "Company"),  through its  wholly-owned
operating subsidiary, HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide Lending"), is one of the
largest  full  service  residential  mortgage  banking  companies  in the United
States.  The  Company  is the  successor  to  HomeSide,  Inc.  ("HomeSide,  Inc.
Predecessor").  On  February  10,  1998,  National  Australia  Bank,  Ltd.  (the
"National")  acquired  all  outstanding  shares of the common stock of HomeSide,
Inc.  Predecessor  and the Company  adopted a fiscal year end of September 30 to
conform  to the  fiscal  year of the  National  (see Note 2 of the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements).  HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor  was  formed  through  the
acquisition  of the mortgage  banking  operations  of  BankBoston,  N.A.  ("BBMC
Predecessor" to HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor) on March 16, 1996 and subsequently
purchased  the  mortgage  banking  operations  of  Barnett  Banks,  Inc.  Unless
otherwise designated,  the term "HomeSide" refers to the Company for the periods
subsequent to February 10, 1998, to HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor for the periods
from March 16, 1996 to February  10,  1998 and to BBMC  Predecessor  for periods
prior to March 16, 1998.

     HomeSide's  strategy  emphasizes  variable cost mortgage loan originations,
low cost mortgage  servicing and effective  risk  management.  Headquartered  in
Jacksonville,   Florida,  HomeSide  ranks  as  the  7th  largest  mortgage  loan
originator  and the 7th largest  servicer in the United  States at September 30,
1999 based on data published by Inside Mortgage Finance.

     The residential mortgage market, which totaled  approximately $4.7 trillion
at September 30, 1999, is the largest debt market in the world.  The residential
mortgage  market has grown at a compound annual rate of  approximately  8% since
1985.  HomeSide competes in a mortgage banking market which is highly fragmented
with no single company  controlling  or dominating the market.  At September 30,
1999,  the  largest  originator  represented  7.6% of the market and the largest
servicer   represented   6.4%,  while  the  top  30  originators  and  servicers
represented  59.8%  and  57.2% of  their  markets,  respectively,  based on data
published by Inside  Mortgage  Finance.  Residential  mortgage  lenders  compete
primarily  on the basis of loan  pricing  and  service,  making  effective  cost
management essential. The industry has experienced rapid consolidation which has
been accelerated by the introduction of significant technology  improvements and
the economies of scale present in mortgage  servicing.  The top 10 mortgage loan
servicers have increased their aggregate market share from 17% in 1990 to 40% as
of September 30, 1999.

     HomeSide's  business  strategy  is to  increase  the  volume  of  its  loan
originations and the size of its servicing portfolio while continuing to improve
operating efficiencies.  In originating mortgages,  HomeSide focuses on variable
cost channels of production,  including correspondent,  broker, consumer direct,
affinity,  and co-issue sources.  HomeSide also pursues strategic  relationships
with other production sources to acquire and service residential mortgage loans.
Management  believes that these  variable  cost  channels of production  deliver
consistent  origination  opportunities  for  HomeSide  without  the  fixed  cost
investment associated with traditional retail mortgage branch networks. HomeSide
believes  that its ongoing  investment in  technology  will further  enhance and
expand existing  processing  capabilities  and improve its efficiency.  Based on
independent  surveys of direct cost per loan and loans  serviced  per  employee,
management  believes that HomeSide has been one of the industry's most efficient
mortgage  servicers.  The Company's  average cost per employee  approximates the
average cost per employee of its major competitors.

     HomeSide plans to build its core operations  through (i) improved economies
of scale in servicing  costs;  (ii)  increased  productivity  using  proprietary
technology;  and  (iii)  expanded  and  diversified  variable  cost  origination
channels.  In addition,  HomeSide  intends to pursue  additional  loan portfolio
acquisitions  and strategic  origination  relationships  similar to its existing
relationships with Banc One Mortgage  Corporation  ("Bank One"),  People's Bank,
and Cendant Mortgage Company ("Cendant").

     HomeSide's business activities consist primarily of:

          Mortgage  production:  origination and purchase of residential  single
     family mortgage loans through multiple channels  including  correspondents,
     strategic partners,  mortgage brokers,  co-issue partners,  direct consumer
     telemarketing and affinity programs;

          Servicing:  administration,   collection  and  remittance  of  monthly
     mortgage  principal  and  interest  payments,  collection  and  payment  of
     property  taxes and  insurance  premiums  and  management  of certain  loan
     default activities;

          Secondary marketing:  sale of residential single family mortgage loans
     as pools  underlying  mortgage-backed  securities  guaranteed  or issued by
     governmental  or  quasi-governmental  agencies or as whole loans or private
     securities to investors; and

          Risk management: management of a program designed primarily to protect
     the economic performance of the servicing portfolio that could otherwise be
     adversely affected by loan prepayments due to declines in interest rates.

Production

     HomeSide  participates  in several  origination  channels,  with a focus on
wholesale origination.  Since the acquisition of BancBoston Mortgage Corporation
("BBMC"),   wholesale  channels  (correspondent,   co-issue,  and  broker)  have
represented more than 90% of HomeSide's total production.  Excluding the volumes
purchased from BankBoston, N.A., Barnett Bank, N.A. ("Barnett") and Banc One, no
single source within the  correspondent  or broker  channels  accounted for more
than 7% of total production since March 16, 1996.  HomeSide's other  origination
channels include telemarketing, direct mail campaigns and other advertising, and
mortgages related to affinity group and co-branding partnerships.  HomeSide also
purchases  servicing  rights  in bulk  from  time to  time.  This  multi-channel
production base provides access to and flexibility among production  channels in
a wide variety of market and economic conditions. The following table sets forth
production  detail by HomeSide's  origination  channels.  The periods  presented
coincide with the  commencement of operations of HomeSide and the acquisition of
HomeSide by the National (see Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements):

Residential Loan Production by Channel



(dollars in millions)                 For the Period From    For the Period From
                                      October 1, 1998 to    February 11, 1998 to
                                      September 30, 1999      September 30, 1998
                                      ------------------     -------------------
Wholesale:
  Correspondent                             $17,927                 $11,309
  Co-issue (a)                                7,737                   2,906
  Broker                                      3,818                   1,980
                                      -------------------   --------------------
    Total wholesale                          29,482                  16,195
Direct                                        1,451                     631
                                      -------------------   --------------------
   Total production                          30,933                  16,826
Bulk acquisitions (b)                        35,608                  18,947
                                      -------------------   --------------------
   Total production and acquisitions        $66,541                 $35,773
                                      ===================   ====================

(a)  Represents the acquisition of servicing  rights,  not the underlying loans.
     Amounts  represent the unpaid  principal  balance of mortgage debt to which
     the acquired servicing rights relate.

(b)  Represents  the  acquisition  of servicing  rights from  another  servicer.
     Amounts  represent the unpaid  principal  balance of mortgage debt to which
     the acquired servicing rights relate.

     HomeSide  competes  nationwide  by  offering  a wide  variety  of  mortgage
products  designed to respond to consumer  needs and tailored to address  market
competition.  HomeSide is primarily an  originator of fixed rate 15- and 30-year
mortgage loans,  which  collectively  represented 98% of the total production in
the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999,  98% of the total  production in the
period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998.  HomeSide also offers other
products, such as ARMs, balloon, and jumbo mortgages.

     HomeSide's   national   loan   production   operation   has   resulted   in
geographically  diverse  originations,  enabling  HomeSide to diversify its risk
across  many  markets  in the  United  States.  HomeSide's  servicing  portfolio
composition  reflects  its  production  markets.  The  largest  segments  of the
servicing  portfolio by state on September  30, 1999 were  California  (11.8% of
unpaid principal balance),  Florida (9.7%),  Illinois (8.5%),  Texas (5.6%), and
Michigan  (5.0%).  The largest  segments of the servicing  portfolio by state on
September 30, 1998 were California (14.1% of unpaid principal balance),  Florida
(14.0%),  Texas (6.9%),  Massachusetts  (5.5%) and Illinois (4.9%).  The largest
segments of the  servicing  portfolio by state on February 10, 1998 were Florida
(17.2% of unpaid principal balance),  California (15.3%),  Massachusetts (7.0%),
Texas (6.3%), and Maryland (4.6%).

     The  mortgage  banking  industry is generally  subject to seasonal  trends.
These trends reflect the general national pattern of sales and resales of homes.
Sales and resales of homes  typically  peak during the spring and summer seasons
and decline to lower levels from  mid-November  through  February.  Refinancings
tend to be less seasonal and more closely  related to changes in interest rates.
Historically, changes in the interest rate environment have mitigated the impact
of seasonality on HomeSide's  results of  operations.  In addition,  delinquency
rates  typically  rise in the winter  months,  which result in higher  servicing
costs.  However,  late charge income has historically  been sufficient to offset
such incremental expenses.

     HomeSide's production strategy is to maintain and improve its reputation as
one of the largest, most efficient originators of mortgage loans nationwide. Its
variable cost loan origination  channels can be adjusted to accommodate  varying
market sizes and allow  HomeSide to remain  competitive  through  interest  rate
cycles.  HomeSide also plans to continue to pursue bulk acquisitions of mortgage
servicing rights.

Wholesale Production

Correspondent Production

     Through  its   correspondent   program,   HomeSide   purchases  loans  from
approximately  850 commercial  banks,  savings and loan  associations,  licensed
mortgage lenders and other financial intermediaries. The correspondent takes the
mortgage  application  and  processes  the loan,  which is  either  underwritten
through  contract  underwriters  or, in some cases,  the  correspondent  to whom
underwriting  authority has been delegated.  Closing  documents are submitted to
HomeSide  for legal  review and funding.  The  participants  in this program are
prequalified  and monitored on an ongoing basis by HomeSide.  If a correspondent
subsequently   fails  to  meet  HomeSide's   requirements,   HomeSide  typically
terminates  the  relationship.  Correspondents  are also  required to repurchase
loans in the event of fraud or  misrepresentation in the origination process and
for certain other reasons.

Co-Issue Production

     Co-issue production, which represents the purchase of servicing rights from
a  correspondent  under contracts to deliver  specified  volumes on a monthly or
quarterly basis, is another main source of HomeSide's  production.  The co-issue
correspondent controls the entire loan process from application to closing. This
arrangement particularly suits large originators who have the ability to deliver
on an automated basis.  Reflecting this delegated  underwriting  authority,  the
co-issue  correspondent  is  obligated  to  make  certain   representations  and
warranties  and is  required  to  repurchase  loans  in the  event  of  fraud or
misrepresentation in the origination process or for certain other reasons.

Broker Production

     Under its broker program, HomeSide funds loans at closing from a network of
approximately 2,150 mortgage brokers nationwide. The broker controls the process
of application  and loan  processing.  A pre-closing  quality  control review is
performed  by HomeSide to verify the  borrower's  credit.  All loans  originated
through brokers are underwritten by HomeSide's  approved contract  underwriters.
Loans are funded by HomeSide  and may be closed in either the  broker's  name or
HomeSide's  name.  Participants  in this  program  prequalify  on the  basis  of
creditworthiness,  mortgage  lending  experience and reputation.  Each broker is
subject to annual and ongoing reviews by HomeSide.

Direct Production

     HomeSide's direct production  includes soliciting loans via its website and
the use of  telemarketing  to solicit  loans  from  several  sources,  including
refinancing of mortgage loans in HomeSide's existing servicing portfolio,  leads
generated  from direct  mail  campaigns  and other  advertising,  and  mortgages
related to affinity group and co-branding  partnerships.  HomeSide believes that
these efforts will have a significant  effect on  increasing  the  percentage of
loans  captured  by the direct  division  from loan  prepayments  in  HomeSide's
servicing  portfolio.  Refinancing  retention represents the percentage of loans
refinanced  through  HomeSide's  direct  channel that were  serviced by HomeSide
prior to refinancing.

Bulk Acquisition

     Bulk acquisition is the large scale purchase of mortgage  servicing rights.
In connection with such acquisitions,  HomeSide does not purchase the underlying
mortgage loans which were originated by other originators. HomeSide may purchase
servicing rights on an exclusive basis or through a competitive  bidding process
and plans to continue this practice on an  opportunistic  basis in order to grow
its servicing portfolio and benefit from economies of scale.



<PAGE>


Underwriting and Quality Control

Underwriting

     HomeSide's loans are underwritten in accordance with applicable Fannie Mae,
FHLMC, VA, and FHA guidelines, as well as certain private investor requirements.
The underwriting  process is organized by origination  channel and by loan type.
HomeSide  currently  employs  underwriters  with  an  average  of ten  years  of
underwriting experience.

     HomeSide requires  approximately  80% of its correspondent  lenders to have
their loans underwritten by third party contract underwriters prior to purchase.
These  contract  underwriters  are  designated by HomeSide and include  Mortgage
Guaranty  Insurance  Corp. and Republic  Mortgage  Insurance  Company.  HomeSide
grants  delegated  underwriting  status to the  remaining  approximately  20% of
correspondents  which enables the correspondents to submit conventional loans to
HomeSide  without  prior  underwriting  approval.   Generally,  HomeSide  grants
delegated  underwriting  status to its larger  correspondents who meet financial
strength,  delinquency,  underwriting  and quality control  standards,  and such
correspondents  are  monitored  regularly.  The FHA and VA require that loans be
underwritten by the originating lender on an Agency-approved or delegated basis.
If  issuance of FHA  guarantees  or VA  insurance  certificates  is denied,  the
correspondent must repurchase the loan.

     HomeSide's  underwriting  process for its retail  production  operation  is
fully automated.  The automated underwriting  technology uses third-party vendor
systems to analyze credit risk.  HomeSide believes that these  technologies have
contributed to improved  productivity  and reduced  underwriting  and processing
turnaround time.

Quality Control

     HomeSide  maintains a  compliance  and quality  assurance  department  that
operates independently of the production,  underwriting, secondary marketing and
loan administration  department. For its production compliance process, HomeSide
randomly  selects a  statistical  sample of all closed loans monthly for review.
The sample  generally  comprises 3.5% - 4% of all loans closed each month.  This
review includes  reunderwriting of such loans, ordering second appraisals on 10%
of  the  sample,  reverifying  funds,  employment  and  final  applications  and
reordering credit reports. In addition,  a full underwriting review is conducted
on (i) all jumbo loans that  become  thirty  days  delinquent  in the first four
payments and jumbo loans that go into foreclosure in the first thirty-six months
and (ii) all  conventional  loans that become sixty days delinquent in the first
six payments. Document and file reviews are also undertaken to ensure regulatory
compliance.  In addition,  random reviews of the servicing  portfolio,  covering
selected aspects of the loan administration process, are conducted.

     HomeSide  monitors the  performance of loan  underwriting  through  quality
assurance reports,  HUD/VA reports and audits,  reviews and audits by regulatory
agencies,  investor reports and mortgage insurance company audits.  According to
HomeSide's quality control findings, less than 5% of its loans have underwriting
issues that affect salability to the secondary market.  Flaws in these loans are
generally corrected;  otherwise,  the holder of the mortgage-backed  security is
indemnified  against  future  losses  resulting  from such flaws by HomeSide or,
ultimately, the originating  correspondent.  Correspondents or co-issue partners
are required to repurchase any flawed loans originated by them.

Secondary Marketing

     HomeSide  customarily sells all loans that it originates or purchases while
retaining the servicing rights to such loans. HomeSide aggregates mortgage loans
into pools and sells these  pools,  as well as  individual  mortgage  loans,  to
investors  principally at prices  established  under forward sales  commitments.
HomeSide's  FHA and VA  loans  are  generally  pooled  and  sold in the  form of
GinnieMae ("GNMA") Mortgage Backed Securities.  Conforming conventional mortgage
loans are  generally  pooled and  exchanged  under the  purchase  and  guarantee
programs  sponsored  by Fannie  Mae and FHLMC for  Fannie  Mae  Mortgage  Backed
Securities  or FHLMC  participation  certificates,  respectively.  HomeSide pays
certain  guarantee  fees to the Agencies in connection  with these  programs and
then sells the GNMA,  Fannie Mae and FHLMC securities to securities  dealers.  A
limited number of mortgage loans (i.e. non-conforming loans) are sold to private
investors on a servicing-released basis. For the fiscal year ended September 30,
1999,  approximately  94% of the mortgage loans originated by HomeSide were sold
to Fannie Mae (49%),  GNMA (28%),  and FHLMC (17%). For the period from February
11,  1998  to  September  30,  1998,  approximately  92% of the  mortgage  loans
originated  by HomeSide  were sold to Fannie Mae (36%),  GNMA  (34%),  and FHLMC
(22%). The remaining were sold to private investors.

     The sale of mortgage  loans may generate a gain or loss to HomeSide.  Gains
or losses result primarily from two factors. First, HomeSide may purchase a loan
at a price  that may be  higher  or lower  than  HomeSide  would  receive  if it
immediately  sold the loan in the secondary  market.  These pricing  differences
occur principally as a result of competitive  pricing  conditions in the primary
loan origination market. Second, gains or losses may result from fluctuations in
interest  rates  that  create  changes  in the  market  value  of the  loans  or
commitments  to purchase  loans,  from the time the interest rate  commitment is
given to the mortgagor until the loan is sold to an investor.

     HomeSide  assesses  the  interest  rate risk  associated  with  outstanding
commitments that it has extended to fund loans and hedges the interest rate risk
of these  commitments  based upon a number of factors,  including  the remaining
term of the commitment,  the interest rate at which the commitment was provided,
current  interest  rates  and  interest  rate  volatility.  HomeSide  constantly
monitors  these  factors  and  adjusts  its  hedging on a daily basis as needed.
HomeSide uses the Quantitative Risk Management system, a sophisticated  hedging,
reporting and evaluation system, which has the ability to perform analyses under
various  interest  rate  scenarios.  HomeSide's  interest rate risk is currently
hedged using a combination  of forward sales of mortgage  backed  securities and
over-the-counter  options,  including  both  puts and  calls,  on  fixed  income
securities.  HomeSide  generally  commits to sell to investors for delivery at a
future time for a stated price all of its closed  loans and a percentage  of the
mortgage  loan  commitments  for which the interest  rate has been  established.
HomeSide aims to price loans competitively, hedge the interest rate risk of loan
originations  and sell loans on a  break-even  basis.  For the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1999, the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998, and
the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998, HomeSide has not experienced
secondary marketing losses on an aggregate basis.

     HomeSide's  policy  is to sell  mortgage  loans  on a  non-recourse  basis.
However,  in the  case of VA  loans  used to form  GNMA  pools,  the  VA's  loan
guarantees do not cover the entire principal balance of the loan and HomeSide is
responsible  for  losses  which  exceed  the  VA's  guaranteed  limitations.  In
connection   with   HomeSide's   loan   exchanges  and  sales,   HomeSide  makes
representations  and  warranties  customary in the  industry  relating to, among
other things,  compliance with laws,  regulations and program standards,  and to
the accuracy of information.  In the event of a breach of these  representations
and warranties,  HomeSide typically corrects such problems, but, if the problems
cannot be corrected,  may be required to repurchase  such loans.  In cases where
loans are originated by a correspondent,  HomeSide may sell the flawed loan back
to the correspondent under a repurchase obligation.

Loan Servicing

     HomeSide derives its revenues  predominantly from its servicing operations.
HomeSide anticipates that the sale of servicing rights will not be a significant
component of its business strategy in the future. Since its formation,  HomeSide
has also  maintained  a risk  management  program  designed to  protect,  within
certain  parameters,  the economic  value of its servicing  portfolio,  which is
subject to prepayment  risk when interest  rates decline,  providing  mortgagors
with refinancing opportunities.

     Loan servicing includes  collecting payments of principal and interest from
borrowers,  remitting  aggregate  loan  payments to  investors,  accounting  for
principal and interest  payments,  holding  escrow funds for payment of mortgage
related  expenses  such  as  taxes  and  insurance,  making  advances  to  cover
delinquent payments,  inspecting the mortgaged premises as required,  contacting
delinquent mortgagors, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the
event of unremedied  defaults,  and other  miscellaneous  duties related to loan
administration. HomeSide collects servicing fees from monthly mortgage payments.
These  fees  generally  range  from  0.25% to 0.50% of the  declining  principal
balances  of the loans per annum.  HomeSide's  weighted  average  servicing  fee
including  ancillary  income was 0.467% for the fiscal year ended  September 30,
1999 and 0.468% for the period from  February  11, 1998 to  September  30, 1998.
HomeSide also maintains certain subservicing  relationships whereby servicing is
performed by another  servicer under an agreement  with HomeSide,  which remains
contractually  responsible for servicing the loans.  Subservicing  relationships
are often entered into as part of a bulk servicing acquisition where the selling
institution  continues to perform  servicing  until the loans are transferred to
the purchasing institution.

     HomeSide's  servicing  strategy  is  to  continue  to  build  its  mortgage
servicing  portfolio  and benefit from the  economies  of scale  inherent in the
business.  HomeSide  services  substantially  all of the mortgage  loans that it
originates. In addition, HomeSide purchases the rights to service mortgage loans
originated by other lenders.

     HomeSide's  servicing  strategy is also to enhance the profitability of its
servicing activities through low cost and efficient processes.  This strategy is
pursued through highly automated,  cost effective processing systems,  strategic
outsourcing   of  selected   servicing   functions  and  effective   control  of
delinquencies  and  foreclosures.  HomeSide  outsources  functions  relating  to
insurance, taxes and default management to third party vendors,  contributing to
HomeSide's ability to maintain a highly variable cost structure. Using a variety
of factors,  including  loans  serviced  per  employee and direct cost per loan,
management  believes  that  HomeSide  is  one  of the  nation's  most  efficient
servicers  based on  industry  surveys.  Management  believes  that its low cost
servicing provides it with a competitive advantage in the industry.



<PAGE>


Servicing Portfolio Composition

     HomeSide  originates  and  purchases  servicing  rights for mortgage  loans
nationwide.  The broad geographic distribution of HomeSide's servicing portfolio
reflects  the  national  scope of  HomeSide's  originations  and bulk  servicing
acquisitions.  Nine  states  accounted  for  57.0%  of  the  outstanding  unpaid
principal  balance  ("UPB") of HomeSide's  total  servicing  portfolio,  and the
largest volume by state is California  with a 11.8% share of the total portfolio
on September 30, 1999. Nine states accounted for 59.9% of the outstanding unpaid
principal  balance ("UPB") of HomeSide's total servicing  portfolio on September
30, 1998, while the largest volume by state was California with a 14.1% share of
the total  portfolio.  Nine states accounted for 64.5% of the outstanding UPB of
HomeSide's  total  servicing  portfolio on February 10, 1998,  while the largest
volume by state was Florida with a 17.2% share of the total portfolio.  HomeSide
actively  monitors the  geographic  distribution  of its servicing  portfolio to
maintain a mix that it deems  appropriate and makes  adjustments as it considers
necessary.

     The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of the Company's
servicing  portfolio as of September  30, 1999,  September 30, 1998 and February
10, 1998:

                        Servicing Portfolio by State (a)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             At September 30, 1999         At September 30, 1998    At February 10, 1998
                             ---------------------         ---------------------    --------------------
(dollars in millions)         UPB        % of UPB          UPB         % of UPB      UPB           % of UPB
                              ---        --------          ---         --------      ---           --------
<S>                        <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>       <C>               <C>
California                 $ 16,334        11.8%        $ 15,859        14.1%     $ 14,858          15.3%
Florida                      13,424         9.7           15,750        14.0        16,664          17.2
Illinois                     11,740         8.5            5,544         4.9         3,729           3.8
Texas                         7,825         5.6            7,772         6.9         6,096           6.3
Michigan                      6,981         5.0             (b)         (b)           (b)            (b)
Connecticut                   6,737         4.9             (b)         (b)           (b)            (b)
Massachusetts                 6,295         4.5            6,190         5.5         6,792           7.0
Maryland                      4,924         3.5            4,498         4.0         4,424           4.6
New York                      4,809         3.5            3,144         2.8         2,939           3.0
Arizona                       4,402         3.2            4,405         3.9          (b)            (b)
Indiana                       4,240         3.1             (b)         (b)           (b)            (b)
Virginia                      3,965         2.9            3,504         3.1         3,377           3.5
Colorado                      3,954         2.8            3,716         3.3          (b)            (b)
Georgia                       3,936         2.8            3,676         3.3         3,720           3.8
Other (b)                    39,182        28.2           38,351        34.2        34,327          35.5
                         -------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------------- ---------------
Total                      $138,748       100.0%        $112,409       100.0%     $ 96,926         100.0%
                         ============== =========== ============== ========== =============== ===============
</TABLE>

(a)  Servicing  statistics  are based on loans  serviced by HomeSide and exclude
     loans purchased but not yet on the servicing system.

(b)  No other state represents more than 2.8% of HomeSide's  servicing portfolio
     at  September  30,  1999 or  2.8%  of  HomeSide's  servicing  portfolio  at
     September 30, 1998.

Servicing Portfolio by Loan Type

        At September 30, 1999, HomeSide's servicing portfolio consisted of $44.2
billion of FHA/VA  servicing and $101.4 billion of  conventional  servicing.  At
September 30, 1998, HomeSide's servicing portfolio consisted of $47.5 billion of
FHA/VA  servicing and $68.3 billion of conventional  servicing.  At February 10,
1998,  HomeSide's  servicing  portfolio  consisted  of $46.4  billion  of FHA/VA
servicing and $53.5 billion of conventional servicing.

      The weighted average interest rate of the loans in the Company's servicing
portfolio was 7.44% at September 30, 1999, 7.72% at September 30, 1998 and 7.85%
at February 10, 1998.  HomeSide's servicing portfolio of loans was stratified by
interest rate as follows:


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                    Servicing Portfolio by Interest Rate (a)
<CAPTION>

                             At September 30, 1999                 At September 30, 1998                  At February 10, 1998
                             ---------------------                 ---------------------                  --------------------
                        UPB                                  UPB                                   UPB
                    (dollars in               Cumulative   (dollars in              Cumulative    (dollars in             Cumulative
                     millions)    % of UPB     % of UPB     millions)   % of UPB     % of UPB       millions)  % of UPB    % of UPB
                    -----------   --------     --------    -----------  --------    ----------    -----------  --------   ----------
<S>                 <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
 Interest Rate
Less than 6.0%      $    631        0.5%          0.5%      $  1,113       1.0%         1.0%        $   983       1.1%        1.1%
6.0% to 6.9%          32,353       23.3          23.8         13,491      12.0         13.0           9,633      10.9        12.0
7.0% to 7.9%          77,552       56.0          79.8         56,217      50.0         63.0          37,542      42.4        54.4
8.0% to 8.9%          22,258       16.0          95.8         33,012      29.4         92.4          29,293      33.1        87.5
9.0% to 9.9%           4,085        2.9          98.7          5,907       5.2         97.6           7,274       8.2        95.7
10.0% to 10.9%         1,435        1.0          99.7          2,081       1.8         99.4           2,912       3.3        99.0
Over 11.0%               434        0.3         100.0            588       0.6        100.0             823       1.0       100.0
                    -----------   --------                ------------  --------                  -----------  --------
             Total  $138,748      100.0%                   $ 112,409     100.0%                    $ 88,460  100.0%
                    ===========   ========                 ===========  ========                  ===========  ========
</TABLE>

(a)  Servicing  statistics  are based on loans  serviced by HomeSide and exclude
     loans purchased not yet on servicing system.

Loan Servicing Portfolio Delinquencies, Foreclosures and Losses

     HomeSide is affected by loan  delinquencies  and  defaults on loans that it
services. Under certain types of servicing contracts,  particularly contracts to
service loans that have been pooled or securitized, HomeSide must forward all or
part of the scheduled payments to the owner of the loan, even when loan payments
are delinquent. Also, to protect their liens on mortgaged properties,  owners of
loans  usually  require a servicer  to  advance  scheduled  mortgage  and hazard
insurance and tax payments even if  sufficient  escrow funds are not  available.
HomeSide is generally reimbursed, subject to certain limitations with respect to
FHA/VA  loans as described  below,  by the  mortgage  owner or from  liquidation
proceeds for payments  advanced  that the servicer is unable to recover from the
mortgagor, although the timing of such reimbursements is typically uncertain. In
the interim,  HomeSide  absorbs the cost of funds  advanced  during the time the
advance  is  outstanding.   Further,  HomeSide  bears  the  increased  costs  of
collection  activities on delinquent and defaulted loans. HomeSide also foregoes
servicing income from the time such loans become  delinquent until  foreclosure,
when,  if any  proceeds  are  available,  HomeSide  may  recover  such  amounts.
Delinquency  rates  typically rise in the winter months,  which result in higher
servicing   costs.   However  income  from  late  payment  fees  collected  have
historically been sufficient to offset such incremental expenses.

     HomeSide  periodically  incurs losses  attributable to servicing FHA and VA
loans for investors, including actual losses for final disposition of loans that
have been  foreclosed or assigned to the FHA or VA and accrued  interest on such
FHA or VA loans for which payment has not been  received.  The VA guarantees the
initial losses on a loan. The guaranteed amount generally ranges from 20% to 35%
of  the  original  principal  balance.  Before  each  foreclosure  sale,  the VA
determines  whether to bid by comparing  the  estimated net sale proceeds to the
outstanding principal balance and the servicer's accumulated  reimbursable costs
and fees.  If this amount is a loss and exceeds the  guaranteed  amount,  the VA
typically issues a no-bid and pays the servicer the guaranteed amount.  Whenever
a no-bid is issued,  the servicer absorbs the loss, if any, in excess of the sum
of the  guaranteed  principal  and amounts  recovered at the  foreclosure  sale.
HomeSide's  historical  delinquency and foreclosure  rate experience on VA loans
has generally been consistent with that of the industry.

     For   HomeSide,    servicing   losses   on    investor-owned    loans   and
foreclosure-related expenses, primarily representing losses on VA loans, totaled
$31.7 million for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999,  $21.2 million for
the period  February 11, 1998 to September  30, 1998,  and $22.0 million for the
HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998. The
decrease,  on an annualized  basis, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999
compared  to the  period  from  February  11,  1998 to  September  30,  1998 was
primarily  attributable to a decrease in loan charge-offs.  The increase,  on an
annualized  basis,  for the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998,
compared to the period  from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 was was largely
attributable to the growth of the servicing portfolio and increased  foreclosure
losses,  which may  continue  at this  level as the  servicing  portfolio  ages.
Management  believes  that it has an  adequate  level of reserve  for  servicing
losses on investor-owned loans based on HomeSide's  servicing volume,  portfolio
composition,  credit  quality and  historical  loss rates,  as well as estimated
future losses.  Servicing losses are generally  greatest during the three to six
year age of the loan.



<PAGE>


The  following   table  sets  forth   HomeSide's   delinquency  and  foreclosure
experience:

                        Servicing Portfolio Delinquencies
                             (Percent by Loan Count)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        HomeSide Predecessor
                                                     At September 30, 1999    At September 30, 1998     February 10, 1998
<S>                                                  <C>                      <C>                       <C>
Delinquent Mortgage Loans (at end of period)
   30 Days                                                          3.33%                    3.72%                     3.52%
   60 Days                                                          0.64                     0.81                      0.78
   90 Days                                                          0.53                     0.65                      0.72
                                                    ------------------------ ------------------------ -------------------------
       Total Delinquencies                                          4.50%                    5.18%                     5.02%
                                                    ======================== ======================== =========================
Foreclosure Pending (at end of period)                              0.61%                    0.70%                     0.74%


</TABLE>

Servicing Portfolio Hedging Program

     The value of HomeSide's servicing portfolio is subject to volatility in the
event of  unanticipated  changes in  prepayments.  As interest  rates  increase,
prepayments  by  mortgagors  decrease  as  fewer  owners  refinance,  increasing
expected future cash flows from servicing revenue. Conversely, as interest rates
decrease,  prepayments  by mortgagors  increase as homeowners  seek to refinance
their mortgages,  reducing expected future cash flows from servicing revenues on
those prepaid mortgages. Since the value of servicing rights is based on the net
present value of future cash flows,  the value of the  portfolio  decreases in a
declining interest rate environment and increases in a rising rate environment.

     HomeSide's risk management  policy is designed to minimize exposure to loss
in the value of the servicing portfolio caused by prepayments due to declines in
interest rates. The servicing  portfolio is valued using sophisticated cash flow
valuation tools.  Key assumptions  involved in the valuation  include  servicing
costs and revenues,  market  discount rates,  prepayment  speeds and a number of
other  variables.  The  value  is then  analyzed  under  various  interest  rate
scenarios that help HomeSide  estimate its exposure to loss. This potential loss
exposure  determines  the hedge  profile,  which is  monitored  daily and may be
adjusted to reflect significant moves in key variables such as interest rate and
yield curve changes and revised  prepayment  speed  assumptions.  Results of the
risk  management  program  depend on a variety of factors,  including  the hedge
instruments typically used by HomeSide,  the relationship between mortgage rates
and Treasury securities and certain other factors. See "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management
Activities"  for the fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1999,  the period  from
February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998.

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and  Hedging  Activities."  This  statement   standardizes  the  accounting  for
derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities  by  requiring  that an entity
recognize  those items as assets or  liabilities  in the  statement of financial
position  and  measure  them at fair  value.  If certain  conditions  are met, a
derivative  instrument  may be  specifically  designated  as (a) a hedge  of the
exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability,  or of
an unrecognized  firm commitment,  (b) a hedge of the exposure to variability in
the cash flows of recognized assets,  liability or forecasted transaction or (c)
a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of an unrecognized firm commitment,  an
available-for-sale  security, a forecasted  transaction or a net investment in a
foreign operation. In June 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  - Deferral of the  Effective  Date of FASB
Statement  No. 133 - an Amendment  of FASB  Statement  No. 133." This  statement
deferred  the  effective  date of FAS 133 to fiscal  quarters  of  fiscal  years
beginning  after June 15, 2000.  Management has not yet determined the impact of
these statements on the financial statements of HomeSide.

Servicing Technology

     HomeSide's proprietary servicing technology  accommodates all areas of loan
servicing,   including   loan   setup  and   maintenance,   cashiering,   escrow
administration,  investor  accounting,  customer service and default management.
The platform is mainframe  based,  with on-line,  real-time  architecture and is
supported by an experienced staff of technology providers.

     HomeSide expects to achieve  significant  competitive  advantages over time
through the use of its proprietary  servicing  software.  At September 30, 1999,
HomeSide has  substantially  completed the conversion of its mortgage  servicing
portfolio to its proprietary  servicing software and services  approximately 1.7
million loans on the system. This architecture will support HomeSide's portfolio
growth up to  approximately  twice the number of loans  typically  serviced on a
single system. The system will also permit continued development of workflow and
other client-server applications, contributing to increased productivity.

Regulation

     As a United States  subsidiary  of a foreign  bank,  HomeSide is subject to
regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. HomeSide's
mortgage  banking  business is also subject to the rules and  regulations of the
U.S.  Department of Housing and Urban Development  ("HUD"),  the Federal Housing
Administration ("FHA"), the Veterans Administration ("VA"), the Federal National
Mortgage  Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac"), the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"
or "Ginnie  Mae") and other  regulatory  agencies  with respect to  originating,
processing, underwriting, selling, securitizing and servicing mortgage loans. In
addition,  there are other federal and state statutes and regulations  affecting
such  activities.  These  rules and  regulations,  among  other  things,  impose
licensing  obligations  on  HomeSide,   prohibit  discrimination  and  establish
underwriting guidelines which include provisions for inspections and appraisals,
require credit  reports on  prospective  borrowers and set maximum loan amounts.
Moreover,  lenders  such as HomeSide  are  required  annually to submit  audited
financial  statements to Fannie Mae, FHLMC, GNMA and HUD and to comply with each
regulatory  entity's own  financial  requirements.  HomeSide's  business is also
subject  to  examination  by Fannie  Mae,  FHLMC  and GNMA and state  regulatory
agencies at all times to assure compliance with applicable regulations, policies
and procedures.

     Mortgage  origination  activities  are subject to the provisions of various
federal and state statutes including, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act,  the Federal  Truth-in  Lending Act,  RESPA,  the Fair Housing Act, and the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  which  among other  provisions,  prohibit
discrimination,  prohibit  unfair and deceptive  trade practices and require the
disclosure of certain basic  information to mortgagors  concerning  credit terms
and settlement costs, limit fees and charges paid by borrowers and lenders,  and
otherwise  regulate  terms and  conditions of credit and the procedures by which
credit  is  offered  and  administered.  Many of the  aforementioned  regulatory
requirements  are designed to protect the interests of  consumers,  while others
protect the owners or insurers of mortgage  loans.  Failure to comply with these
requirements  can lead to loss of  approved  status,  termination  of  servicing
contracts without compensation to the servicers,  demands for indemnification or
loan repurchases,  class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions.
Such regulatory  requirements are subject to change from time to time and may in
the future become more restrictive,  thereby making compliance more difficult or
expensive or otherwise restricting HomeSide's ability to conduct its business as
it is now conducted.

     During the period  that BKB,  Barnett or any of their  subsidiaries  held a
material ownership interest in HomeSide,  HomeSide and its subsidiaries (i) were
under the jurisdiction,  supervision,  and examining  authority of the Office of
the  Comptroller  of the  Currency  ("OCC"),  and  (ii)  could  only  engage  in
activities that were part of, or incidental to, the business of banking. The OCC
has  specifically  ruled  that  mortgage  banking  is a proper  incident  to the
business of banking.

     There are  various  other  state and local laws and  regulations  affecting
HomeSide's  operations.  HomeSide  is  licensed  in those  states  that  require
licensing to originate,  purchase and/or service  mortgage  loans.  Conventional
mortgage  operations  may also be subject to state  usury  statutes.  FHA and VA
loans are exempt from the effect of such statutes.

Competition

     Mortgage bankers operate in a highly  competitive and fragmented market. As
of September 30, 1999, the largest  originator of loans  represented 7.6% of the
market and the largest servicer  represented  6.4%, while the top 30 originators
and servicers represented 60% and 57% of their markets,  respectively,  based on
data published by Inside Mortgage Finance.


             TOP 10 ORIGINATORS AND SERVICERS (dollars in billions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

9 Months - 1999 Originations                                   Servicing Portfolio at September 30, 1999
<S>                                         <C>       <C>                                           <C>
 1  Chase Home Finance, NJ                  $79.8     1  Chase Home Finance, NJ                     $300.8
 2  Norwest Mortgage, IA                     69.0     2  Bank of America MTG. & affiliates, NC       285.2
 3  Countrywide Credit Industries, CA        63.2     3  Norwest Mortgage, CA                        274.3
 4  Bank of America Mtg. & Affiliates, NC    50.8     4  Countrywide Credit Industries, CA           238.9
 5  Washington Mutual, WA                    31.3     5  Washington Mutual, WA                       157.3
 6  Fleet Mortgage Group, SC                 29.8     6  GMAC Mortgage Corp., PA                     147.5
 7  HomeSide Lending, Inc., FL               23.3     7  HomeSide Lending, Inc., FL                  145.6
 8  ABN AMRO Mortgage Group, IL              23.1     8  FleetBoston Financial Corp., SC             142.8
 9  Cendant Mortgage Services NJ             21.1     9  First Nationwide Mortgage, CA                95.3
10 Dime / North American Mortgage Co., CA    19.1    10  GE Capital Mortgage Services, Inc., NJ       88.0
Source:  Inside Mortgage Finance.
</TABLE>

     HomeSide competes with other mortgage bankers, financial institutions,  and
other providers of financial services. The underwriting guidelines and servicing
requirements set by the participants in the secondary  markets are standardized.
As a result,  mortgage banking products (i.e.,  mortgage loans and the servicing
of those loans) have become  difficult  to  differentiate.  Therefore,  mortgage
bankers  compete  primarily on the basis of price or service,  making  effective
cost management essential.

     Mortgage bankers  generally seek to develop cost efficiencies in one of two
ways:  economies  of scale or  specialization.  Large  full-service  national or
regional  mortgage bankers have sought economies of scale through an emphasis on
wholesale  originations,  the introduction of automated  processing  systems and
expansion through acquisition.  Smaller companies frequently identify and pursue
a particular expertise or customer base in an attempt to create a market niche.

     The industry has experienced rapid consolidation which has been accelerated
by the introduction of significant technology  improvements and the economies of
scale  present in  mortgage  servicing.  The  automation  of many  functions  in
mortgage  banking,  especially  those  related to  servicing,  has reduced costs
significantly for industry participants. Many mortgage bankers that were not low
cost, high volume producers or did not operate in a low cost  specialized  field
experienced earnings declines in the nineties, causing many to exit the business
or to be acquired. Surviving cost effective firms purchased servicing portfolios
or other  companies to expand their servicing  economies of scale,  while others
acquired market niche operations. As evidence of this consolidation,  the top 25
mortgage loan servicers have increased their  aggregate  market share from 20.7%
in 1990 to 49.6% as of September 30, 1998.

Employees

     As of  September  30,  1999,  September  30,  1998,and  February  10, 1998,
respectively,  HomeSide had  approximately  2,611 total  employees,  2,356 total
employees and 1,891 total  employees,  substantially  all of who were  full-time
employees.  HomeSide has no unionized  employees and considers its  relationship
with its employees generally to be satisfactory.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

     HomeSide's  corporate,   administrative,  and  servicing  headquarters  are
located in Jacksonville,  Florida, in facilities,  which comprise  approximately
146,939  square feet of owned  space and  approximately  397,161  square feet of
leased  space.  On December 4, 1998,  HomeSide  entered  into a long-term  lease
agreement  for a 137,029  square  foot  building  that was  constructed  in 1999
adjacent to its Jacksonville  headquarters.  The building is primarily used as a
servicing center.  Included in the total is approximately  57,000 square feet of
warehouse space in  Jacksonville,  Florida for storing certain loan files,  loan
servicing documents and other corporate records.  In addition,  HomeSide owns an
additional 190,000 square feet of space in San Antonio, Texas. HomeSide believes
that its present facilities are adequate for its operations.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     HomeSide is a  defendant  in a number of legal  proceedings  arising in the
normal course of business.  HomeSide, in management's  estimation,  has recorded
adequate   reserves  in  the  financial   statements  for  pending   litigation.
Management,  after  reviewing  all actions and  proceedings  pending  against or
involving  HomeSide,  considers  that the  aggregate  liability or loss, if any,
resulting from the final outcome of these  proceedings  will not have a material
effect on the financial position of HomeSide.

     In recent years,  the mortgage  banking  industry has been subject to class
action  lawsuits  which  allege   violations  of  federal  and  state  laws  and
regulations,  including the propriety of collecting  and paying various fees and
charges.  Class action  lawsuits may be filed in the future against the mortgage
banking industry.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

      None.
                                                                PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
             MATTERS

     As a consequence of the acquisition by the National, there is no market for
the Registrant's common equity.  HomeSide is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary
of the National.


<PAGE>


                                                                PART II

ITEM 6.   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected  consolidated  financial and operating  information of HomeSide set
forth below is for the periods from October 1, 1998 to September  30, 1999,  and
the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1999,  should be read in conjunction  with,
and is qualified in its entirety by  reference  to, the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and  the  notes  thereto  and  in  conjunction  with   "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  of
HomeSide included  elsewhere in this document.  The periods  presented  coincide
with the  commencement of operations of HomeSide and the acquisition of HomeSide
by the National (see Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollar amounts in thousands,
  except  share data)                                   For the Period      For the Period
                                                      October 1, 1998 to   February 11, 1998 to
                                                      September 30, 1999    September 30, 1998
Selected Statement of Earnings Data:
Revenues:
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>
     Mortgage servicing fees                                 $   609,522          $   315,510
     Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                  (409,929)            (191,693)
                                                      ------------------- --------------------
         Net servicing  revenue                                  199,593              123,817
     Interest income                                             181,173               99,749
     Interest expense                                           (132,161)             (70,761)
                                                      ------------------- --------------------
            Net interest revenue                                  49,012               28,988
     Net mortgage origination revenue                            155,937               79,179
     Other income                                                  5,844               11,028
                                                      ------------------- --------------------
              Total revenues                                     410,386              243,012
Expenses:
     Salaries and employee benefits                              132,716               73,983
     Occupancy and equipment                                      28,319               13,107
     Servicing losses on investor-owned loans                     31,749               21,202
     Goodwill amortization                                        35,817               22,780
     Other  expenses                                              60,939               39,825
                                                      ------------------- --------------------
            Total expenses                                       289,540              170,897
Income before income taxes                                       120,846               72,115
Income tax expense                                                59,181               37,009
                                                      ------------------- --------------------
Net income                                                    $   61,665           $   35,106
                                                      =================== ====================
Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
Mortgage loans held for sale                                 $ 1,292,562          $ 2,048,989
Mortgage servicing rights                                      3,488,957            1,779,180
Total assets                                                   6,391,355            5,751,557
Bank credit facility                                           1,505,401            2,749,000
Commercial Paper                                               1,163,903                    -
Long-term debt                                                 1,331,292            1,337,783
Total liabilities                                              5,117,813            4,488,605
Total stockholders' equity                                     1,273,542            1,262,952
                                                      =================== ====================
Selected Operating Data:
Volume of loan production                                  $  30,933,088        $  16,826,364
Loan servicing portfolio (at period end)                     145,551,780          115,800,362
Loan servicing portfolio (average
         outstanding during the period)                      130,413,226          107,821,822
Weighted average interest rate of the
          servicing portfolio (at period end)                      7.44%                7.72%
Weighted average servicing fee of the
          Servicing portfolio, including ancillary
          income (for the period)                                 0.467%               0.468%

</TABLE>


 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

           HOMESIDE - FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND
           FOR THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 11, 1998 TO SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

General

HomeSide  International,   Inc.  (the  "Company"  or  "HomeSide"),  through  its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.,  is one of the largest full
service residential mortgage banking companies in the United States. The Company
is the successor to HomeSide, Inc. ("HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor").  HomeSide's
strategy emphasizes variable cost mortgage loan originations,  low cost mortgage
servicing and effective risk management. Headquartered in Jacksonville, Florida,
HomeSide ranks as the 7th largest  mortgage loan  originator and the 7th largest
servicer in the United States at September  30, 1999 based on data  published by
Inside Mortgage Finance.

HomeSide plans to build its core  operations  through (i) improved  economies of
scale  in  servicing  costs;  (ii)  increased   productivity  using  proprietary
technology;  and  (iii)  expanded  and  diversified  variable  cost  origination
channels.  In addition,  HomeSide  intends to pursue  additional  loan portfolio
acquisitions  and strategic  origination  relationships  similar to the existing
Bank One, People's Bank and Cendant relationships.

HomeSide,  Inc.  Predeccesor  was formed through the acquisition of the mortgage
banking  operations of BankBoston,  N.A. ("BBMC  Predecessor" to HomeSide,  Inc.
Predecessor) on March 16, 1996 and  subsequently  purchased the mortgage banking
operations  of  Barnett  Banks,  Inc.  Unless  otherwise  designated,  the  term
"HomeSide" refers to the Company for the periods subsequent to February 10, 1998
and to the  HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor  for the periods from March 16, 1996 to
February 28, 1997 and March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998.

On February 10, 1998,  National  Australia Bank, Ltd. (the "National")  acquired
all outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company. As consideration, the
National  paid  $27.825 per share for all of the  outstanding  common  stock and
$17.7 million cash to retire all outstanding  stock options.  The total purchase
price was  approximately  $1.2 billion.  The  transaction was accounted for as a
purchase.  As a result,  all assets and liabilities  were recorded at their fair
value on February 11, 1998,  and the purchase  price in excess of the fair value
of net assets acquired of $719.6 million was recorded as goodwill. Following the
transaction  described  above,  the National owns 100% of the  Company's  common
stock and the  Company  has become an indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the
National.  The Company also adopted a fiscal year end of September 30 to conform
to the fiscal year of the National.

The following periods presented coincide with the acquisition of HomeSide by the
National  (see  Note 2 of the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  HomeSide's
operating  results  are not  directly  comparable  to its  historical  operating
results due, in part, to different  balance  sheet  valuations  (estimated  fair
value as compared to historical cost).

Forward-Looking Statements

The Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor"
for certain  forward-looking  statements.  This report contains  forward-looking
statements,  which  reflect the  Company's  current views with respect to future
events and financial performance.  These forward-looking  statements are subject
to certain risks and  uncertainties,  including those  identified  below,  which
could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those
anticipated.  The words "believe," "expect,"  "anticipate," "intend," "estimate"
and other  expressions,  which  indicate  future  events  and  trends,  identify
forward-looking  statements,  which  speak only as of their  dates.  The Company
undertakes  no  obligation  to  publicly  update or revise  any  forward-looking
statements  whether as a result of new information,  future events or otherwise.
The  following  factors  could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from
historical results or those anticipated: (1) the Company's ability to grow which
is  dependent  on its ability to obtain  additional  financing in the future for
originating  loans,  investment in servicing  rights,  working capital,  capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes, (2) economic factors may negatively
affect the  Company's  profitability  as the  frequency of loan default tends to
increase in rising  rate  environments  and (3)  changes in  interest  rates may
affect the volume of loan  originations  and  acquisitions,  the  interest  rate
spread on loans  held for sale,  the amount of gain or loss on the sale of loans
and  the  value  of  the  Company's   servicing   portfolio.   These  risks  and
uncertainties  are  more  fully  detailed  in the  Company's  filings  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

Mortgage Banking

Mortgage  banking is a  specialized  branch of the financial  services  industry
which  primarily   involves  (i)  originating  and  purchasing   mortgage  loans
("origination"  and/or  "production");  (ii) selling the originated mortgages to
third parties either as mortgage-backed securities or as whole loans ("secondary
marketing");  (iii)  servicing  of  mortgage  loans on  behalf  of the  ultimate
purchasers,  which  includes  the  collection  and  disbursement  of payments of
mortgage  principal  and  interest,  the  collection  of  payments  of taxes and
insurance  premiums to pay property taxes and insurance  premiums and management
of certain loan default activities  (collectively,  "servicing");  and (iv) risk
management,  a program designed to protect and manage the value of the Company's
mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage commitment pipeline and to protect the
economic  performance  of  the  servicing  portfolio  that  could  otherwise  be
adversely  affected by increased  loan  prepayments  due to declines in interest
rates.

Mortgage bankers originate loans generally  through two channels:  wholesale and
direct.  Wholesale  origination  involves the origination of mortgage loans from
sources other than  homeowners,  including  mortgage  brokers and other mortgage
lenders.  Direct  origination  typically  includes  (i)  networks of retail loan
offices  with sales  staff that  solicit  business  from  homeowners,  realtors,
builders   and  other  real  estate   professionals,   (ii)   centers  that  use
telemarketing,  direct mail,  and  advertising  to market loans directly to home
buyers or  homeowners,  (iii)  affinity and  co-branding  partnerships  and (iv)
corporate  relocation programs.  Once originated or purchased,  mortgage bankers
hold the  loans  temporarily  ("warehousing")  until  they are  sold,  typically
earning an interest  spread equal to the difference  between the loan's interest
rate and the cost of financing the loan.  Each loan is sold either  excluding or
including  the  associated  right to service the loan  ("servicing  retained" or
"servicing released," respectively).

Mortgage bankers rely mainly on short-term borrowings,  such as warehouse lines,
to finance the  origination  of mortgages that are sold.  Mortgage  bankers also
borrow on a longer  term basis to finance  their  servicing  assets and  working
capital  requirements.  Revenues consist primarily of those related to servicing
and, to a lesser extent, fees and interest spreads from originations.  The major
expenses  of a mortgage  banker  include  costs of  financing,  operating  costs
related to origination and servicing and the amortization of mortgage  servicing
rights.

Mortgage  bankers  typically seek to retain the rights to service the loans they
originate or acquire in order to generate recurring fee income. The purchase and
sale of  servicing  rights can occur on a  loan-by-loan  basis  ("flow") or on a
portfolio (group of loans) basis ("bulk" or  "mini-bulk").  Prices for servicing
rights  are  typically  stated  as a  multiple  of  the  servicing  fee  or as a
percentage of the outstanding  unpaid principal  balance for a group of mortgage
loans.  Values of servicing  portfolios are generally based on the present value
of the  servicing  fee income  stream,  net of servicing  costs,  expected to be
received over the estimated life of the loans.  The assets of a mortgage banking
company  consist  primarily of mortgage loans held for sale and the value of the
servicing rights.

Loan Production Activities

As a multi-channel  loan production  lender,  HomeSide has one of the industry's
largest  correspondent  lending production  operations,  a full-service brokered
loan  program and a national  production  center for  consumer  direct  mortgage
lending.  HomeSide also purchases servicing rights in bulk from time to time. By
focusing  on  production  channels  with a  variable  cost  structure,  HomeSide
minimizes the fixed costs associated with  traditional  mortgage branch offices.
Without  the burden of high fixed cost loan  origination  networks,  HomeSide is
positioned  to weather a variety of  interest  rate  environments.  For the nine
months  ended  September  30,  1999,  HomeSide  was ranked the  seventh  largest
originator in the United  States,  according to Inside  Mortgage  Finance,  with
approximately  2.2% market share of the estimated  $1.1  trillion  single-family
mortgage origination market.

The following  information  regarding loan production activities for HomeSide is
presented  to aid in  understanding  the  results of  operations  and  financial
condition of HomeSide for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999 and for the
period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998 (in millions):

                                 For the Fiscal             For the Period From
                                     Year Ended             February 11, 1998 to
                                September 30, 1999           September 30, 1998
                            ------------------------     ---------------------
Wholesale:
  Correspondent               $ 17,927                          $ 11,309
  Co-issue(a)                    7,737                             2,906
  Broker                         3,818                             1,980
                            ------------------------     ---------------------
    Total wholesale             29,482                            16,195
Direct                           1,451                               631
                            ------------------------     ---------------------
   Total production             30,933                            16,826
Bulk acquisitions(b)            35,608                            18,947
                            ------------------------       ---------------------
   Total production and
     acquisitions             $ 66,541                          $ 35,773
                            ========================     =====================
- -------------------------
(a)  Represents the  acquisition of servicing  rights,  which occurs  concurrent
     with  the  origination  of the loan by a third  party  or on a flow  basis.
     Amounts  represent the unpaid  principal  balance of mortgage debt to which
     the acquired servicing rights relate.
(b)  Represents  the  acquisition  of servicing  rights from  another  servicer.
     Amounts  represent the unpaid  principal  balance of mortgage debt to which
     the acquired servicing rights relate.

Total loan production,  excluding bulk  acquisitions,  was $30.9 billion for the
fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999  compared to $16.8 billion for the period
from  February 11, 1998 to September  30, 1998, a 15% increase on an  annualized
basis. HomeSide's wholesale lending channels, including correspondent,  co-issue
and broker  originations,  were the primary  contributors  to production  volume
increases on an annualized basis.

Correspondent  lending  volume was  approximately  equal to the prior year on an
annualized basis.  Co-issue volume increased 66% on an annualized basis. A major
contributor  to 1999  correspondent  and co-issue  volumes were the additions of
Bank One and People's  Bank as  Preferred  Partners on June 5, 1998 and November
23, 1998,  respectively.  As Preferred Partners, Bank One and People's Bank will
sell a  significant  portion of the  residential  mortgage  loans  originated to
HomeSide  over  the next  five  years.  Another  contributor  was the  strategic
alliance  formed on June 15,  1999  between  HomeSide  and  Cendant,  one of the
largest retail mortgage loan originators in the United States. Cendant agreed to
sell up to $7 billion of servicing  assets  annually to HomeSide for a five-year
period.

On May 29, 1998, HomeSide purchased the operations of NationsBank's  subsidiary,
Loan  America,  a national  broker  network.  This purchase is  contributing  to
HomeSide's  expansion of its broker network, a production channel that is key to
HomeSide's  variable  cost  origination  strategy.  The  broker  channel  volume
increased  21% from the period from  February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998, on
an annualized basis.

Consumer direct lending volume increased 44%, on an annualized  basis,  from the
period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998.  HomeSide made  significant
investments  during the fiscal year ended 1999 in its consumer direct technology
platform.   This  advanced  platform   combines   telephone  and  internet  loan
origination  capabilities.  HomeSide also partnered with Intuit and Microsoft to
grow the direct lending channel by increasing internet business.

The  interest  rate  environment  has  significantly  affected  the  size of the
mortgage origination market, primarily refinances.  When interest rates decline,
increasing  numbers  of  mortgagees  refinance  their  loans.  As a result,  the
mortgage  origination  market  grows.  During  1998 and  1999,  periods  of high
refinances, HomeSide strived to keep production at sustainable levels should the
market  size  return  to 1997  and 1996  volumes.  As an  alternative,  HomeSide
emphasized  its  acquisitions  strategy to maintain and  increase the  servicing
portfolio size during these periods of relatively high portfolio runoff.

As part of this  acquisition  strategy,  HomeSide  completed  bulk  acquisitions
totaling $35.6 billion and $18.9 billion for the fiscal year ended September 30,
1999 and the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998,  respectively.
These purchases were a continuation of HomeSide's  targeted approach to grow the
servicing  portfolio.  Included in bulk  acquisitions  for the fiscal year ended
1999 is the March 4, 1999 purchase of First Chicago NBD Mortgage Company's $18.0
billion  servicing  portfolio.  This  acquisition  is an expansion of HomeSide's
strategic  alliance  with Bank One. In addition,  First Chicago has committed to
sell the servicing rights associated with its residential mortgage  originations
to HomeSide on a flow basis.  Also included in 1999 bulk  acquisitions  are $5.0
billion in mortgage loans  purchased from People's Bank on November 23, 1998 and
$8.8 billion in mortgage  loans  purchased  from Cendant during the fiscal year.
Included in bulk  acquisitions  for fiscal 1998 is the $16.6  billion  servicing
portfolio from Bank One on June 5, 1998.

Servicing Portfolio

Management  believes  that HomeSide is one of the most  efficient  mortgage loan
servicers in the industry based on its servicing cost per loan and the number of
loans  serviced per employee.  The servicing  operation  makes  extensive use of
state-of-the-art technology, process re-engineering and expense management. With
a portfolio size of $145.5 billion, HomeSide services the loans of approximately
1.7  million  homeowners  from  across the United  States  and is  committed  to
protecting the value of this important asset by a sophisticated  risk management
strategy.  HomeSide anticipates its low cost of servicing loans will continue to
maximize the bottom-line impact of its growing servicing  portfolio.  HomeSide's
focus on efficient and low cost  processes is pursued  through the selective use
of  automation  as well  as the  strategic  outsourcing  of  selected  servicing
functions and effective control of delinquencies and foreclosures.  At September
30, 1999, HomeSide was ranked the seventh largest servicer in the United States,
with  approximately  3.1%  market  share  of the  $4.7  trillion  single  family
mortgages outstanding.

The following  information  on the dollar amounts of loans serviced is presented
to aid in  understanding  the results of operations  and financial  condition of
HomeSide for the year ended  September 30, 1999 and the period from February 11,
1998 to September 30, 1998 (in millions):


<PAGE>
                                    For the Fiscal          For the Period From
                                      Year Ended            February 11, 1998 to
                                  September 30, 1999         September 30, 1998
                                 -----------------------    --------------------

Balance at beginning of period          $115,800                   $ 99,956
Additions                                 66,541                     35,773
Reductions:
   Scheduled amortization                  3,386                      1,749
   Prepayments                            30,413                     16,959
   Foreclosures                            1,296                        848
   Sales of servicing                      1,694                        373
                                 ----------------------    ---------------------
Total reductions                          36,789                     19,929
                                 ----------------------    ---------------------
Balance at end of period                $145,552                   $115,800
                                 ======================    =====================

The number of loans  serviced at September  30, 1999 was  1,669,051  compared to
1,409,595 at September  30, 1998.  HomeSide's  strategy is to build its mortgage
servicing   portfolio  by   concentrating  on  variable  cost  loan  origination
strategies,  and as a result, benefit from improved economies of scale. A key to
efficiently  servicing  HomeSide's  future  portfolio  growth is its proprietary
servicing  software.  This system allows  HomeSide to double the number of loans
typically serviced on a single system.  HomeSide had substantially converted its
loan servicing portfolio to its proprietary  servicing software at September 30,
1998.

Results of Operations  for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1999 compared to
the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998:

Summary

HomeSide's net income,  excluding goodwill  amortization from the acquisition of
HomeSide by the National,  increased on an annualized basis to $97.5 million for
the year ended  September  30,  1999 from  $57.9  million  for the  period  from
February 11, 1998 to  September  30,  1998.  Total  revenues for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1999 increased on an annualized basis to $410.4 million from
$243.0  million for the period from  February  11, 1998 to  September  30, 1998.
Annualized  increases  in net  income  and  revenues  for the  fiscal  year 1999
compared  to the period  from  February  11,  1998 to  September  30,  1998 were
primarily attributable to increases in loan production volumes and growth in the
servicing  portfolio  through strategic bulk  acquisitions.  Record low mortgage
rates and high  mortgage  pre-payment  activity  continued  in the U.S.  housing
market through the third quarter of fiscal 1999. Total expenses  increased on an
annualized  basis for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999 from the period
February 11, 1998 to September  30, 1998 as a result of increases in  production
volume,  expenses  associated with the growing mortgage servicing  portfolio and
high loan pre-payment activity.

Net Servicing Revenue

Net servicing revenue was $199.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30,
1999  compared  to $123.8  million  for the period  from  February  11,  1998 to
September  30, 1998.  Net servicing  revenue is comprised of mortgage  servicing
fees, ancillary servicing revenue, and amortization of mortgage servicing rights
expense.

Mortgage  servicing fees increased 21%, on an annualized basis to $609.5 million
for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1999 from $315.5 million for the period
from February 11, 1998 to September 30,1998,  primarily as a result of strategic
acquisitions  and growth of the  servicing  portfolio  through  loan  production
channels.  The servicing  portfolio increased to $145.5 billion at September 30,
1999  compared  to $115.8  billion  at  September  30,  1998,  due to  increased
production  volume and bulk  acquisitions,  partially offset by loan prepayments
and scheduled  amortization.  HomeSide's  weighted  average interest rate of the
mortgage  loans in the  servicing  portfolio was 7.44% at September 30, 1999 and
7.72% at September  30, 1998.  The weighted  average  servicing  fee,  including
ancillary  income,  for the  servicing  portfolio was 0.467% for the fiscal year
ended  September  30, 1999 and 0.468% for the period from  February  11, 1998 to
September 30, 1998.

Amortization  expense increased 34% on an annualized basis to $409.9 million for
the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 from $191.7 million for the period from
February  11, 1998 to  September  30, 1998 due to  increased  prepayment  rates.
Prepayment  rates were  affected by the  increased  level of refinance  activity
during fiscal 1999, which was driven by the relative level of mortgage  interest
rates and activity in the home purchase market.  Amortization charges are highly
dependent  upon the level of  prepayments  during  the  period  and  changes  in
prepayment expectations, which are significantly influenced by the direction and
level of long-term  interest  rate  movements.  A decrease in mortgage  interest
rates  results  in an  increase  in  prepayment  estimates  used in  calculating
periodic amortization  expense.  Because mortgage servicing rights are amortized
over the  expected  period of service  fee  revenues,  an  increase  in mortgage
prepayment  activity  typically  results  in a  shorter  estimated  life  of the
mortgage servicing assets and, accordingly, higher amortization expense.

Net Interest Revenue

Net interest  revenue is driven by the level of interest rates, the direction in
which rates are moving,  the spread between short and long-term  interest rates,
and the rates at which HomeSide is able to borrow.  These factors  influence the
size of the residential mortgage origination market,  HomeSide's loan production
volumes and the interest rates HomeSide earns on loans and pays to its lenders.

Loan  refinancing  levels are the largest  contributor to changes in the size of
the mortgage  origination  market.  To reduce the cost of their home  mortgages,
borrowers  tend to refinance  their loans during  periods of declining  interest
rates,  increasing  the  size of the  origination  market  and  HomeSide's  loan
production  volumes.  Higher loan  production  volumes  result in higher average
balances  of loans  held for sale and  consequently  higher  levels of  interest
income  earned on such loans prior to their sale.  This higher level of interest
income due to increased volumes is partially offset by the lower rates earned on
the loans.

Overall   borrowing  costs  also  fluctuate  with  changes  in  interest  rates.
Currently, the interest expense HomeSide pays to finance mortgage loans held for
sale and other net assets is generally  calculated  with reference to short-term
interest rates. In addition,  because mortgage loans held for sale earn interest
based on longer term interest rates,  the level of net interest  revenue is also
influenced by the spread between long-term and short-term interest rates.

Net interest  revenue  totaled $49.0 million for the fiscal year ended September
30, 1999  compared to $29.0  million  for the period from  February  11, 1998 to
September 30, 1998, a 6% increase on an annualized basis. Net interest earned on
mortgage loans held for sale increased as a result of increased  production,  on
an annualized  basis,  during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999.  Credits
earned on escrow deposits increased,  on an annualized basis, due to an increase
in loan  prepayments  during  the fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1999.  The
principal  balances of prepaid mortgage loans are accumulated in escrow accounts
before they are remitted to investors.  These increases were partially offset by
increased  interest expense on borrowings to fund the growing mortgage servicing
assets.

During  the  fiscal  year  1999,   HomeSide   diversified   funding  sources  by
establishing a $1.5 billion commercial paper program, increasing its medium-term
note shelf  registration  by $1.0 billion,  and issuing $230 million in floating
rate  notes.  In June  1998,  HomeSide  established  a line of  credit  with the
National  with the  borrowing  rate of LIBOR.  The line of credit  agreement was
amended on June 22, 1999. Under the credit  facility,  HomeSide can borrow up to
$2.5  billion,  subject  to limits  imposed  by  regulatory  authorities.  As of
September 30, 1999,  Australian  financial  regulations  limited the  National's
ability to lend funds to HomeSide,  a non-bank affiliate,  to approximately $2.1
billion.

Net Mortgage Origination Revenue

Net mortgage  origination revenue is comprised of fees earned on the origination
of  mortgage  loans,  gains and  losses on the sale of loans,  gains and  losses
resulting  from hedging of secondary  marketing  activities  and fees charged to
review loan documents for purchased loan production.

Net mortgage  origination  revenue was $155.9  million for the fiscal year ended
September  30, 1999  compared to $83.7  million for the period from February 11,
1998 to September 30, 1998, a 16% increase on an annualized basis. This increase
is attributable to an annualized  increase in HomeSide's loan production volumes
resulting  from  increases  in  refinancing  levels and the  origination  market
through the third quarter of fiscal 1999.

Other Income

Other  income for the fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1999 was $5.8  million
compared to $6.5 million for the period from  February 11, 1998 to September 30,
1998. The decrease was primarily due to the prior year  recognition of income in
relation  to  payments   received  for  termination  of  the  Preferred   Seller
arrangement with  NationsBank that resulted from the NationsBank  acquisition of
Barnett.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee  benefits  expense was $132.7  million for the fiscal year
ended  September 30, 1999 compared to $74.0 million for the period from February
11, 1998 to September  30,  1998.  The average  number of  full-time  equivalent
employees  increased to 2,627 for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1999 from
2,356 for the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998. The increases
on an annualized  basis were due to growth in the number of employees to service
the growing mortgage  servicing  portfolio,  increased  prepayment  activity and
increased production volume.



Occupancy and Equipment Expense

Occupancy and equipment expense primarily  includes rental expense,  repairs and
maintenance  costs,  certain  computer  software  expenses and  depreciation  of
HomeSide's  premises and  equipment.  Occupancy  and  equipment  expense for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 was $28.3 million compared to $13.1 million
for the period from  February 11, 1998 to September  30,  1998.  The  annualized
increase was mainly due to  increased  expenses  incurred to enhance  processing
systems and  technology  expenditures  necessary  to support  targeted  business
growth.

Servicing Losses on Investor-Owned Loans and Foreclosure-Related Expenses

Servicing losses on investor-owned loans represent  anticipated losses primarily
attributable to servicing FHA and VA loans for investors.  These amounts include
actual losses for final disposition of loans, non-recoverable foreclosure costs,
accrued  interest for which  payment has been denied and estimates for potential
losses based on HomeSide's experience as a servicer of government loans.

During the  fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1999,  the  servicing  losses on
investor-owned  loans and  foreclosure-related  expenses  totaled  $31.7 million
compared to $21.2 million for the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30,
1998. The decrease,  on an annualized  basis,  was primarily  attributable  to a
decrease in loan charge-offs.

Included in accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities at September 30, 1999 and
September 30, 1998 is a reserve for estimated servicing losses on investor-owned
loans of $16.7  million and $21.7  million,  respectively.  The reserve has been
established for potential  losses related to the mortgage  servicing  portfolio.
Increases  to the  reserve  are  charged  to  earnings  as  servicing  losses on
investor-owned  loans.  The  reserve is  decreased  for actual  losses  incurred
related  to  the  mortgage  servicing  portfolio.   HomeSide's  historical  loss
experience on VA loans generally has been  consistent with industry  experience.
The reserve was reduced in fiscal 1999 based on a reduction  in  charge-off  and
delinquency  trends  and  changes  in  HomeSide's   portfolio   characteristics.
Management  believes  that  HomeSide has an adequate  level of reserve  based on
servicing  volume,  portfolio  composition,  credit quality and historical  loss
rates,  as well as  estimated  future  losses.  Servicing  losses are  generally
greatest during the three to six year age of the loan.

The  following   table  sets  forth   HomeSide's   delinquency  and  foreclosure
experience:

<TABLE>

                        Servicing Portfolio Delinquencies
                             (percent by loan count)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 September 30, 1999    September 30, 1998
                                                                                 ------------------    -------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>                   <C>
Servicing Portfolio Delinquencies, excluding bankruptcies (at end of period)
          30 days                                                                      3.33%                 3.72%
          60 days                                                                      0.64%                 0.81%
          90+ days                                                                     0.53%                 0.65%
                                                                                 ------------------    -------------------
               Total past due                                                          4.50%                 5.18%
                                                                                 ==================    ===================
          Foreclosures pending                                                         0.61%                 0.70%
                                                                                 ==================    ===================

                                                                                 September 30, 1999     September 30, 1998
                                                                                 ------------------    -------------------

Weighted average portfolio age in months                                               44.1                   46.1
</TABLE>

Other Expenses and Goodwill Amortization

Other expenses  consist mainly of  professional  fees,  communications  expense,
advertising  and public  relations,  data  processing  expenses and certain loan
origination expenses.  The level of other expenses fluctuates in part based upon
the  level of  HomeSide's  mortgage  servicing  portfolio  and  loan  production
volumes.

Other expenses,  excluding goodwill amortization of $35.8 million resulting from
the  acquisition  of HomeSide by the  National,  were $60.9  million  during the
fiscal year ended  September 30, 1999,  compared to $39.8 million for the period
from  February  11, 1998 to September  30, 1998, a 4% decrease on an  annualized
basis.  The  annualized   decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower   consulting,
advertising,  litigation and insurance  expenses  associated  with a decrease in
production  volumes and loan  pre-payment  activity during the fourth quarter of
fiscal 1999.





Income Tax Expense

HomeSide's  income tax  expense  was $59.2  million  for the  fiscal  year ended
September  30, 1999 and $37.0  million for the period from  February 11, 1998 to
September  30,  1998.  The  effective  income tax rate for the fiscal year ended
September  30, 1999 and for the period from  February 11, 1998 to September  30,
1998 was approximately 49% and 51% respectively.


Risk Management Activities

HomeSide has a risk management program designed to protect the economic value of
its  mortgage  servicing  portfolio  from  declines  in value  primarily  due to
increases in estimated loan prepayment  speeds,  which are mainly  influenced by
declines in interest rates. When loans prepay faster than anticipated,  the cash
flow HomeSide expects to receive from servicing such loans is reduced. The value
of mortgage  servicing rights is based on the present value of the cash flows to
be received over the life of the loan and therefore,  the value of the servicing
portfolio declines as prepayments increase.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999,  HomeSide  utilized  options on
U.S.  Treasury  bond and note  futures,  U.S.  Treasury  bond and note  futures,
options on Eurodollar  futures,  swaptions and interest rate swap cap structures
to protect a significant  portion of the market value of its mortgage  servicing
portfolio  from a  decline  in  value.  The risk  management  contracts  used by
HomeSide  have  characteristics  such  that they  tend to  increase  in value as
interest  rates decline.  Conversely,  these risk  management  contracts tend to
decline in value as interest rates rise. Accordingly,  changes in value of these
risk management instruments will tend to move inversely with changes in value of
HomeSide's mortgage servicing rights.

These risk management  instruments are designated as hedges on the purchase date
and such  designation  is at a level at least as  specific as the level at which
mortgage  servicing  rights are evaluated for  impairment.  The risk  management
instruments  are  marked-to-market  with  changes in market  value  deferred and
applied as an adjustment to the basis of the related  mortgage  servicing  right
asset being hedged.  As a result,  any changes in market value that are deferred
are amortized  and  evaluated  for  impairment in the same manner as the related
mortgage  servicing rights. The effectiveness of HomeSide's hedging activity can
be  measured  by the  correlation  between  changes  in the  value  of the  risk
management instruments and changes in the value of HomeSide's mortgage servicing
rights.  This  correlation is assessed on a quarterly  basis to ensure that high
correlation is maintained over the term of the hedging program.  If management's
ongoing  assessment of correlation  indicates that high correlation is not being
achieved,  the Company will  discontinue the application of hedge accounting and
recognize a gain or loss to the extent the hedge results have not been offset by
changes in value of the hedged asset during the hedge period. During the periods
presented,  HomeSide  has  experienced  a high  measure of  correlation  between
changes  in the  value of  mortgage  servicing  rights  and the risk  management
contracts.

During the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1999,  deferred  losses on risk
management  contracts  resulted in net deferred  hedge losses of $494.7  million
which were  substantially  offset by changes in the value of mortgage  servicing
rights and included in the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights. Activity
in the deferred hedge account during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 is
as follows (in thousands):

  Net deferred hedge gain at October 1, 1998                  $ 389,572
  Net deferred hedge losses                                    (898,112)
  Amortization                                                   13,797
                                                            --------------------
  Net deferred hedge loss at September 30, 1999               $(494,743)
                                                            ====================

HomeSide's  future  cash needs as they  relate to its  hedging  program  will be
influenced by such factors as long-term  interest rates,  loan production levels
and  growth in the  mortgage  servicing  portfolio.  The fair value of open risk
management contracts at September 30, 1999 was ($290.4) million.  This amount is
comprised  of  interest  rate  swaps,  caps and  swaptions  with a fair value of
$(349.8) million, partially offset by options on U.S. Treasury bonds and options
on Eurodollar  futures with a fair market value of $59.4  million.  The premiums
paid on options along with amounts due to or from counterparties related to risk
management  contracts are included in Other Assets and Other  Liabilities in the
accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheets.  See  "--  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources"  for further  discussion of HomeSide's  sources and uses of cash. See
Note 3 of  Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for a  description  of
HomeSide's accounting policy for its risk management contracts. See Notes 12 and
13 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional  fair value
disclosures with respect to HomeSide's risk management contracts.




Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  principal  financing needs are the financing of loan  origination
activities and the investment in mortgage servicing rights. To meet these needs,
the Company  currently  utilizes funding from an independent  syndicate of banks
and from the National,  commercial  paper,  medium-term notes and cash flow from
operations.  In the  past,  the  Company  has also  utilized  short-term  credit
facilities  and  public  offerings  of  common  stock.   HomeSide  continues  to
investigate  and pursue  alternative  and  supplementary  methods to finance its
growing  operations  through the public and private capital  markets.  These may
include methods designed to expand the Company's  financial  capacity and reduce
its cost of capital.  In addition,  to facilitate the sale and  distribution  of
certain mortgage products,  HomeSide Mortgage  Securities,  Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of HomeSide, may continue to issue mortgage backed securities.

Operations

Net cash provided by operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 was
$1,444.6  million.  Net cash used in operations for the period from February 11,
1998 to  September  30, 1998 was $415.7  million.  The  primary  uses of cash in
operations were to fund loan originations and pay corporate expenses. These uses
of cash were offset by cash provided from  servicing fee income,  loan sales and
principal  repayments.  Cash flows from loan  originations  are  dependent  upon
current economic conditions and the level of long-term interest rates. Decreases
in  long-term  interest  rates  generally  result  in  higher  loan  refinancing
activity, which results in higher cash demands to meet increased loan production
levels.  Higher  cash  demands  to meet  increased  loan  production  levels are
primarily met through borrowings and loan sales.

Investing

Net cash used in investing  activities  was $1,374.1  million and $611.8 million
for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999 and for the period from  February
11,  1998 to  September  30,  1998,  respectively.  For the  fiscal  year  ended
September 30, 1999,  cash was used for the purchase and  origination of mortgage
servicing rights, the purchase of risk management  contracts and the purchase of
premises and equipment.  Uses of cash were partially  offset by cash provided by
early pool  buyout  reimbursements.  For the period  from  February  11, 1998 to
September 30, 1998,  cash was used for the purchase and  origination of mortgage
servicing  rights,  funding  the early pool buyout  program and the  purchase of
premises and equipment. These uses of cash were offset by net proceeds from risk
management  contracts.  Future  uses of cash for  investing  activities  will be
dependent on the  mortgage  origination  market and  HomeSide's  hedging  needs.
HomeSide is not able to  estimate  the timing and amount of cash uses for future
acquisitions of other mortgage banking  entities,  if such  acquisitions were to
occur.

Financing

Net cash provided by financing  activities was $97.3 million for the fiscal year
ended  September 30, 1999 and $1,030.4  million for the period from February 11,
1998 to September 30, 1998. The primary source of cash from financing activities
during the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1999 was from the  issuance  of
commercial paper and short-term notes. Cash used in financing  activities during
the period ended  September 30, 1999 was for the  re-payment of borrowings  from
HomeSide's  line of credit and dividends paid to the Parent.  The primary source
of cash from  financing  activities  during the period from February 11, 1998 to
September 30, 1998 was from the issuance of medium-term notes and net borrowings
from HomeSide's  line of credit.  Cash used in financing  activities  during the
period from  February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998 was used for the payment of
debt issue costs and dividends to the Parent.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999, net cash provided by operations
was $1,444.6 million, net cash used in investing activities was $1,374.1 million
and net cash provided by financing activities was $97.3 million,  resulting in a
net increase in cash of $167.9 million. HomeSide expects that to the extent cash
generated from operations is inadequate to meet its liquidity needs, those needs
can be met through  financing from its bank credit facility and other facilities
which may be entered  into from time to time,  as well as from the  issuance  of
debt securities in the public markets. Accordingly,  HomeSide does not currently
anticipate that it will make sales of servicing rights to any significant degree
for the purpose of generating  cash.  Nevertheless,  in addition to its cash and
mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  balances,  HomeSide's  portfolio  of  mortgage
servicing  rights  provides  a  potential  source  of  funds  to meet  liquidity
requirements,   especially  in  periods  of  rising  interest  rates  when  loan
origination volume slows.  Repurchase  agreements also provide an alternative to
the bank line of credit  for  mortgages  held for sale.  Future  cash  needs are
highly  dependent on future loan  production  and servicing  results,  which are
influenced by changes in long-term interest rates.

Year 2000

General.  In common with many business users of computers  around the world, the
Company  has  investigated  to what extent the date change from 1999 to 2000 may
affect its business.  The Company has established a program designed to minimize
the impact of the change to 2000 on the Company and its customers.  The Board of
Directors  has made the work  associated  with the change to 2000 a key priority
for management.

The Company uses and is dependent upon a significant number of computer software
programs  and  operating  systems to conduct its  business.  Such  programs  and
systems  include  those  developed and  maintained by the Company,  software and
systems  purchased  from  outside  vendors and  software and systems used by the
Company's third party providers. The Company recognizes that the Year 2000 issue
is one of  the  most  complex  data  processing  problems  faced  by  businesses
worldwide.  As the Company  approaches the century change, its primary objective
is to maintain "business as usual."

The  Company  began  its   information   technology  Year  2000  assessment  and
remediation  efforts  in the third  quarter  of  calendar  year  1996  under the
sponsorship  of its  executive  management.  A formal,  enterprise-wide  program
commenced  in January  1998.  The Year 2000 issue has been  identified  as a top
priority. The Company's executive management and Board of Directors are provided
with frequent detailed updates.  The Company has dedicated  resources to assess,
repair and test programs,  applications,  equipment and facilities.  The Company
has established a Year 2000 Program Office that is coordinating the preparations
for the change to 2000 with each business unit throughout the Company.

The Company's  program  involves an extensive  review of its own  operations and
scoping the work that needs to be completed to minimize  any  potential  impact.
This includes  reviewing the possible  effects on the Company arising out of how
third parties manage their transition to 2000. The work  demonstrates that there
are two possible key impacts:

         Internal  - the  change to 2000 could  cause  interruptions,  errors in
         calculations or delays to the Company's critical business processes via
         unexpected system or application malfunctioning.

         External  - the  impact on the  Company's  own  operations  from  third
         parties,  including  customers,  vendors,  suppliers,   regulators  and
         electronic distribution channels which may be impacted by the change to
         2000.  This  includes any  secondary or systemic  impact that may arise
         from the change to 2000 and the risk of  disruption  in the capital and
         secondary mortgage markets on which the Company is dependent.

The Company's  strategy for  addressing  Year 2000 focuses on four teams,  which
together  address  all  aspects  of  the  Company's  business.  The  Information
Technology  team  addresses  all  of  the  Mainframe,   LAN  and  client  server
applications.  The End User  Computing (or Business) team addresses the business
risks within each of the operating departments, including facilities' risk. This
area of the strategy involves the greatest  concentration of embedded chips. The
Enterprise  team  addresses  the  corporate-wide  risks  posed by the Year 2000,
including business  continuity planning to be implemented by individual business
units. Finally, the Year 2000 Program Office coordinates the Company's Year 2000
readiness  efforts and is responsible  for  communications,  vendor  management,
project documentation and reporting.  The Company's Year 2000 Program Office and
overall  Year 2000  Program are managed by a Year 2000  Program  Director  whose
full-time resources and  responsibilities are dedicated to this effort under the
sponsorship  of  the  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  the  Chief
Information Officer.

Throughout  all phases of the Year 2000  Program the goal of the Year 2000 teams
is to complete  all required  work while  minimizing  disruption  to the current
service  delivery  levels of the Company.  Central  management of the project is
executed  using  fully  dedicated  staff  with  high  levels of  subject  matter
knowledge.  In order to speed the  assessment  and  remediation  aspects  of the
mainframe and client server IT projects,  a factory philosophy was adopted using
Paragon Computer Professionals, Inc. as the primary outsourcer. Contractors were
used internally where subject matter expertise was not required.

State of Readiness.  The Company's  approach to preparing for the change to 2000
includes a standard set of methods and tools,  customized  as applicable to each
team, to coordinate and drive the project to completion.  The approach  consists
of six phases:

1.   Assessment  - Defining  each system and process to  determine  if there are
     date  dependencies  and  how  to  resolve  them.  For  business  continuity
     purposes, assessment includes identifying event and dependency risk.

2.   Remediation - Implementing  the steps  identified in the assessment  phase,
     including code remediation and development of contingency plans.

3.   Testing - Developing and implementing test plans to determine if remediated
     code is correct and assurance testing of business continuity plans.

4.   Implementation  - Moving all approved  changes from testing into production
     and execution of contingency plans as may be required.

5.   Check-Off - Formally  acknowledging  that each process has been implemented
     and is functioning correctly.

6.   Clean  Management  -  Employing  procedures  and  practices  to prevent the
     reintroduction of non-compliant  applications,  products and processes into
     the operating environment, once Check-Off has been completed.

The  Company's  Information  Technology  and Business  Teams'  assessment of the
Company's systems and business  processes for Year 2000  vulnerability  included
substantially all hardware and software systems, embedded systems, buildings and
equipment,  and business processes. The assessment also included a review of the
Company's  dependencies  on third  parties,  including  vendors,  suppliers  and
customers.

The Company  established in its Year 2000 Program  certain key milestones and an
internal  timetable  for  the  change  to 2000 in  line  with  or  ahead  of its
regulator's suggested completion dates for core systems. These were:

o    Assessment  of  substantially  all systems and processes by July 31, 1998 -
     Completed by target date;

o    Remediation and internal  testing of all mission  critical  applications by
     December 31, 1998 - Completed by target date;

o    End-to-end  testing of all mission  critical  systems with  material  third
     parties by March 31, 1999 -  Substantially  completed by July 31, 1999, now
     complete;

o    Remediation  and testing of all  non-mission  critical  systems by June 30,
     1999 - Substantially completed by target date, now complete; and

o    clean  management of all systems through 1999 - implemented  throughout the
     Company.

All End-to-End testing,  with material external parties and others, is complete.
As of March 31, 1999, HomeSide  successfully  completed the mandatory components
of the MBA Year 2000  Readiness  Test,  including  Fannie  Mae,  Freddie Mac and
Ginnie  Mae.  Optional  components  of the MBA Year  2000  Readiness  Test  were
substantially completed by June 30, 1999.

The Company's two most critical  business  applications are its primary mortgage
servicing  software  systems:   MSP  (licensed  from  and  supported  by  Alltel
Information Services, Inc.) and ALSS (a proprietary software system supported by
the  Company).  As to  these  two  systems,  assessment,  remediation,  testing,
implementation  and check-off  are  complete,  the systems have been returned to
production and clean management procedures are in place.

The  Company's  Year 2000  Program  also  addresses  end-user  computing  issues
presented by the Year 2000 change. As to end-user  computing issues (systems and
business  processes  other than  information  technology  systems),  assessment,
remediation,  testing,  implementation  and check-off are now complete and clean
management procedures are in place.

Since  September 30, 1999,  the emphasis of the Company's  Year 2000 Program has
been on continued  assurance  testing,  finalization,  refinement and testing of
transition  plans,  monitoring of Year 2000  readiness  efforts by the Company's
customers,   vendors  and  other  third   parties  with  whom  the  Company  has
relationships,  and clean management of systems and processes.  Clean management
of systems  involves  developing  and  implementing  procedures and practices to
prevent the reintroduction of non-compliant applications, products and processes
into the operating  environment  once Check-Off has been completed.  The Company
has developed  and  implemented a Clean  Management  Strategy on a  Company-wide
basis.

The Company has  relationships  with vendors,  customers and other third parties
that rely on software  and systems that may not be ready for the change to 2000.
However, it is not possible in all cases to obtain complete, accurate and timely
information  regarding the Year 2000  programs of third  parties.  Further,  the
Company's  ability to direct such third parties efforts or change relations with
such  third  parties  is often  limited.  There can be no  assurance  that third
parties on which the Company  relies will  complete  their Year 2000 programs on
time or that Year 2000  failures by such third  parties will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

The Company has been conducting  ongoing reviews of the Year 2000 efforts of its
mission  critical  vendors,  customers  and service  providers.  The Company has
identified a number of mission  critical  third  parties whose Year 2000 failure
may  reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse  impact on the Company's
results of  operations.  Examples of such third parties  include:  the Company's
primary software licensor, Alltel Information Services, Inc.; the Company's sole
provider of insurance  processing  services;  the Company's sole provider of tax
payment  services;  and the  Company's  sole provider of  foreclosure  services.
Catastrophic  failure by any of these  parties  would  have a  material  adverse
effect on the Company.  The Company is targeting  these mission  critical  third
parties for particular  scrutiny  regarding their preparations for the change to
2000.  That  process  will  continue  across the date  change and into the first
quarter of 2000.

The Company has been  successful  in  negotiating  Year 2000  amendments  to its
contracts  with several  mission  critical  vendors.  These  amendments  contain
representations  and warranties by the vendors as to their state of readiness to
meet the Year 2000 challenge and  indemnification and other remedies in favor of
the Company in the event the Company  suffers a loss because the vendor does not
successfully manage the change to 2000.

Transition  Planning.  Transition  planning is concerned  with  identifying  and
preparing for specific issues and risks associated with the period of October 1,
1999  through  March 31,  2000.  The  Company  has  developed  a  corporate-wide
Transition  Strategy.  The objective of the Company in transition planning is to
ensure a Company-wide  capability to manage  internal and  externally  generated
events as and when they might arise.  Transition  plans for the century rollover
and beyond were  completed  by  September  30,  1999.  The Company  successfully
conducted  a "dress  rehearsal"  to test its  Transition  capabilities  over the
November 6, 1999 weekend.

As part of the Company's  Transition planning and overall Year 2000 Program, the
Company has established a moratorium period using a scaled  implementation  plan
to restrict the introduction of minor,  significant and major changes to systems
or business  processes.  The  moratorium  period  will not impair the  Company's
ability to conduct its core businesses and meet the needs of its customers.  The
Company's  Year  2000  Program  will  continue  until  the  end of  March  2000.
Activities planned for the first quarter of 2000 include:

o    Monitoring and verification  activities  surrounding  business  information
     systems;

o    Implementation of maintenance  programs  associated with the system changes
     made to manage the date change to 2000;

o    Working with  customers and  suppliers  regarding any impacts they may have
     sustained as a result of the date change to 2000; and

o    Completing a formal  post-implementation review of the Year 2000 Program to
     assess achievements and lessons learned.

Risks.  The  Company's  risk  management  office  is  actively  involved  in the
Company's  Year 2000 Program.  The most  reasonably  likely worst case Year 2000
scenario,   disregarding  the  Company's  remediation  efforts  and  contingency
planning,  is: (i) a failure in its loan servicing  software and/or systems,  or
(ii) a failure by one of the  Company's key third party  providers.  Either such
failure would result in material disruption in the Company's operations possibly
preventing it from  discharging its contractual  obligations to service mortgage
loans in an accurate and timely  fashion.  The  consequences  of such disruption
could  include,  among other things,  revocation  of the Company's  status as an
FHA/VA approved  lender/servicer  or Ginnie Mae/Fannie  Mae/Freddie Mac approved
seller/servicer,  incorrect processing and/or reporting of payments to consumers
and investors,  a material loss of revenue,  and  litigation  with third parties
alleging losses related to servicing failure.

While  working to ensure that the  Company's  primary  objective  of business as
usual  before,  during and through 2000 is  achieved,  there can be no guarantee
that its Year 2000 program will be  successful  in all respects or that the date
change for 1999 to 2000 will not  materially  affect the  Company's  business in
some form.

Contingency Planning. The Company's Year 2000 Program is based on the assumption
that 100% impact coverage is neither feasible nor practical. It is possible that
the  Company or third  parties on which the Company  depends may have  unplanned
system  difficulties  during the transition  through 2000, or that third parties
may not successfully manage the change to 2000;  therefore,  an integral part of
the  Company's  Year 2000 Program is the  development  of  contingency  plans in
anticipation of systems or third party failure.

These contingency plans have been developed for individual applications, systems
and business  processes.  Individual  departments within the Company,  including
information  technology,  acting under the supervision and direction of the Year
2000 Program  Enterprise  team, have (a) identified  applicable Year 2000 events
and threats,  (b) considered  the  likelihood of occurrence,  (c) determined the
severity of impact of such events and threats,  and (d) created  preventive  and
continuity  plans to address such events and threats.  Although the  contingency
plans vary by application,  system and business  process,  each of the Company's
contingency  plans include:  identification  of the Company's  systems and third
party risks that the plan  addresses;  an analysis of  strategies  and available
resources to restore and  continue  operations;  and a recovery  and  continuity
program that  identifies  participants,  processes,  and  significant  resources
required. Contingency plans include: identifying alternate providers and locking
them in  contractually  as  applicable;  securing  redundant  telecommunications
resources;  stockpiling of critical  supplies;  developing  manual procedures to
replace automated  procedures;  altering delivery  schedules for certain reports
and services to avoid the rollover period. Alternate providers are not available
for those key third parties  identified above as the Company's sole providers of
certain services.  As to those providers,  the Company has in each case reviewed
and approved the Year 2000 contingency plans adopted by those third parties.  In
the event of a failure in those third parties' contingency plans, the Company is
prepared,  as an  additional  contingency,  to terminate  its contract  with any
non-compliant provider and take over the performance of those services in-house.
In that regard,  it should be noted that the Company retains control of the data
essential to the provision of these services.

The Company's contingency plans have been reviewed and approved by the Company's
Program Office and executive management and, where possible, tested. Testing and
assurance testing of the Company's continuity plans was substantially  completed
by September  30, 1999.  Given the  potential  scope of Year 2000 events,  it is
possible that despite considerable  planning,  the Company's business continuity
plans for the date change to 2000 may only assist in the reduction of the degree
of disruption rather than its avoidance.

Cost of Year 2000  Efforts.  As  described  above,  the Company has  conducted a
thorough year 2000 program, covering all aspects of its business, to ensure that
it successfully manages the change to 2000. As previously disclosed, the Company
presently estimates these costs to total approximately $13.5 million.

Year 2000 costs are based on  management's  best  estimates,  which were derived
utilizing  numerous   assumptions  of  future  events  including  the  continued
availability  of certain  resources,  third party  modification  plans and other
factors.  However,  there  can be no  guarantee  that  these  estimates  will be
achieved and actual  results  could  differ  materially  from those  plans.  The
Company does not  separately  track the indirect costs incurred in its Year 2000
program.

Through September 30, 1999, the Company had expended approximately $10.4 million
of its total Year 2000 budget.  Through  December 15, 1999, the most recent date
for which  information  is  available  prior to this  filing,  the  Company  had
expended  approximately $12.2 million of its total Year 2000 budget. The Company
has incurred  significant  expenditures in the fourth  calendar  quarter of 1999
associated  with  proactive  communications  to its  customers.  The Company has
allocated  $1.7 million of its total Year 2000 budget to  transition  management
during the period of June 1, 1999 through  January 31, 2000, a majority of which
has been expended through the date of this filing.  The Company will continue to
incur  significant  expenditures  associated  with employee  retention  efforts,
continued  assurance  testing,   clean  management  of  systems  and  processes,
transition  planning and  maintenance  of its Year 2000 Program  Office  through
March 31, 2000.

The Company  expensed  its  remediation  costs as they were  incurred,  with the
exception of new hardware and software  purchases,  which were capitalized.  The
source of funds for Year 2000  remediation  is operating  income of the Company.
The percentage of the Company's  information  technology  budget devoted to Year
2000 efforts in the quarter ended  September 30, 1999, was  approximately  7.0%.
The  Company  is  unable  to  readily  determine  the  cost  of  replacement  of
non-compliant  systems  that  are  being  replaced  in the  ordinary  course  of
business. No significant  information technology projects have been deferred due
to Year 2000 efforts.

The Company's  Year 2000 Program is complex and reliant upon  coordination  with
numerous  third parties.  Accordingly,  the effort and costs in any given period
will depend  upon  progress.  The  Company's  current  Year 2000 budget of $13.5
million is based on the current  status of the Year 2000  Program and is subject
to change.  The budget of $13.5 million does not take into account any potential
losses the Company may suffer as a result of Year 2000  failures,  or any claims
for loss or damage  that may be asserted  against the Company by third  parties,
which may result if the Company or third parties do not successfully  manage the
effect of the Year 2000 date change.

The foregoing  disclosure,  including the  description of a worst case Year 2000
scenario,  is furnished in response to and in  compliance  with the Statement of
the  Commission  Regarding  Disclosure of Year 2000 Issues and  Consequences  by
Public  Companies,  Investment  Advisers,  Investment  Companies,  and Municipal
Securities Issuers, Securities Act Rel. No. 33-7448 (July 30, 1998).

Quantitative and Qualitative Market Risk

Interest  rate risk is the most  significant  market  risk  affecting  HomeSide.
Interest rate risk is the possibility  that changes in interest rates will cause
unfavorable  changes  in net income or in the value of  interest  rate-sensitive
assets, liabilities and commitments. From a corporate perspective, the economics
of the Company's production and servicing lines-of-business can be leveraged, in
part, to mitigate the Company's  exposure to interest rate risk. In addition and
as part  of its  risk  management  programs,  the  Company  purchases  financial
instruments and enters into financial  agreements with off-balance sheet risk in
the normal course of business to manage its exposure to interest rate risk.  The
Company uses  financial  instruments  for the purpose of managing  interest rate
risks to protect  the value of its  mortgage  loans  held for sale and  mortgage
commitment  pipeline.  Additionally,  risk  management  instruments  are used by
HomeSide to manage  interest rate risk associated with the value of its mortgage
servicing rights which have  characteristics  such that they tend to decrease in
value as interest  rates  decline and increase in value as interest  rates rise.
Interest  rate swaps are also used to  effectively  convert  fixed-rate  funding
sources to floating rate.  The Company has no market risk sensitive  instruments
held for trading purposes.

Management  actively  monitors and manages its  exposure to interest  rate risk.
Various valuation tools are employed to perform sensitivity analyses in order to
quantify the financial  impact of changes in interest rates.  These analyses are
performed for various  interest rate scenarios to capture the expected  economic
change in market value of  rate-sensitive  assets,  liabilities and commitments.
Additionally,  the  analyses are  performed  to capture the expected  accounting
impact on future earnings for a specified time frame.

Several modeling techniques are utilized including static shock, option adjusted
spread,  option pricing,  and discounted cash flow models.  A number of key rate
sensitive  assumptions are included in the modeling such as implied  volatility,
prepayment  rates,  and yield  requirements.  Various  analyses of the Company's
exposure to interest  rate risk are reviewed on at least a monthly  basis by the
Company's Asset/Liability Committee, which reports to the Board of Directors.

The  sensitivity   analyses  described  above  were  applied  to  the  Company's
rate-sensitive  assets,  liabilities,  commitments  and  the  Company's  on- and
off-balance  sheet financial  instruments at September 30, 1999. The sensitivity
analyses  reflect that a sudden and  sustained 50 basis point  increase in rates
would  result  in a  positive  variance  to net  income of $6.0  million  over a
simulated  12-month  period.  A sudden and sustained 50 basis point  decrease in
rates would result in a negative  variance to net income of $11.5 million over a
simulated  12-month  period.  Under  neither rate  scenario  would net income be
affected by impairment of  rate-sensitive  assets.  The sensitivity  analyses is
based on planned  product  volumes and margins,  which are regularly  updated to
reflect  the   Company's   latest  views  on  the  business  and  interest  rate
environments.

For  additional  information,  see  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations - Risk  Management  Activities",
Note 12,  "Disclosures  About Fair Value of Financial  Instruments" and Note 13,
"Risk  Management and Off-Balance  Sheet Financial  Instruments" in the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's Annual Report.







ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The Board of Directors
HomeSide International, Inc.

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  HomeSide
International,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1999 and September 30,
1998,   and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  income,   changes  in
stockholder's  equity,  and cash flows for the fiscal year ended  September  30,
1999 and the  period  from  February  11,  1998 to  September  30,  1998.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in  all  material   respects,   the  financial   position  of  HomeSide
International,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1999 and September 30,
1998,  and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for the fiscal
year ended September 30, 1999 and the period from February 11, 1998 to September
30, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


KPMG LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
October 19, 1999


<PAGE>
                  HOMESIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Data)
<TABLE>

                                                                                   September 30,  1999        September 30, 1998
<S>                                                                                <C>                        <C>

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents                                                             $     202,859               $     35,008
Mortgage loans held for sale, net                                                         1,292,562                  2,048,989
Mortgage servicing rights, net                                                            3,488,957                  1,779,180
Early pool buyout advances                                                                  335,059                    759,579
Accounts receivable, net                                                                    255,759                    272,005
Premises and equipment, net                                                                  67,900                     45,657
Goodwill, net                                                                               663,729                    693,543
Other assets                                                                                 84,530                    117,596
                                                                                -----------------------    -----------------------
Total Assets                                                                          $   6,391,355               $  5,751,557
                                                                                =======================    =======================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                                  $ 666,442               $    241,302
Notes Payable                                                                             2,899,304                  2,749,000
Long-term debt                                                                            1,331,292                  1,337,783
Deferred income taxes, net                                                                  220,775                    160,520
                                                                                -----------------------    -----------------------
Total Liabilities                                                                     $   5,117,813               $  4,488,605
                                                                                -----------------------    -----------------------
Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholder's Equity:
  Common stock:

    Common stock, $.01 par value; 100 shares authorized and 1 share issued and
       outstanding
    Class C non-voting common stock, $1.00 par value, 195,000 shares authorized;
       0 shares issued and outstanding                                                $     -                     $    -
  Additional paid-in capital                                                              1,231,302                  1,227,846
  Retained earnings                                                                          42,240                     35,106
                                                                                -----------------------    -----------------------
Total Stockholder's Equity                                                                1,273,542                  1,262,952
                                                                                -----------------------    -----------------------
Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity                                            $   6,391,355               $  5,751,557
                                                                                =======================     ======================
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                  HOMESIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                            For the Fiscal            For the Period from
                                                               Year Ended            February 11, 1998 to
                                                          September 30, 1999          September 30, 1998
                                                        ------------------------    ------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                         <C>
REVENUES:
Mortgage servicing fees                                      $     609,522               $     315,510
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                         (409,929)                   (191,693)
                                                        ------------------------    ------------------------
    Net servicing revenue                                          199,593                     123,817

Interest income                                                    181,173                      99,749
Interest expense                                                  (132,161)                    (70,761)
                                                        ------------------------    ------------------------
    Net interest revenue                                            49,012                      28,988

Net mortgage origination revenue                                   155,937                      79,179
Other income                                                         5,844                      11,028
                                                        ------------------------    ------------------------
    Total Revenues                                                 410,386                     243,012

EXPENSES:

Salaries and employee benefits                                     132,716                      73,983
Occupancy and equipment                                             28,319                      13,107
Servicing losses on investor-owned loans
   and foreclosure-related expenses                                 31,749                      21,202
Goodwill amortization                                               35,817                      22,780
Other expenses                                                      60,939                      39,825
                                                        ------------------------    ------------------------
    Total Expenses                                                 289,540                     170,897

Income before income taxes                                         120,846                      72,115
Income tax expense                                                  59,181                      37,009
                                                        ------------------------    ------------------------
Net Income                                                   $      61,665               $      35,106
                                                        ========================    ========================
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<PAGE>


                  HOMESIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                    (dollars in thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>


                                Total        Common Stock       Additional
                              Number of  ---------------------   Paid-in       Retained
                               Shares     Class A    Class C     Capital       Earnings         Total
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>             <C>            <C>
Balance, February 11, 1998        1       $ -        $ -       $ 1,227,846      $   -         $1,227,846
  Net income                                                                      35,106          35,106
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, September 30, 1998       1         -          -         1,227,846        35,106       1,262,952

Net income                                                                        61,665          61,665
Dividends declared and                                                           (54,531)        (54,531)
paid to
   parent
Additional paid-in capital

  associated with

acquisition by                                                       3,456                         3,456
  the National

                            ===============================================================================
Balance, September 30, 1999       1       $ -        $ -       $ 1,231,302      $ 42,240      $1,273,542
                            ===============================================================================


</TABLE>






The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<PAGE>


                  HOMESIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>

                                                                    For the Fiscal        For  the Period From
                                                                      Year Ended          February 11, 1998 to
                                                                  September 30, 1999       September 30, 1998
                                                                ------------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                       <C>
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income                                                               $61,665                    $35,106
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)
provided by  operating activities:
  Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                              409,929                    191,693
  Depreciation and amortization                                           40,444                     24,595
  Servicing losses on investor-owned loans                                 5,523                      9,960
  Change in deferred income tax liability                                 59,181                     19,036
  Mortgage loans originated and purchased for sale                   (22,146,930)               (12,697,763)
  Proceeds and principal repayments of mortgage loans held for
    sale                                                              22,903,357                 12,008,178
  Change in accounts receivable                                            5,473                    (11,694)
  Change in other assets and accounts payable and accrued
    liabilities                                                          105,968                      5,141
                                                                ------------------------  -------------------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                1,444,610                   (415,748)

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchase of premises and equipment, net                                  (30,561)                   (20,067)
Acquisition of mortgage servicing rights                              (1,221,594)                  (392,396)
Net (purchases of) proceeds from risk management contracts              (546,421)                   387,276
Early pool buyout reimbursements (advances)                              424,520                   (385,580)
Acquisition of Banc One Mortgage servicing assets                          -                       (201,000)
                                                                ------------------------  -------------------------
    Net cash used in investing activities                             (1,374,056)                  (611,767)

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Net (repayments to) borrowings from banks                             (1,240,498)                   624,044
Issuance of commercial paper, net of repayments                        1,163,903                        -
Issuance of notes payable                                                230,000                    410,000
Payment of debt issue costs                                                 (708)                    (3,262)
Repayment of long-term debt                                                 (869)                      (372)
Dividends paid to the National                                           (54,531)                        -
                                                                ------------------------  -------------------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities                             97,297                  1,030,410

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                167,851                      2,895
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                          35,008                     32,113
                                                                ------------------------  -------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                              $202,859                    $35,008
                                                                ========================  =========================

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Interest paid                                                            128,914                     62,325
Income taxes paid                                                         14,655                      3,307

</TABLE>






The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<PAGE>


                  HOMESIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

HomeSide  International,   Inc.  ("HomeSide"  or  the  "Company"),  through  its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,   HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  ("HomeSide  Lending"),  is
primarily  engaged in the  mortgage  banking  business  and as such  originates,
purchases, sells and services mortgage loans throughout the United States.

The company is the successor to HomeSide,  Inc. ("HomeSide,  Inc. Predecessor").
As discussed in Note 2, on February 10, 1998, National Australia Bank, Ltd. (the
"National")  acquired  all  outstanding  shares of the common stock of HomeSide,
Inc.  Predecessor  and the Company  adopted a fiscal year end of September 30 to
conform to the fiscal year of the National. HomeSide, Inc. Predecessor commenced
operations  and was formed  through  the  acquisition  of the  mortgage  banking
operations of the former BankBoston,  N.A. ("BBMC Predecessor" to HomeSide, Inc.
Predecessor)  on  March  16,  1996.  HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor   subsequently
purchased  the  mortgage  banking  operations  of  Barnett  Banks,  Inc.  Unless
otherwise designated,  the term "HomeSide" refers to the Company for the periods
subsequent to February 10, 1998, to HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor for the periods
from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997 and March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998,
and to BBMC  Predecessor  for periods prior to March 16, 1996. The  accompanying
consolidated  financial  statements of HomeSide include the accounts of HomeSide
and its subsidiaries,  after elimination of all material  intercompany  balances
and transactions. Amounts of acquired companies have been included from the date
of  acquisition.  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made to the  financial
statements  for the period from  February  11, 1998 to September  30,  1998,  to
conform to the presentation for the year ended September 30, 1999.

The accompanying financial statements of HomeSide International,  Inc. have been
prepared for the year ended  September 30, 1999 and for the period from February
10, 1998 to September 30, 1998 to coincide with the  acquisition  of HomeSide by
the National and the subsequent adoption of a September 30 fiscal year end.

2.  ORGANIZATION

On December  11,  1995,  HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor  was formed by an investor
group,  consisting  of Thomas  H. Lee  Company  and  Madison  Dearborn  Partners
(collectively,   the  "Investors"),  and  signed  a  definitive  stock  purchase
agreement with The First National Bank of Boston  ("BankBoston") for the purpose
of acquiring  certain assets and  liabilities of the mortgage  banking  business
owned by  BankBoston.  BankBoston  received  cash and an  ownership  interest in
HomeSide. The transaction closed on March 15, 1996 and HomeSide began operations
on March 16, 1996. In March 1999,  Fleet Financial  Group,  Inc. and BankBoston,
N.A.  entered into an agreement  and plan of merger  providing for the merger of
BankBoston, N.A. with and into Fleet Financial Group, Inc.

On May 31, 1996,  Barnett Banks,  Inc.  ("Barnett") sold certain of its mortgage
banking  operations,  primarily  its  servicing  portfolio,  mortgage  servicing
operations and  proprietary  mortgage  banking  software  systems,  to HomeSide.
Barnett  received cash and an ownership  interest in HomeSide.  The accompanying
financial statements reflect the effects of both of these acquisitions. For more
information on these acquisitions,  see Note 4. From May 31, 1996 until the 1997
public  offering of common  stock,  the  Investors  as a group,  BankBoston  and
Barnett each owned  approximately  one-third of HomeSide.  Following  the public
offering,  the  Investors  as a  group,  BankBoston  and  Barnett  owned  in the
aggregate approximately 79% of the outstanding common stock.

On  January 9,  1998,  NationsBank  Corporation,  now  BankAmerica  Corporation,
acquired all the outstanding common stock of Barnett Banks, Inc.

On February 10, 1998,  National  Australia Bank, Ltd. (the "National")  acquired
all outstanding  shares of the common stock of HomeSide.  As consideration,  the
National paid $27.825 per share for all of the outstanding common stock and paid
$17.7 million cash to retire all outstanding  stock options.  The total purchase
price was  approximately  $1.2 billion.  The National paid for the purchase with
borrowed and available  funds.  The transaction was accounted for as a purchase.
As a result,  all assets and  liabilities  were  recorded at their fair value on
February  11, 1998,  and the  purchase  price in excess of the fair value of net
assets  acquired of $719.6  million  was  recorded as  goodwill.  Following  the
transaction  described above, the National now owns 100% of the Company's common
stock and the  Company  has become an indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the
National.  HomeSide also adopted a fiscal year end of September 30 to conform to
the fiscal year of the National.

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of estimates

The  preparation of financial  statements  and notes thereto in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,
revenues and expenses and the disclosed amount of contingent liabilities.  On an
ongoing basis management reviews its estimates,  including those related to risk
management,  litigation, contracts, credit losses and mortgage servicing rights.
Although  the  Company  has  internal  control  systems in place to ensure  that
estimates  can be  reliably  measured,  actual  results  may  differ  from those
estimates. It is not anticipated that such differences would be material.

Risk management of mortgage loan originations

HomeSide  utilizes a risk management  program to protect and manage the value of
its mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage commitment pipeline.  As a result,
the Company is party to various derivative  financial  instruments to reduce its
exposure to interest rate risk. These financial  instruments  primarily  include
mandatory  forward delivery  commitments,  treasury  forwards,  and put and call
option contracts on mortgage-backed securities. The Company uses these financial
instruments  for the purposes of managing its resale  pricing and interest  rate
risks.  These financial  instruments are designated as hedges to the extent they
demonstrate  a high degree of  correlation  with the  underlying  hedged  items.
Accordingly,  hedging gains and losses related to this risk  management  program
are  deferred and  recognized  as a component of the gain or loss on sale of the
underlying mortgage loans or mortgage-backed  securities.  Such gains and losses
are  included in  mortgage  origination  revenue.  Hedge  losses are  recognized
currently if the deferral of such losses would result in mortgage loans held for
sale and the pipeline  being valued in excess of their  estimated net realizable
value.

Premiums paid for purchased put and call option  contracts are included in other
assets  and  amortized  over the  options'  contract  period as a  component  of
mortgage origination revenue. Unamortized premiums are recognized as a component
of  mortgage  origination  revenue  at  the  earlier  of the  expiration  of the
underlying contract or when exercise of the contract is considered unlikely.

Risk management of mortgage servicing rights

Mortgage  servicing  rights permit HomeSide to receive a portion of the interest
coupon and fees collected from the mortgagor for performing  specified servicing
activities.  The mortgage notes underlying the mortgage  servicing rights permit
the borrower to prepay the loan. As a result,  the value of the related mortgage
servicing  rights tends to diminish in periods of declining  interest  rates and
increase in value in periods of rising rates. This tendency subjects HomeSide to
substantial  interest  rate risk.  It also  directly  affects the  volatility of
reported earnings because mortgage  servicing rights are carried at the lower of
amortized cost or fair value. It is HomeSide's policy to mitigate and hedge this
risk through its risk management program.

The risk management  instruments used by HomeSide have characteristics such that
they tend to increase in value as interest rates decline. Conversely, these risk
management  instruments  tend to  decline  in  value  as  interest  rates  rise.
Accordingly,  changes in the value of these hedge  instruments will tend to move
inversely with changes in value of HomeSide's mortgage servicing rights.

Options on U.S.  Treasury  bond and note  futures,  U.S.  Treasury bond and note
futures,  options on  Eurodollar  futures,  and interest rate swaps,  caps,  and
swaptions are used by HomeSide to manage interest rate risk. When purchased, the
risk  management  instruments  are  designated to a specific  strata of mortgage
servicing rights. The risk management  instrument contracts are marked-to-market
and  changes in market  value are  included as  adjustments  to the basis of the
related  mortgage  servicing right asset being hedged.  Deferred hedge gains and
losses are  amortized  and  evaluated  for  impairment in the same manner as the
related  mortgage  servicing  rights.  Correlation  between  changes in the risk
management  contracts and changes in the value of HomeSide's  mortgage servicing
rights is  assessed  on a quarterly  basis to ensure  that high  correlation  is
maintained  over  the  term of the  hedging  program.  If  management's  ongoing
assessment of correlation indicates that high correlation is not being achieved,
the Company will discontinue the application of hedge accounting and recognize a
gain or loss to the extent the hedge  results have not been offset by changes in
value of the hedged asset during the hedge period.

Mortgage loans

Mortgage  loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair
value.  Fair value is based on the contract  prices at which the mortgage  loans
will be sold or, if the loans are not  committed  for sale,  the current  market
price.  Deferred hedge gains and losses on risk management hedge instruments are
included  in the cost of the  mortgage  loans  held for sale for the  purpose of
determining  the  lower of  aggregate  cost or fair  value.  Mortgage  loans are
typically sold within three months.

Mortgage  loans held for  investment  are included in other assets and stated at
the lower of cost or fair value at the time the permanent  investment  decisions
are made.  Discounts,  if any, are amortized  over the  anticipated  life of the
investment.

Loans are placed on  non-accrual  status  when any portion of the  principal  or
interest  is  ninety  days past due or  earlier  when  concern  exists as to the
ultimate  collectibility  of  principal  or  interest.  When loans are placed on
nonaccrual status, the related interest  receivable is reversed against interest
income of the current period. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are
applied as a reduction of the  principal  balance when concern  exists as to the
ultimate  collection of principal;  otherwise,  such payments are  recognized as
interest  income.  Loans are removed from  nonaccrual  status when principal and
interest become current and they are anticipated to be fully collectible.

Mortgage servicing rights

Mortgage  servicing  rights are the rights to receive a portion of the  interest
coupon and fees collected from the mortgagor for performing  specified servicing
activities.  The total cost of loans originated or acquired is allocated between
the mortgage  servicing  rights and the mortgage  loans,  without the  servicing
rights,  based on relative fair values.  The value of servicing  rights acquired
through bulk acquisitions is capitalized at cost.

Mortgage  servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of
the  estimated  net servicing  revenue.  They are  evaluated  for  impairment by
comparing the carrying amount of the servicing rights to their fair value.  Fair
value is  estimated  based on the market  prices of similar  mortgage  servicing
assets and on discounted  future net cash flows  considering  market  prepayment
estimates,  historical  prepayment rates,  portfolio  characteristics,  interest
rates and other  economic  factors.  For purposes of measuring  impairment,  the
mortgage servicing rights are stratified by the predominant risk characteristics
which  include  product  types of the  underlying  loans and  interest  rates of
mortgage notes.  Impairment,  if any, is recognized  through a valuation reserve
for each impaired stratum and is included in amortization of mortgage  servicing
rights.

Cash

Cash and cash  equivalents  include  cash and due from  banks,  interest-bearing
deposits and margin deposits with an original  maturity of three months or less.
Margin  deposits  associated  with  the risk  management  program  for  mortgage
servicing  rights and interest rate swaps for debt  instruments  are  maintained
with brokers in accordance with the  requirements of  International  Swap Dealer
Agreements.  At September 30, 1999,  margin deposits  amounted to  approximately
$179.5 million.

Accounts receivable

Accounts  receivable  includes  advances,  consisting  primarily of payments for
property  taxes and  insurance  premiums,  accrued  servicing  fees,  as well as
principal  and interest  remitted to investors  before they are  collected  from
mortgagors,  made  in  connection  with  loan  servicing  activities.   Accounts
receivable  also  includes  loans  purchased  from  mortgage-backed   securities
serviced by HomeSide for others and mortgage claims filed primarily with the FHA
and the VA.

Early pool buyout advances and sales

Early pool buyout advances consist of delinquent  government loans in process of
foreclosure  that have been  purchased  from  pools.  The  program  reduces  the
unreimbursed interest expense that HomeSide incurs. The funding of the purchases
of these  delinquent  loans for the early pool  buyout  program is  recorded  as
interest  expense.  Interest income earned from the guarantor  agency during the
foreclosure process is accrued to match the funding expense incurred.  Scheduled
interest  payments made to the investor before the loans were purchased from the
pool are  recorded as early pool  buyout  advances  with a reserve for  advances
which ultimately will not be collected.

On  November  30,  1998,  HomeSide  Lending  formed a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
HomeSide Funding,  Inc. ("HomeSide  Funding"),  whose sole purpose is to acquire
delinquent loans from HomeSide Lending's servicing portfolio that are insured by
the Federal Housing  Administration  or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans
Affairs. The purchases are funded through sales to a trust.

In  December  1998,  HomeSide  Lending  entered  into a  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement with Bank One Trust Company,  N.A., as Trustee,  and HomeSide Funding,
as  Transferor,  pursuant  to which  approximately  $487  million of  delinquent
mortgage  loans were sold to  HomeSide  Funding  during  the  fiscal  year ended
September 30, 1999. Subsequently, these loans were sold to the HomeSide Mortgage
Loan Buyout Trust  1998-A.  At  September  30,  1999,  HomeSide  held a residual
interest in loans sold to HomeSide Funding in the amount of $10.3 million, which
approximated fair value.

Premises and equipment

Premises  and  equipment  are  carried  at cost less  accumulated  depreciation.
Depreciation  is computed  using the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated
useful  lives  of  the  assets,  which  range  up  to  thirty  years.  Leasehold
improvements  are  amortized  over  the  shorter  of the  estimated  life of the
improvement or the term of the lease.

Long-lived   assets  are  evaluated   regularly  for  the   other-than-temporary
impairment.  If  circumstances  suggest that their value may be impaired and the
write-down would be material, an assessment of recoverability is performed prior
to any  write-down of the asset.  Impairment,  if any, is  recognized  through a
valuation  allowance with a  corresponding  charge  recorded in the statement of
income.

The Company capitalizes certain software development and implementation costs in
accordance  with  SOP  98-1,  "Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer  Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use."  Development and  implementation  costs
are expensed until the Company has  determined  that the software will result in
probable  future  economic  benefits and management has committed to funding the
project.  Thereafter,  all direct  external  implementation  costs and  purchase
software costs are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over
the remaining estimated useful lives, not exceeding five years.

Goodwill

Goodwill,  representing the excess of the purchase  consideration  over the fair
value of the  identifiable  net assets acquired on the date of  acquisition,  is
recognized as an asset.  Goodwill is amortized  from the date of  acquisition by
systematic  charges on a  straight-line  basis against income over the period in
which  the  benefits  are  expected  to  arise,  but  not  exceeding  20  years.
Accumulated  goodwill  amortization  was $58.8 million at September 30, 1999 and
$22.8  million at  September  30,  1998,  respectively.  The  carrying  value of
goodwill  is  reviewed  at least  annually.  If the  carrying  value of goodwill
exceeds the value of the expected  future  benefits,  the  difference is charged
against income.

Mortgage servicing fees

Mortgage servicing fees represent  servicing and other fees earned for servicing
mortgage loans owned by investors.  Servicing  fees are generally  calculated on
the outstanding  principal  balances of the loans serviced and are recognized as
income over the period of service.

Related  custodial  deposits are segregated in trust accounts,  principally held
with depository institutions, and are not included in the accompanying financial
statements.

Interest expense

Interest expense is reduced by credits received from depository institutions for
custodial balances placed with such institutions.

Net mortgage origination revenue

Mortgage  origination  revenue  includes gains and losses from sales of mortgage
loans and fees associated with the origination and purchase of mortgage loans.

Servicing losses on investor-owned loans and foreclosure-related expenses

HomeSide  records  losses  attributable  to  servicing  FHA  and  VA  loans  for
investors.  These amounts include actual losses for final  disposition of loans,
foreclosure-related   expenses,   accrued   interest   for  which   payment   is
uncollectible and estimates for potential losses based on HomeSide's  experience
as a servicer of government loans.

A reserve for estimated  servicing losses on  investor-owned  loans is available
for potential losses related to the mortgage servicing portfolio and is included
in accounts payable and accrued liabilities (see Note 7).

Income taxes

Current tax  liabilities or assets are recognized  through charges or credits to
the current tax provision for the estimated  taxes payable or refundable for the
current year.

Deferred tax  liabilities  are  recognized for temporary  differences  that will
result in amounts  taxable in the future and deferred tax assets are  recognized
for  temporary  differences  and tax benefit  carryforwards  that will result in
amounts  deductible or creditable in the future. Net deferred tax liabilities or
assets are recognized  through charges or credits to the deferred tax provision.
A deferred tax valuation  reserve is  established  if it is more likely than not
that all or a portion of the deferred  tax assets will not be realized.  Changes
in the deferred tax valuation reserve are recognized  through charges or credits
to the  deferred  tax  provision.  The  effect of  enacted  changes  in tax law,
including  changes in tax rates,  on  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

New accounting standards

In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and  Hedging  Activities."  This  statement   standardizes  the  accounting  for
derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities  by  requiring  that an entity
recognize  those items as assets or  liabilities  in the  statement of financial
position  and  measure  them at fair  value.  If certain  conditions  are met, a
derivative  instrument  may be  specifically  designated  as (a) a hedge  of the
exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability,  or of
an unrecognized  firm commitment,  (b) a hedge of the exposure to variability in
the cash flows of recognized assets,  liability or forecasted transaction or (c)
a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of an unrecognized firm commitment,  an
available-for-sale  security, a forecasted  transaction or a net investment in a
foreign operation. In June 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  - Deferral of the  Effective  Date of FASB
Statement  No. 133 - an Amendment  of FASB  Statement  No. 133." This  statement
deferred  the  effective  date of FAS 133 to fiscal  quarters  of  fiscal  years
beginning  after June 15, 2000.  Management has not yet determined the impact of
these statements on the financial statements of HomeSide.

In October 1998, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued  Statement of
Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  134,  "Accounting  for  Mortgage-Backed
Securities  Retained after  Securitization  of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a
Mortgage  Banking  Enterprise."  ("SFAS  134")  This  statement  further  amends
Statement No. 65 to require that after the securitization of mortgage loans held
for sale,  an  entity  engaged  in  mortgage  banking  activities  classify  the
resulting  mortgage-backed  securities or other retained  interests based on its
ability  and  intent  to sell or hold  those  investments.  This  statement  was
effective  for the first  fiscal  quarter  beginning  after  December  15, 1998.
Management has determined that no adjustment or reclassification  should be made
to the financial statements of HomeSide pursuant to SFAS 134.

4.  ACQUISITIONS AND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES

Strategic Alliance with Cendant Mortgage Corporation

On June 15, 1999,  HomeSide  announced  that it had formed a strategic  alliance
with Cendant  Mortgage  Corporation.  Cendant  Mortgage has agreed to sell up to
$7.0 billion in mortgage  loans  annually to HomeSide over a 5 year period.  For
the year ended September 30, 1999,  HomeSide has purchased and will service $8.8
billion of  Cendant  Mortgage's  portfolio,  representing  approximately  78,000
loans.  Cendant Mortgage is one of the largest retail  originators in the United
States.

Strategic Alliance with First Chicago NBD Mortgage Company

On March 4, 1999,  HomeSide  agreed to purchase  or  sub-service  the  servicing
portfolio  of  First  Chicago  NBD  Mortgage  Company  ("First  Chicago").  This
transaction  represents a modification and an expansion of HomeSide's  strategic
alliance with Banc One Mortgage  Corporation  ("Banc One"). This resulted in (i)
an increase in HomeSide's servicing portfolio of approximately $18 billion; (ii)
a change in Banc One's  residential  mortgage loan  delivery  method to HomeSide
from a whole loan  basis to a  servicing  rights-only  flow  basis;  and (iii) a
commitment from First Chicago to sell the servicing  rights  associated with its
residential mortgage production to HomeSide on a flow basis.

Acquisition of Banc One Mortgage Corporation

On April 1, 1998,  HomeSide  entered  into an  agreement  with Banc One Mortgage
Corporation to acquire the mortgage  servicing assets of Banc One.  HomeSide and
Banc One have also entered into a Preferred Partner agreement,  whereby Banc One
will sell a significant  portion of its residential  mortgage loan production to
HomeSide  over the next five years on a whole  loan  basis.  The total  purchase
consideration  for the mortgage  servicing  assets was $201.0  million cash. The
mortgage  servicing rights acquired relate to mortgage  servicing loans of $16.6
billion.  The  transaction  closed  on June 5, 1998 and was  accounted  for as a
purchase.  The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of net
assets acquired is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years.

The  unaudited  condensed  pro forma  statement  of income for the  period  from
February  11, 1998 to  September  30, 1998 and the  HomeSide,  Inc.  Predecessor
period  from March 1, 1997 to  February  10,  1998,  assuming  Banc One had been
acquired as of the beginning of the period is as follows (in millions):
<TABLE>

                                        Pro Forma for the Period             Pro Forma for the Period
                                        From February 11, 1998 to              From March 1, 1997 to
                                           September 30, 1998                    February 10, 1998
<S>                                  <C>                                   <C>
Net servicing revenue                             $129.5                               $202.6
Net interest  revenue                               29.5                                  1.2
Net mortgage origination revenue                    81.1                                 90.1
Other income                                        11.0                                 1.7
                                      ------------------------------       ------------------------------
        Total revenues                             251.1                                295.6
Expenses                                          (174.7)                              (162.1)
                                      ------------------------------       ------------------------------
Income before income taxes                          76.4                                133.5
Income tax expense                                 (38.7)                               (52.1)
                                      ------------------------------       ------------------------------
 Net income                                       $ 37.7                               $ 81.4
                                      ==============================       ==============================
</TABLE>


The  purchase  accounting  adjustments  in the  above  pro  forma  statement  of
operations  are based on the actual  purchase price and the amount of assets and
liabilities  actually acquired.  No adjustments have been made for restructuring
costs that might have been  incurred  or for cost  efficiencies  that might have
been realized during the period presented.  Accordingly, these pro forma results
are not indicative of future results.

Strategic Alliance with People's Bank

On November 23, 1998,  HomeSide agreed to purchase or sub-service  approximately
$5 billion in mortgage servicing from People's Bank, the largest mortgage lender
in  Connecticut.  People's Bank also became a Preferred  Partner,  committing to
sell a significant  portion of the  residential  mortgage loans it originates to
HomeSide for five years.

Acquisition of Loan America

         On April  6,  1998,  HomeSide  signed  an  agreement  with  NationsBank
Corporation  ("NationsBank")  whereby  NationsBank  agreed  to sell  HomeSide  a
national  wholesale  mortgage loan network  which was formerly  owned by Barnett
Banks, Inc. The transaction  closed on May 29, 1998. The excess of the aggregate
purchase price over the fair value of net assets  acquired is being amortized on
a straight-line basis over 20 years.

5.  MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

An analysis of mortgage servicing rights is as follows:
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         September 30, 1999     September 30, 1998

<S>                                                          <C>                     <C>
Beginning balance                                            $1,779,180              $1,781,134
Additions                                                     1,221,594                 593,863
Sales of servicing                                                  -                    (9,967)
Net deferred hedge loss (gain), net of amortization             898,112                (394,157)
Amortization                                                   (409,929)               (191,693)
                                                        ---------------------- ----------------------
Ending balance                                               $3,488,957              $1,779,180
                                                        ====================== ======================
</TABLE>

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>

                                            September 30, 1999       September 30, 1998
<S>                                         <C>                      <C>
Land                                             $  3,451                 $  3,451
Buildings and building improvements                 9,932                    9,932
Furniture and equipment                            38,611                   27,643
Software                                           17,019                    1,684
Leasehold improvements                             10,375                    6,234
                                            ------------------------ ----------------------
                                                   79,388                   48,944
Accumulated depreciation and amortization         (11,488)                  (3,287)
                                            ======================== ======================
Ending balance                                   $ 67,900                 $ 45,657
                                            ======================== ======================
</TABLE>

7.  RESERVE FOR ESTIMATED SERVICING LOSSES ON INVESTOR-OWNED LOANS

     An analysis of the reserve for estimated servicing losses on investor-owned
loans is as follows (in thousands):

                                    For the Fiscal         For the Period From
                                       Year Ended          February 11, 1998 to

                                  September 30, 1999        September 30, 1998

Beginning balance                       $21,650                   $21,650

Provision for servicing losses
  on investor-owned loans                 5,523                    10,314
Charge-offs                             (11,040)                  (10,341)
Recoveries
                                            517                        27
                                ======================== =======================
Ending balance                          $16,650                   $21,650
                                ======================== =======================



8.       NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>

                                                                               Weighted Average Interest Rate
                                                   Total Outstanding       At Period End       During the Period
<S>                                              <C>                       <C>                 <C>
Floating Rate Notes                                           $ 230,000        5.67%                 5.67%
Commercial Paper                                              1,163,903        5.57%                 5.12%
National Australia Bank Unsecured Facility                    1,505,401        5.46%                 5.22%
                                                 -----------------------
  Total, September 30, 1999                                  $2,899,304        5.52%                 5.20%
                                                 =======================


Bank line of credit                                           $ 995,000        5.88%                 5.96%
National Australia Bank Unsecured Facility                    1,754,000        5.66%                 5.67%
                                                 -----------------------
  Total, September 30, 1998                                  $2,749,000        6.00%                 6.04%
                                                 =======================
</TABLE>

On August 16, 1999,  HomeSide  issued $230.0 million in floating rate notes (the
"Floating  Rate  Notes") due August 16, 2000.  Interest is payable  quarterly in
arrears on November 16,  February  16, May 16, and August 16. The Floating  Rate
Notes are  unsecured  obligations  of HomeSide  and rank  equally with all other
unsecured and  unsubordinated  indebtedness of HomeSide.  The per annum interest
rate on the  Floating  Rate  Notes  is  equal to the  three-month  LIBOR,  reset
quarterly, plus twenty basis points, or 0.20%.

On  October  21,  1998,  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  established  a  $1.5  billion
commercial paper program. The program is supported by the Company's bank line of
credit and outstanding  commercial paper reduces available  borrowings under the
bank  line of  credit.  At  September  30,  1999,  a total  of $1.2  billion  of
commercial  paper  was  outstanding.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  on
commercial paper outstanding during the year ended September 30, 1999 was 5.12%.

On June 23, 1998,  HomeSide entered into an agreement for an unsecured revolving
credit  facility with the National.  The agreement was amended on June 22, 1999.
Under the credit  facility,  HomeSide can borrow up to $2.5 billion,  subject to
limits imposed by regulatory  authorities.  As of September 30, 1999, Australian
financial  regulations limited the National's ability to lend funds to HomeSide,
a non-bank affiliate, to approximately $2.1 billion. Borrowings under the credit
facility may be overnight or for periods of 7, 30, 60 or 90 days.  For overnight
borrowings,  the interest rate is determined by HomeSide and the National at the
time of the  borrowing.  For  LIBOR - based  borrowings,  the  interest  rate is
charged at the corresponding LIBOR rate. At September 30, 1999 and September 30,
1998, the amount outstanding under this credit facility totaled $1.5 billion and
$1.8 billion,  respectively.  The weighted  average interest rate on outstanding
borrowings  under this credit  facility during the year ended September 30, 1999
and the period  from  February  11,  1998 to  September  30, 1998 were 5.22% and
5.67%, respectively.

HomeSide borrows funds on a demand basis from an independent  syndicate of banks
under a $2.0 billion credit facility  which, at the request of HomeSide,  may be
increased to $3.0 billion.  The line of credit includes both a warehouse  credit
facility,  which is limited to 98% of the fair value of eligible  mortgage loans
held for  sale,  and a  servicing-related  facility,  which is  capped at $760.0
million.  Borrowings  under the bank line of credit  bear  interest at rates per
annum,  based on, at  HomeSide's  option (A) the  highest of (i) the lead bank's
prime rate,  (ii) the secondary  market rate of certificates of deposit plus 100
basis  points and (iii) the federal  funds rate in effect from time to time plus
0.5% or (B) various rates based on federal fund rates. On February 14, 2000, the
line of credit will  terminate.  The credit  agreement  contains  covenants that
impose  limitations  and  restrictions  on HomeSide,  including  requirements to
maintain certain net worth and ratio requirements.  Under certain  circumstances
set  forth in the  credit  agreement,  borrowings  under  the  agreement  become
collateralized  by  HomeSide's  assets.  HomeSide  is  in  compliance  with  all
requirements  included in the credit  agreement.  At  September  30,  1999,  the
primary  use  of the  credit  facility  was to  provide  liquidity  back-up  for
HomeSide's  $1.5  billion  commercial  paper  program  and there was no  balance
outstanding under the credit line. At September 30, 1998, the amount outstanding
under the credit line, all of which was under the warehouse credit facility, was
$1.0 billion.  HomeSide entered into a replacement  agreement for a $2.0 billion
credit facility on October 18, 1999. See Note 20.

9.  LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt,  including the fair value adjustments  resulting from the merger
with the National, consists of the following (in thousands):

                           September 30, 1999             September 30, 1998
Medium-term notes               $  1,160,955                  $   1,161,629
11.25% notes                         146,908                        151,857
Mortgage note payable                 23,429                         24,297
                           -----------------------        ----------------------
  Total                         $  1,331,292                  $   1,337,783
                           =======================        ======================

11.25 % Notes

On May 14, 1996,  HomeSide  issued  $200.0  million of 11.25% notes (the "Parent
Notes") maturing on May 15, 2003, and paying interest semiannually in arrears on
May 15 and  November 15 of each year.  The Parent  Notes are  redeemable  at the
option of HomeSide,  in whole or in part,  at any time on or after May 15, 2001,
at certain fixed redemption prices. The indenture contains covenants that impose
limitations and  restrictions,  including  requirements to maintain  certain net
worth and ratio  requirements.  In  addition,  the Parent Notes are secured by a
second priority pledge of the common stock of HomeSide  Lending.  HomeSide is in
compliance with all net worth and ratio  requirements  included in the indenture
relating to the Parent  Notes.  HomeSide used a portion of the proceeds from its
February 5, 1997 offering of common stock to pre-pay $70.0 million of the Parent
Notes at a premium of $7.9 million. The amount outstanding at September 30, 1999
and 1998 was $130.0  million.  The balances of the Parent Notes at September 30,
1999 and 1998,  including the fair value  adjustment  resulting  from the merger
with the National, were $146.9 million and $151.9 million, respectively.

Medium-term notes

On August 31, 1999 HomeSide  Lending  registered  an additional  $1.0 billion in
medium-term  notes  under a  registration  statement  on Form S-3  (Registration
Number  333-84179)  filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  This
effectively raised the medium-term note shelf registration to $2.568 billion. As
of September 30, 1999 and 1998, outstanding medium-term notes issued by HomeSide
Lending under this shelf registration statement were as follows (in thousands):

Issue Date          Outstanding Balance     Coupon Rate     Maturity Date

May 20, 1997            $   250,000            6.875%         May 15, 2000
June 30, 1997               200,000            6.875%         June 30, 2002
June 30, 1997                40,000            6.820%         July 2, 2001
July 1, 1997                 15,000            6.860%         July 2, 2001
July 31, 1997               200,000            6.750%         August 1, 2004
September 15, 1997           45,000            6.770%         September 17, 2001
March 19, 1998               60,000            5.6875%        March 20, 2000
April 23, 1998              125,000            5.7875%        April, 24, 2001
May 22, 1998                225,000            6.200%         May 15, 2003
                   ------------------------
  Total                 $ 1,160,000
                   ========================

As of  September  30,  1999,  $850.0  million  of the  outstanding,  fixed  rate
medium-term  notes  had  been  effectively   converted  by  interest  rate  swap
agreements to  floating-rate  notes.  The weighted  average  borrowing  rates on
medium-term  borrowings  issued for the year ended  September  30,  1999 and the
period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998  including the effect of the
interest rate swap agreements, were 6.47% and 6.00%, respectively.  Net proceeds
from the issuances were primarily used to reduce the amounts  outstanding  under
the bank credit  agreement  including to fund the  acquisition  of the servicing
rights associated with Bank One's $16.6 billion portfolio.

The balance of the medium-term  notes at September 30, 1999,  including the fair
value adjustment resulting from the merger with the National,  was $1.2 billion,
which included $0.3 billion due within one year.

Mortgage note payable

In connection with the acquisition of BancBoston Mortgage Corporation,  HomeSide
assumed a mortgage  note  payable  that is due in 2017 and bears  interest  at a
stated rate of 9.5%.  HomeSide's  main office  building is pledged as collateral
for the mortgage note payable.  The balance of the mortgage payable at September
30, 1999,  including the fair value  adjustments  resulting from the merger with
the National, was $23.4 million.

Principal  payments due on long-term  debt at September  30, 1999 are as follows
(in thousands):

    Fiscal Year

   2000                                                       $    310,299
   2001                                                            225,329
   2002                                                            200,362
   2003                                                            355,398
   2004                                                            200,437
   Thereafter                                                       11,089
   Unamortized purchase accounting premium                          28,378
                                                       -------------------------
     Total                                                    $  1,331,292
                                                       =========================

10. INCOME TAXES

The  Company  files a  consolidated  federal  income tax return.  All  companies
included in the consolidated federal income tax return are jointly and severally
liable for any tax assessments based on such consolidated return.

Components of the provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

                              For the Fiscal          For the Period From
                         Year Ended September 30,    February 11, 1998 to
                                   1999               September 30, 1998
                         -------------------------- ------------------------
Current:
     Federal                          $     -                 $ 16,593
     State                                  -                    1,380
                         -------------------------- ------------------------
                                            -                   17,973
Deferred:
     Federal                             52,775                 14,661
     State                                6,406                  4,375
                         -------------------------- ------------------------
                                         59,181                 19,036
                         -------------------------- ------------------------
Total                                 $  59,181               $ 37,009
                         ========================== ========================

The following is a  reconciliation  of the statutory  federal income tax rate to
the  effective  income tax rate as reflected in the  consolidated  statements of
income.
<TABLE>

                                          For The Fiscal         For The Period From
                                       Year Ended September      February 11, 1998 to
                                             30, 1999             September 30, 1998
                                     ------------------------- -------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                       <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate              35.0%                     35.0%
State income and franchise taxes,
       net of federal tax effect                3.0%                      4.0%
Goodwill                                       11.0%                     12.3%
Other                                            -                         -
                                     ------------------------- -------------------------
      Effective income tax rate                49.0%                     51.3%
                                     ========================= =========================
</TABLE>

The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax  liabilities are presented below (in
thousands):
<TABLE>

                                                      September 30, 1999    September 30, 1998
                                                     ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>
Deferred tax assets:
   Net operating loss carryforwards                         $ 148,736               $ 31,582
   Alternative minimum tax credit carry forward                 2,494                    -
   Loss reserves                                               42,106                 31,443
   Hedge activities                                               -                   73,899
   Purchase Accounting Adjustment                              37,404                 32,630
   Other assets                                                12,590                    -
                                                     ---------------------- ----------------------
      Total gross deferred tax assets                        $243,330               $169,554
                                                     ---------------------- ----------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Mortgage servicing fees                                  $ 354,728              $ 313,856
   Hedge activities                                            85,822                    -
   Other liabilities                                           23,555                 16,218
                                                     ---------------------- ----------------------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities                    464,105                330,074
                                                     ---------------------- ----------------------
        Net deferred tax liability                          $ 220,775              $ 160,520
                                                     ====================== ======================
</TABLE>

In assessing  the  realizability  of deferred tax assets,  management  considers
whether it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent  upon the  generation of future  taxable  income during the periods in
which these temporary  differences become deductible.  Management  considers the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,  projected future taxable income
and tax planning  strategies in making this assessment.  No valuation  allowance
was  recorded at  September  30, 1999 or  September  30,  1998.  The Company has
consolidated  tax net operating loss  carryforwards at September 30, 1999. These
carryforwards expire in the years 2001 to 2019.

11.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

HomeSide leases office facilities and equipment under noncancelable  leases that
include  renewal options and escalation  clauses which extend into 2010.  Rental
expense for leases of office  facilities and equipment was $8.8 million and $4.0
million for the year ended  September  30, 1999 and the period from February 11,
1998 to  September  30,  1998,  respectively.  HomeSide's  minimum  future lease
commitments are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year

2000                                               $   7,017
2001                                                   6,612
2002                                                   6,360
2003                                                   6,276
2004                                                   4,861
Thereafter                                            21,703
                                                --------------
     Total                                         $  52,829
                                                ==============

12.  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair  value  estimates  are made as of a  specific  point  in time  based on the
characteristics   of  the  financial   instruments   and  the  relevant   market
information.  Where  available,  quoted  market prices are used. In other cases,
fair values are based on estimates  using other  valuation  techniques,  such as
discounting estimated future cash flows using a rate commensurate with the risks
involved or other acceptable methods. These techniques involve uncertainties and
are  significantly  affected  by the  assumptions  used and the  judgments  made
regarding risk  characteristics of various financial  instruments,  prepayments,
discount  rates,  estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  future  anticipated  loss
experience and other factors.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect
these estimates.  Independent market data may not be available to validate those
fair value estimates that are based on internal valuation techniques.  Moreover,
such fair value  estimates  may not be  indicative  of the amounts that could be
realized in an immediate sale of the instrument.  Also because of differences in
methodologies  and assumptions  used to estimate fair value,  the Company's fair
values should not be compared to those of other companies.

Fair  value  estimates  are  based on  existing  financial  instruments  without
attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of
assets  and  liabilities   that  are  not  considered   financial   instruments.
Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value  amounts  presented do not represent the
underlying  value of the  Company.  For  certain  assets  and  liabilities,  the
information required is supplemented with additional  information relevant to an
understanding of the fair value.

The methods and  assumptions  used to estimate  the fair values of each class of
financial instruments are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet approximates fair value.

Mortgage loans held for sale

Fair values are based on the estimated value at which the loans could be sold in
the secondary  market.  These loans are priced to be sold with servicing  rights
retained, as this is the Company's normal business practice.

Accounts  receivable,  early pool buyout advances,  accounts payable and accrued
liabilities Carrying amounts are considered to approximate fair value.

Risk management contracts

Fair values are  estimated  based on actual market  quotes,  option  models,  or
discounted  cash flow valuation  models.  The carrying  amount relating to these
contracts  is  included  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  as of
September 30, 1999, and in other assets as of September 30, 1998.

Notes payable

The  carrying  amount  of  the  notes  payable  reported  in the  balance  sheet
approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the borrowings under
the credit agreements.

Long-term debt

Fair value of long-term debt is estimated by discounting  estimated  future cash
flows using a rate  consistent  with the  Company's  current  borrowing  rate as
adjusted for the effects of certain prepayment penalties.

Commitments to originate mortgage loans

Fair value is estimated  using quoted  market  prices for  securities  backed by
similar loans adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.

Forward contracts to sell mortgages

Forward contracts to sell mortgages,  which represent legally binding agreements
to sell loans to permanent  investors at a specified price or yield,  are valued
using market prices for securities  backed by similar loans and are reflected in
the fair  values  of the  mortgages  held for sale,  to the  extent  that  these
commitments  relate to  mortgage  loans  already  originated,  or of the related
commitments to extend credit.

Options on  mortgage-backed  securities and U.S.  Treasury bond and note futures
The fair values of options are estimated based on actual market quotes.

Interest rate swaps

The fair  values  of  interest  rate  swaps are  based on  discounted  cash flow
valuation models and are periodically validated against dealer quotes.

Fair Value

The fair  values of the  Company's  financial  instruments  are as  follows  (in
thousands):
<TABLE>

                                                               September 30, 1999                   September 30, 1998
                                                         Carrying Amount      Fair Value   Carrying Amount         Fair Value
<S>                                                      <C>                  <C>          <C>                     <C>
ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents                                   $ 202,859         $ 202,859       $  35,008             $  35,008
Mortgage loans held for sale                                1,292,562         1,296,426       2,048,989             2,064,853
Accounts receivable                                           255,759           255,759         272,005               272,005
Early pool buyout advances                                    335,059           335,059         759,579               759,579
Risk management contracts for
   mortgage servicing rights                                     --                --           120,211               120,211

LIABILITIES

Notes payable                                               2,899,304         2,899,304       2,749,000             2,749,000
Long-term debt                                              1,331,292         1,324,465       1,337,783             1,312,983
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                      375,978           375,978         241,302               241,302
Risk management contracts for
    mortgage servicing rights                                 290,464           290,464             --                    --

OFF-BALANCE SHEET(1)

Commitments to originate mortgage loans                           --              2,939             --                 23,522
Mandatory forward contracts to sell mortgages                     --             (8,370)            --                (45,557)
Mandatory forward contracts to sell U.S. treasuries               --                --              --                   (463)
Options on mortgage-backed  securities                          4,747             3,722           6,120                 2,864
Options on U.S treasury bond futures                               56                54             113                    57
Interest rate swaps on debt instruments                           --              6,827             --                 24,800
- -----------------------------------------------------
(1) Parenthesis denote a liability
</TABLE>

Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time,  based on relevant
market data and information about the financial  instrument.  These estimates do
not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale the
Company's entire holding of a particular financial instrument. Because no active
market  exists for some portion of the  Company's  financial  instruments,  fair
value  estimates  are  based  on  judgments   regarding   future  expected  loss
experience,  current economic conditions,  current interest rates and prepayment
trends, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors.

These estimates are subjective in nature and involve  uncertainties  and matters
of significant  judgment and,  therefore,  cannot be determined  with precision.
Changes in any of these  assumptions  used in calculating  fair value would also
significantly  affect the  estimates.  Further,  the fair value  estimates  were
calculated as of September 30, 1999 and September 30, 1998.  Subsequent  changes
in market interest rates and prepayment  assumptions could significantly  change
the fair value.

13.  RISK MANAGEMENT AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

As discussed in Note 3, HomeSide utilizes risk management financial  instruments
to manage  interest  rate risk  related to the value of its  mortgage  servicing
rights.  A  summary  of  HomeSide's   positions  in  risk  management  financial
instruments at September 30, 1999 and September 30, 1998 is included below.

The fair value of HomeSide's risk  management  contracts on Treasury and options
on  Eurodollar  futures  is based on  quoted  market  prices  of the  underlying
instruments at September 30, 1999 and September 30, 1998.  The notional  amounts
represent the par value of the underlying U.S. Treasury bonds or notes. However,
the notional  amounts are not  recognized in the balance sheet and should not be
considered as a measure of credit risk or future cash requirements.

The fair value of HomeSide's risk  management  contracts in Interest Rate Swaps,
Interest Rate Swaps with a Cap, and Options on Interest  Rate Swaps  (Swaptions)
is based on discounted cash flow valuation models and is periodically  validated
against dealer quotes (see Footnote 12). The notional amounts represent only the
balances upon which future interest payments are based. Therefore,  the notional
amounts are not  recognized in the balance sheet and should not be considered as
a measure of credit risk or future cash requirements.

The amount of the risk management  contracts  maintained  depends on a number of
factors  including  the  size of the  mortgage  servicing  portfolio,  projected
convexity of the mortgage  servicing  rights,  interest rates, and interest rate
volatility. HomeSide is subject to market risk to the extent that interest rates
fluctuate; however, the purpose of the risk management contracts is to hedge the
value of the mortgage  servicing  rights  portfolio.  HomeSide's risk management
financial  instruments  qualify  as  hedges,  and  gains or  losses  on the risk
management  instruments  correlate  with  movements in the value of the mortgage
servicing  rights.  Cap structures are included with certain interest rate swaps
to create the  desired  hedge  profile  and to limit the  Company's  losses in a
rising rate environment.

Cash  requirements  for  HomeSide's  swaps and swaption  contracts  are based on
interest rate movements over time,  with cash receipts based on a  predetermined
fixed rate and cash payments based on a floating  rate.  Cash  requirements  for
option  contracts are limited to premiums paid.  Cash  requirements  for futures
contracts, when held, are managed based on limits established by HomeSide's risk
management committee.

Risk Management of Mortgage Servicing Rights

The risk  associated  with these  instruments  is the  exposure  to current  and
expected   market   movements   in  interest   rates  and  the  ability  of  the
counterparties  to meet the terms of the contracts.  The options,  futures,  and
swaption  contracts  generally  require  future  performance  on the part of the
counterparty  upon  exercise  of the  option  contract  by  HomeSide.  The  swap
contracts require regular cash payments between HomeSide and the  counterparties
for the term of the contract.

HomeSide  is  exposed  to  credit  loss in the  event of  nonperformance  by the
counterparties to the various  instruments.  HomeSide controls credit and market
risk  associated  with  interest rate products by  establishing  and  monitoring
limits  with  counterparties  as to the  types and  degree of risks  that may be
undertaken.  HomeSide's  exposure  to credit risk in the event of default by the
counterparties  for the risk management  option contracts on mortgage  servicing
rights was $30.1  million at September  30, 1999 and $57.4  million at September
30, 1998.

The amount of credit risk associated  with risk management  interest rate swaps,
interest rate swaps with caps, and interest rate  swaptions  related to mortgage
servicing rights if all counterparties  failed completely was approximately $0.1
million as of September  30, 1999.  The amounts of credit risk  associated  with
interest  rate swaps  related to debt  instruments  as of September 30, 1999 and
September  30,  1998  were   approximately   $6.8  million  and  $24.8  million,
respectively.

The  following  is a summary of HomeSide 's notional  amounts and fair values of
interest rate products (in thousands):
<TABLE>

                                                                   September 30, 1999                   September 30, 1998
                                                              Notional                              Notional
                                                               Amount          Fair Value(1)         Amount        Fair Value (1)
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>
Purchased commitments to sell mortgage loans:
  Mandatory forward contracts                                $1,942,890         $  (8,370)       $  3,281,196       $ (45,557)
  Options on mortgage-backed securities                         640,000             3,722           1,845,000           2,864
  Options on U.S. treasury bond futures                          30,000                54             127,000              57

Risk management contracts on mortgage servicing rights:
   Options on U.S. treasury bond futures                      3,552,400             29,206          7,905,900          57,368
   Futures contracts on U.S. treasury bonds/notes                   --                 --           5,545,500          62,843
   Over the counter options on U.S. treasury
     bonds / notes                                            1,450,000             27,301                --              --
   Options on Eurodollar futures                              4,000,000              2,844                --              --
   Interest rate swaps and
      interest rate swaps with caps                          16,150,000           (384,029)               --              --
   Interest rate swaptions                                    9,450,000             34,214                --              --
Interest rate swaps on debt instruments                         950,000              6,827            950,000           24,800
</TABLE>

(1) Parentheses  denote  liability.  Fair value represents the amount at which a
given instrument  could be exchanged in an arms length  transaction with a third
party as of the balance sheet date.

Risk Management Related to the Acquisition and Sale of Mortgage Loans

As discussed in Note 3, HomeSide purchases financial instruments and enters into
financial  agreements  with  off-balance  sheet  risk in the  normal  course  of
business  through the  origination  and selling of mortgage loans and as part of
its risk management  programs.  These instruments  involve,  to varying degrees,
elements of credit and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that a
loss may occur if a counterparty to a transaction  fails to perform according to
the terms of the contract.  Interest rate risk is the possibility  that a change
in interest rates will cause the value of a financial  instrument to decrease or
become more costly to settle.

HomeSide  regularly enters into  commitments to originate and purchase  mortgage
loans at a future date subject to compliance with stated conditions. Commitments
to originate  mortgage loans have off-balance  sheet risk to the extent HomeSide
does not have matching  commitments  to sell loans,  which  exposes  HomeSide to
lower  of cost  or  market  valuation  adjustments  in a  rising  interest  rate
environment.  Additionally,  the extension of a commitment,  which is subject to
HomeSide's  credit review and approval  policies,  gives rise to credit exposure
when certain borrowing conditions are met and the loan is made. Until such time,
it represents only potential  exposure.  The obligation to lend may be voided if
the customer's financial condition deteriorates or if the customer fails to meet
certain  conditions.  Commitments to originate mortgage loans do not necessarily
reflect future cash requirements since some of the commitments will not be drawn
upon before  expiration.  Commitments  to originate  mortgage loans totaled $1.7
billion  and $4.1  billion  at  September  30,  1999  and  September  30,  1998,
respectively.

HomeSide 's exposure to credit risk in the event of default by the  counterparty
for mandatory forward  commitments to sell mortgage loans and related options is
the difference  between the contract price and the current market price,  offset
by any available margins retained by HomeSide or an independent  clearing agent,
which  totaled $0.1 million at September  30, 1999 and $0.4 million at September
30, 1998.

The amount of credit risk as of September  30, 1999 and  September  30, 1998, if
all  counterparties  failed  completely and if the margins,  if any, retained by
HomeSide  or an  independent  clearing  agent  were to become  unavailable,  was
approximately  $30.3  million  and  $37.4  million,  respectively,  for all risk
management  instruments related to mortgage servicing rights and the origination
and selling of mortgage loans.

Mortgage loans sold with recourse

HomeSide sells mortgage loans with recourse to various investors and retains the
servicing rights and  responsibility for credit losses on these loans. The total
outstanding  balance of loans sold with recourse does not necessarily  represent
future cash outflows. The total outstanding principal balance of loans sold with
recourse was $21.6 million and $15.0 million at September 30, 1999 and September
30, 1998, respectively.

Servicing commitment to investors

HomeSide  is  required  to submit to certain  investors,  primarily  Ginnie Mae,
guaranteed  principal and interest  payments from the underlying  mortgage loans
regardless of actual collections.

Purchase mortgage servicing rights commitments

HomeSide routinely enters into commitments to purchase mortgage servicing rights
associated  with mortgages  originated by third  parties,  subject to compliance
with stated conditions.  These commitments to purchase mortgage servicing rights
correspond  to mortgage  loans having an  aggregate  loan  principal  balance of
approximately  $3.0 billion and $4.3 billion at September 30, 1999 and September
30, 1998, respectively.

Geographical concentration of credit risk

HomeSide is engaged in business nationwide and has no material  concentration of
credit risk in any geographic region.

14.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

On April 1, 1999 and October 1, 1998 the Company paid dividends to the Parent in
the amounts of $24.0 million and $30.5 million, respectively.

15.  CONTINGENCIES

HomeSide,  along  with its  subsidiaries,  is a  defendant  in a number of legal
proceedings arising in the normal course of business.  HomeSide, in management's
estimation,  has recorded  adequate  reserves in the  financial  statements  for
pending  litigation.  Management,  after  reviewing all actions and  proceedings
pending against or involving HomeSide,  considers that the aggregate liabilities
or loss, if any,  resulting from the final outcome of these proceedings will not
have a material  effect on the  financial  position,  results of  operations  or
liquidity of HomeSide.

16.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

HomeSide  offers a 401(k) defined  contribution  benefit plan in which employees
may contribute a portion of their compensation.  Substantially all employees are
eligible  for  participation  in the plan.  The Company  matches 100% of amounts
contributed  up to 4% of an employee's  compensation.  Further,  the Company may
contribute  additional  amounts at its discretion.  Total expense related to the
benefit plan was approximately $5.2 million and $4.1 million for the fiscal year
ended  September 30, 1999 and the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30,
1998, respectively.

17.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
(in thousands)                   For the Three           For the Three       For the Three        For the Three
                                 Months Ended            Months Ended         Months Ended         Months Ended
                              September 30, 1999         June 30, 1999       March 31, 1999     December 31, 1998
<S>                          <C>                      <C>                    <C>                <C>

Revenue                          $     96,833             $  103,910           $105,211             $   104,432
Expenses                               64,366                 74,784             74,268                  76,122
Provision for income taxes             14,747                 14,354             15,561                  14,519
                            ------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ---------------------
Net income                             17,720                 14,772             15,382                  13,791
                            ========================= ==================== =================== =====================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
(in thousands)                        For the Three        For the Three      For the Period From
                                      Months Ended          Months Ended      February 11, 1998 to
                                    September 30, 1998     June 30, 1998         March 31, 1998
<S>                             <C>                        <C>                    <C>
Revenue                                $   102,193            $  96,192            $      44,627
Expenses                                    71,722               67,192                   31,983
Provision for income taxes                  15,363               14,788                    6,858
                                -------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
Net income                             $    15,108            $  14,212            $       5,786
                                ========================== ====================== ====================
</TABLE>

18.  PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>

                                            BALANCE SHEETS

                                                September 30, 1999            September 30, 1998
                                               ----------------------       -----------------------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>                          <C>

  ASSETS

  Investment in subsidiary                                $1,374,965                    $1,374,901
  Other assets                                                51,413                        48,611
                                               ----------------------       -----------------------
    Total Assets                                          $1,426,378                    $1,423,512
                                               ======================       =======================

  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                     $  5,928                      $  8,703
  Long-term debt                                             146,908                       151,857
                                               ----------------------       -----------------------
  Total Liabilities                                          152,836                       160,560
                                               ----------------------       -----------------------
  Commitments and Contingencies

  Stockholder's Equity:
    Common stock                                                 -                             -
    Additional paid-in capital                             1,231,302                     1,227,846
    Retained earnings                                         42,240                        35,106
                                               ----------------------       -----------------------
  Total stockholder's equity                               1,273,542                     1,262,952
                                               ----------------------       -----------------------
  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity              $1,426,378                     $1,423,512
                                               ======================       =======================
</TABLE>



<TABLE>

                                    STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                         For the Fiscal             For the Period From
                                                           Year Ended               February 11, 1998 to
                                                       September 30, 1999            September 30, 1998
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>                         <C>
REVENUES:
Dividends from subsidiary                                           $69,166                          $7,318
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
  Total Revenues                                                     69,166                           7,318
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
EXPENSES:
Interest expense                                                      9,680                           7,798
Other expenses                                                          852                             497
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
      Total Expenses                                                 10,532                           8,295
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in
  undistributed income of subsidiary                                 58,634                           (977)
Income tax benefit                                                    3,652                           3,041
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
Income before equity in undistributed income
  of subsidiary                                                      62,286                           2,064
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary                          (621)                          33,042
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
Net Income                                                          $61,665                         $35,106
                                                     =======================     ===========================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                                    STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                          For the Fiscal               For the Period From
                                                            Year Ended                February 11, 1998 to
                                                        September 30, 1999              September 30, 1998
                                                      ------------------------    -------------------------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                   <C>                          <C>
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income                                                         $61,665                    $ 35,106
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    Cash used in operating activities
    Amortization                                                   (5,810)                      (1,072)
    Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary                    621                      (33,042)
    Deferred income tax benefit                                       -                         (3,041)
   Change in other assets and accounts payable
       and accrued liabilities                                     (1,945)                       2,049
                                                            ---------------        --------------------
 Net cash used in operating activities                             54,531                          -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital contribution to subsidiary                                    -                            -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                 -                            -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Issuance of Notes                                                     -                            -
Payment of debt issue costs                                           -                            -
Repayment of long-term debt                                           -                            -
Repayment of stockholder loans                                        -                            -
Dividends paid to the National                                    (54,531)                         -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                -                            -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                         (54,531)                         -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                      -                            -
                                                            ---------------        --------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                       $    -                       $    -
                                                            ===============        ====================
</TABLE>

19. OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On June 23, 1998,  HomeSide entered into an agreement for an unsecured revolving
credit  facility with the National.  The agreement was amended on June 22, 1999.
Under the credit  facility,  HomeSide can borrow up to $2.5 billion,  subject to
limits  imposed  by  regulatory  authorities.  As of June 30,  1999,  Australian
financial  regulations limited the National's ability to lend funds to HomeSide,
a non-bank affiliate, to approximately $2.1 billion. Borrowings under the credit
facility may be overnight or for periods of 7, 30, 60 or 90 days.  For overnight
borrowings,  the interest rate is determined by HomeSide and the National at the
time of the  borrowing.  For  LIBOR - based  borrowings,  the  interest  rate is
charged at the  corresponding  LIBOR rate. At September  30, 1999 and 1998,  the
amount  outstanding  under this credit  facility  totaled  $1.5 billion and $1.8
billion,  respectively.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  on  outstanding
borrowings  under this credit  facility  during fiscal year ended  September 30,
1999 and the period from  February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998 were 5.22% and
5.67%, respectively.

As a result of NationsBank Corporation's acquisition of Barnett Banks, Inc., the
Company agreed to release  Barnett from a five year agreement to sell certain of
its mortgage  loans to HomeSide.  In  consideration,  the Company  received $3.0
million cash in June 1998.

20.      SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On October 18,  1999,  HomeSide  entered into a $2.0  billion  revolving  credit
facility  with an  independent  syndicate  of  banks.  This  agreement  replaces
HomeSide's  previous bank credit  facility.  The primary  purpose of this credit
facility is to provide liquidity back-up for HomeSide's $1.5 billion  commercial
paper program.

<PAGE>



   ITEM 6. SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION
                           HomeSide, Inc. Predecessor
          (prior to acquisition by the National on February 10, 1998)

The selected consolidated financial and operating information of Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  set forth below is for the  periods  from March 1, 1997 to February
10,  1998  and  March  16,  1996 to  February  28,  1997 and  should  be read in
conjunction  with,  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to,  the
Consolidated  Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and in conjunction with
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor included elsewhere in this document.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        For the Period From      For the Period From
(in thousands, except  share data)                       March 1, 1997 to        March 16, 1996 to
                                                         February 10,1998          February 28,1997
Selected Statement of Income Data:
Revenues:
<S>                                                              <C>                      <C>
     Mortgage servicing fees                                     $   398,159              $   312,341
     Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                      (210,200)                (155,827)
                                                       ---------------------- ------------------------
         Net servicing  revenue                                      187,959                  156,514

     Interest income                                                  97,050                   81,507
     Interest expense                                                (97,028)                 (87,700)
                                                       ---------------------- ------------------------
            Net interest revenue                                          22                   (6,193)
     Net mortgage origination revenue                                 85,206                   66,073
     Other income                                                      1,671                      682
                                                       ---------------------- ------------------------
              Total revenues                                         274,858                  217,076
Expenses:
     Salaries and employee benefits                                   75,419                   72,976
     Occupancy and equipment                                          15,447                   11,770
     Servicing losses on investor-owned loans and
       foreclosure- related expenses                                  21,974                   17,934
     Other  expenses                                                  39,415                   41,714
                                                       ---------------------- ------------------------
            Total expenses                                           152,255                  144,394
Income before provision for income taxes and                         122,603                   72,682
      extraordinary loss
Provision for income taxes                                            47,816                   29,273
                                                       ---------------------- ------------------------
Income before extraordinary loss                                      74,787                   43,409
Extraordinary loss (Note 9)                                                -                    6,440
                                                       ---------------------- ------------------------
Net income                                                       $    74,787              $    36,969
                                                       ====================== ========================
Per Share Data (diluted):
Net income per share before extraordinary loss                         $1.69                    $1.33
Weighted average shares outstanding                               44,365,823               32,687,780
                                                       ====================== ========================

Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Period:
Mortgage loans held for sale                                    $  1,292,403              $   805,274
Mortgage servicing rights                                          1,781,134                1,614,307
Total assets                                                       3,883,603                2,752,182
Bank credit facility                                               2,074,956                1,818,503
Long-term debt                                                       900,466                  151,128
Total liabilities                                                  3,294,470                2,239,886
Total stockholders' equity                                           589,133                  512,296
                                                       ====================== ========================

Selected Operating Data:
Volume of loan production                                       $ 20,529,530             $ 20,877,535
Loan servicing portfolio (at period end)                          99,956,050               90,192,247
Loan servicing portfolio (average outstanding during              96,083,220               75,692,214
  the period)
Weighted average interest rate of the servicing
  portfolio (at period end)                                            7.85%                    7.92%
Weighted average servicing fee of the servicing
  portfolio, including ancillary income (during
  during the period)                                                  0.439%                   0.431%

</TABLE>

 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

       HOMESIDE, INC. PREDECESSOR-- FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 1, 1997 TO
  FEBRUARY 10, 1998 AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 16, 1996 TO FEBRUARY 28, 1997

                                     General

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor,  through  its  wholly-owned  operating  subsidiary
HomeSide Lending,  Inc., is one of the largest full service residential mortgage
banking  companies in the United States,  formed through the  acquisition of the
mortgage  banking  operations of BankBoston,  N.A.,  formerly known as The First
National Bank of Boston  ("BankBoston"),  and Barnett Banks,  Inc.  ("Barnett").
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  strategy  emphasizes variable cost mortgage loan
originations,  low  cost  mortgage  servicing  and  effective  risk  management.
Headquartered in Jacksonville,  Florida, Homeside, Inc. Predecessor ranks as the
4th largest  mortgage loan originator and the 6th largest servicer in the United
States for the twelve months ended  December 31, 1997 based on data published by
Inside Mortgage Finance.

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  plans to build  its core  operations  through  (i)
improved  economies of scale in servicing  costs;  (ii)  increased  productivity
using proprietary  technology;  and (iii) expanded and diversified variable cost
origination channels. In addition,  Homeside, Inc. Predecessor intends to pursue
additional loan portfolio  acquisitions and strategic origination  relationships
similar to the existing BankBoston and Barnett arrangements (see Note 4).

On February 10, 1998, National Australia Bank Limited (the "National")  acquired
all outstanding shares of common stock of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor for $27.825
per  share or  approximately  $1.2  billion.  Following  this  transaction,  the
National  owns  100%  of  the  registrant's  common  stock  and  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the National.

  Forward-Looking Statements

The Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor"
for certain  forward-looking  statements.  This report contains  forward-looking
statements,  which  reflect the  Company's  current views with respect to future
events and financial performance.  These forward-looking  statements are subject
to certain risks and  uncertainties,  including those  identified  below,  which
could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those
anticipated.  The words "believe," "expect,"  "anticipate," "intend," "estimate"
and other  expressions,  which  indicate  future  events  and  trends,  identify
forward-looking  statements,  which  speak only as of their  dates.  The Company
undertakes  no  obligation  to  publicly  update or revise  any  forward-looking
statements  whether as a result of new information,  future events or otherwise.
The  following  factors  could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from
historical results or those anticipated: (1) the Company's ability to grow which
is  dependent  on its ability to obtain  additional  financing in the future for
originating  loans,  investment in servicing  rights,  working capital,  capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes, (2) economic factors may negatively
affect the  Company's  profitability  as the  frequency of loan default tends to
increase in such  environments  and (3) changes in interest rates may affect the
volume of loan originations and acquisitions,  the interest rate spread on loans
held for sale,  the amount of gain or loss on the sale of loans and the value of
the Company's servicing portfolio.  These risks and uncertainties are more fully
detailed in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Mortgage Banking

Mortgage  banking is a  specialized  branch of the financial  services  industry
which  primarily   involves  (i)  originating  and  purchasing   mortgage  loans
("origination"  and/or  "production");  (ii) selling the originated mortgages to
third parties either as mortgage-backed securities or as whole loans ("secondary
marketing");  (iii)  servicing  of  mortgage  loans on  behalf  of the  ultimate
purchasers,  which  includes  the  collection  and  disbursement  of payments of
mortgage  principal  and  interest,  the  collection  of  payments  of taxes and
insurance  premiums to pay property taxes and insurance  premiums and management
of certain loan default activities  (collectively,  "servicing");  and (iv) risk
management,  a program primarily designed to protect the economic performance of
the servicing  portfolio that could otherwise be adversely affected by increased
loan prepayments due to declines in interest rates.

Mortgage bankers originate loans generally  through two channels:  wholesale and
direct.  Wholesale  origination  involves the origination of mortgage loans from
sources other than  homeowners,  including  mortgage  brokers and other mortgage
lenders.  Direct  origination  typically  includes  (i)  networks of retail loan
offices  with sales  staff that  solicit  business  from  homeowners,  realtors,
builders   and  other  real  estate   professionals,   (ii)   centers  that  use
telemarketing,  direct mail,  and  advertising  to market loans directly to home
buyers or  homeowners,  (iii)  affinity and  co-branding  partnerships  and (iv)
corporate  relocation programs.  Once originated or purchased,  mortgage bankers
hold the  loans  temporarily  ("warehousing")  until  they are  sold,  typically
earning an interest  spread equal to the difference  between the loan's interest
rate and the cost of financing the loan.  Each loan is sold either  excluding or
including  the  associated  right to service the loan  ("servicing  retained" or
"servicing released," respectively).

Mortgage bankers rely mainly on short-term borrowings,  such as warehouse lines,
to finance the  origination  of mortgages that are sold.  Mortgage  bankers also
borrow on a longer  term basis to finance  their  servicing  assets and  working
capital  requirements.  Revenues consist primarily of those related to servicing
and, to a lesser extent, fees and interest spreads from originations.  The major
expenses  of a mortgage  banker  include  costs of  financing,  operating  costs
related to origination and servicing and the amortization of mortgage  servicing
rights.

Mortgage  bankers  typically seek to retain the rights to service the loans they
originate or acquire in order to generate recurring fee income. The purchase and
sale of  servicing  rights can occur on a  loan-by-loan  basis  ("flow") or on a
portfolio (group of loans) basis ("bulk" or  "mini-bulk").  Prices for servicing
rights  are  typically  stated  as a  multiple  of  the  servicing  fee  or as a
percentage of the outstanding  unpaid principal  balance for a group of mortgage
loans.  Values of servicing  portfolios are generally based on the present value
of the  servicing  fee income  stream,  net of servicing  costs,  expected to be
received over the estimated life of the loans.  The assets of a mortgage banking
company  consist  primarily of mortgage loans held for sale and the value of the
servicing rights.

   Loan Production Activities

As a multi-channel loan production lender, Homeside, Inc. Predecessor has one of
the  industry's  largest   correspondent   lending  production   operations,   a
full-service brokered loan program and a national production center for consumer
direct mortgage lending. By focusing on production channels with a variable cost
structure, Homeside, Inc. Predecessor eliminates the fixed costs associated with
traditional mortgage branch offices.  Without the burden of high fixed cost loan
origination networks, Homeside, Inc.
Predecessor is positioned to weather a variety of interest rate environments.

The following  information  regarding loan  production  activities for Homeside,
Inc.  Predecessor is presented to aid in understanding the results of operations
and financial condition of Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor for the period from March
1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 and for the period from March 16, 1996 to February
28, 1997 (in millions):

                                    For the Period From     For the Period From
                                      March 1, 1997 to       March 16, 1996 to
                                     February 10, 1998       February 28, 1997
  Correspondent                             $13,304                 $11,113
  Co-issue                                    5,584                   8,222
  Broker                                      1,305                     843
                                    --------------------------------------------
  Total wholesale                            20,193                  20,178
  Consumer Direct                               337                     700
                                    --------------------------------------------
  Total production                           20,530                  20,878
  Bulk acquisitions                           3,446                   4,073
                                    ============================== =============
  Total production and acquisitions         $23,976                 $24,951
                                    ============================================


Total loan production,  excluding bulk  acquisitions,  was $20.5 billion for the
period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998,  relatively  equal to the period
from March 16,  1996 to February  28,  1997.  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  also
purchased  bulk servicing  acquisitions  of $3.4 billion and $4.1 billion during
the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 and the period from March 16,
1996 to February 28, 1997, respectively.

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  continues to examine a number of ways to diversify
and grow revenue  sources from its  existing and new customer  base.  As part of
this  effort,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  has  announced  an alliance  with a
subprime  lender,  which allows Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor to offer additional
mortgage-related products to the production network.  Homeside, Inc. Predecessor
then  sells the  loans,  servicing  released,  to its  strategic  partners.  The
subprime lending unit began operations in January 1998.

   Servicing Portfolio

Management believes that Homeside, Inc. Predecessor is one of the most efficient
mortgage loan servicers in the industry based on its servicing cost per loan and
the  number of loans  serviced  per  employee.  The  servicing  operation  makes
extensive use of state-of-the-art technology, process re-engineering and expense
management.  With a portfolio size of $100 billion,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
services  the loans of  approximately  1.2  million  homeowners  from across the
United States and is committed to protecting the value of this  important  asset
by  a  sophisticated  risk  management  strategy.   Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor
anticipates  its low cost of  servicing  loans will  continue  to  maximize  the
bottom-line  impact  of  its  growing  servicing   portfolio.   Homeside,   Inc.
Predecessor's  focus on efficient and low cost processes is pursued  through the
selective use of automation  as well as the  strategic  outsourcing  of selected
servicing functions and effective control of delinquencies and foreclosures.

The following  information  on the dollar amounts of loans serviced is presented
to aid in  understanding  the results of operations  and financial  condition of
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  for the period from March 1, 1997 to February  10,
1998 and for the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997 (in millions):



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         For the Period From          For the Period From
                                                         March 1, 1997 to             March 16, 1996 to
                                                         February  10, 1998           February  28, 1997

<S>                                                              <C>                         <C>
Balance at beginning of period                                   $90,192                     $42,907
Acquisition of Barnett Mortgage Company                              -                        33,082
Other additions                                                   23,976                      25,252
                                                         ------------------------     --------------------------
     Total additions                                              23,976                      58,334
                                                         ------------------------     --------------------------
Scheduled amortization                                             2,038                       1,822
Prepayments                                                       11,097                       6,226
Foreclosures                                                         682                         514
Sales of servicing                                                   395                       2,487(a)
                                                         ------------------------     --------------------------
     Total reductions                                             14,212                      11,049
                                                         ------------------------     --------------------------
Balance at end of period                                         $99,956                     $90,192
                                                         ========================     ==========================
</TABLE>

(a)  Includes  $1.9  billion of  servicing  sold as part of the sale of Honolulu
     Mortgage Company.

The number of loans  serviced at February  10, 1998 was  1,185,241,  compared to
1,087,336 at February  28, 1997.  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  strategy is to
build its mortgage  servicing  portfolio by  concentrating on variable cost loan
origination  strategies,  and as a result,  benefit from  improved  economies of
scale. A key to Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  future growth is the proprietary
servicing software purchased from Barnett. This system will allow Homeside, Inc.
Predecessor to double the number of loans  serviced on a single  system.  During
the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
transferred  approximately  210,000  of the loans  serviced  to its  proprietary
servicing  software.  After the transfer,  over half the servicing  portfolio is
serviced on the proprietary  system. The transfer of the remaining  portfolio is
expected to occur by the end of calendar 1998.

Results of Operations

For the period  from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998  compared to the period
from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997

   Summary

Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's net income increased 102% to $74.8 million for the
period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 from $37.0 million for the period
from March 16, 1996 to February  28,  1997.  Total  revenues for the period from
March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998  increased 27% to $274.9  million from $217.1
million for the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997.  The  increases
in net income and  revenues  for the period from March 1, 1997 to  February  10,
1998  compared  to the period  from March 16,  1996 to  February  28,  1997 were
primarily attributable to the acquisition of Barnett Mortgage Company ("BMC") on
May 31, 1996 and  increases of $31.4  million in net  servicing  revenue,  $19.1
million in net  mortgage  origination  revenue and $6.2  million in net interest
revenue.  The BMC servicing  portfolio  was $33.1  billion at May 31, 1996.  Its
acquisition increased Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's servicing portfolio by 75% on
that date, and was a major factor in the increase in net servicing  revenue.  In
addition,   subsequent   increases  in  the  size  of  the  servicing  portfolio
contributed  to the  increased  revenue.  The servicing  portfolio  increased to
$100.0  billion at February 10, 1998 from $90.2  billion at February 28, 1997, a
11% increase.  As part of the BMC acquisition,  Barnett agreed to sell Homeside,
Inc.  Predecessor the loans produced by the loan production networks retained by
Barnett,  which contributed to the increase in net mortgage origination revenue.
Net  interest  revenue  increased  primarily  because of lower  borrowing  costs
resulting  from the lower  interest  rate  environment  during the period ending
February 10, 1998,  improved  terms for the bank line of credit and the issuance
of medium-term  notes. The Company's improved credit ratings lowered the cost of
borrowing under the bank line of credit and enabled Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor
to issue publicly traded notes, which expanded borrowing capacity.





Net Servicing Revenue

Net  servicing  revenue was $188.0  million for the period from March 1, 1997 to
February 10, 1998 compared to $156.5  million for the period from March 16, 1996
to February 28, 1998. Net servicing  revenue is comprised of mortgage  servicing
fees, ancillary servicing revenue, and amortization of mortgage servicing rights
expense.

Mortgage  servicing  fees  increased  28% to $398.2  million for the period from
March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 from $312.3 million for the period from March
16, 1996 to February  28,1997,  primarily as a result of the BMC acquisition and
growth of the  servicing  portfolio  through loan  production  channels and bulk
servicing  acquisitions.  The servicing portfolio increased to $100.0 billion at
February 10, 1997 compared to $90.2 billion at February 28, 1997. Homeside, Inc.
Predecessor's  weighted  average  interest  rate of the  mortgage  loans  in the
servicing  portfolio  was 7.85% at February  10, 1998 and 7.92% at February  28,
1997. The weighted average servicing fee,  including  ancillary income,  for the
servicing  portfolio  was 0.439% and 0.431% for the period from March 1, 1997 to
February  10,  1998 and the period from March 16,  1996 to  February  28,  1997,
respectively.  The increase in the weighted average servicing fee for the period
from March 1, 1997 to February  10,  1998  compared to the period from March 16,
1996 to February  28, 1997 was due to growth of  ancillary  revenues,  including
late fees and other mortgage-related products.

Amortization expense increased to $210.2 million for the period March 1, 1997 to
February  10,  1998 from  $155.8  million  for the period from March 16, 1996 to
February  28,  1997 mainly as a result of a higher  average  balance of mortgage
servicing rights and a decrease of 86 basis points in average mortgage  interest
rates from the period  from March 16,  1996 to  February  28, 1997 to the period
from  March 1, 1997 to  February  10,  1998.  Amortization  charges  are  highly
dependent  upon the level of  prepayments  during  the  period  and  changes  in
prepayment expectations, which are significantly influenced by the direction and
level of long-term  interest  rate  movements.  A decrease in mortgage  interest
rates  results  in an  increase  in  prepayment  estimates  used in  calculating
periodic amortization  expense.  Because mortgage servicing rights are amortized
over the  expected  period of service  fee  revenues,  an  increase  in mortgage
prepayment  activity  typically  results  in a  shorter  estimated  life  of the
mortgage servicing assets and, accordingly, higher amortization expense.

 Net Interest Revenue

Net interest  revenue is driven by the level of interest rates, the direction in
which  rates are moving  and the spread  between  short and  long-term  interest
rates. These factors influence the size of the residential  mortgage origination
market,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's loan production volumes and the interest
rates Homeside, Inc. Predecessor earns on loans and pays to its lenders.

Loan  refinancing  levels are the largest  contributor to changes in the size of
the mortgage  origination  market.  To reduce the cost of their home  mortgages,
borrowers  tend to refinance  their loans during  periods of declining  interest
rates,  increasing  the  size  of the  origination  market  and  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's loan production  volumes.  Higher loan production volumes resulted
in higher average balances of loans held for sale and consequently higher levels
of interest  income earned on such loans prior to their sale.  This higher level
of interest  income due to increased  volumes is  partially  offset by the lower
rates earned on the loans.

Overall   borrowing  costs  also  fluctuate  with  changes  in  interest  rates.
Currently,  the interest  expense  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  pays to finance
mortgage loans held for sale and other net assets is generally  calculated  with
reference to short-term interest rates. In addition, because mortgage loans held
for sale earn  interest  based on longer term interest  rates,  the level of net
interest  revenue  is  also  influenced  by the  spread  between  long-term  and
short-term interest rates.

Net interest revenue increased $6.2 million for the period from March 1, 1997 to
February 10, 1998 to $0.02 million from ($6.2) million for the period from March
16, 1996 to February 28, 1997,  primarily due to improved funding rates obtained
through improved credit ratings, the issue of medium-term notes and the adoption
of an early  pool  buyout  program.  During  the  period  from  March 1, 1997 to
February 10, 1998, Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  primary operating subsidiary,
HomeSide Lending,  Inc. issued $750.0 million of medium-term notes to the public
market at an average cost of 6.251% as of February 10, 1998.  The proceeds  were
used to pay down existing bank debt,  increasing  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's
borrowing  capacity.  An immediate benefit of this increased  borrowing capacity
was the initiation of an early pool buyout program,  which involves the purchase
of  delinquent  government  loans from pools early in the  foreclosure  process,
thereby  reducing  the  unreimbursed   interest  expense  that  Homeside,   Inc.
Predecessor incurs.

Interest  income  increased  from the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28,
1997 to the period  from March 1, 1997 to  February  10,  1998,  primarily  as a
result of an increase of $246.6 million in the average balance of loans held for
sale. Interest expense increased from the period from March 16, 1996 to February
28, 1997 to the period  from March 1, 1997 to  February  10, 1998 as a result of
increased  borrowings  to  fund  growth  of the  servicing  portfolio  and  loan
origination  activity.  These  expenses  were  offset by an  increase in credits
received on  borrowings  as a result of higher  average  balances  of  custodial
deposits.



Net Mortgage Origination Revenue

Net mortgage  origination revenue is comprised of fees earned on the origination
of  mortgage  loans,  gains and  losses on the sale of loans,  gains and  losses
resulting  from hedging of secondary  marketing  activities  and fees charged to
review loan documents for purchased loan production.

Net mortgage  origination revenue was $85.2 million for the period from March 1,
1997 to February  10, 1998  compared to $66.1  million for the period from March
16, 1996 to February  28,  1997,  a 29%  increase.  The increase in net mortgage
origination revenue during the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 as
compared to the period  from March 16, 1996 to February  28, 1998 is due in part
to an increase in loan production  volumes  resulting from the preferred  seller
relationships  with Barnett and  BankBoston  and  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's
broker and  correspondent  lending  channels.  The increase also reflects larger
gains from secondary marketing activities.

   Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and  employee  benefits  expense was $75.4  million for the period from
March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 compared to $73.0 million for the period from
March 16, 1996 to February  28, 1997 due to growth in the number of employees as
a result of the purchase of the BMC mortgage  servicing  operations  acquired on
May 31, 1996. The average number of full-time  equivalent employees increased to
1,805 for the period from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 from 1,593 for the
period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997.

   Occupancy and Equipment Expense

Occupancy and equipment expense primarily  includes rental expense,  repairs and
maintenance  costs,  certain  computer  software  expenses and  depreciation  of
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  premises and equipment.  Occupancy and equipment
expense for the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 was $15.4 million
compared to $11.8  million  for the period  from March 16, 1996 to February  28,
1997.  The  increase  in expense  was mainly  due to  increases  in the costs of
information systems required to handle the growing mortgage servicing portfolio.

   Servicing Losses on Investor-Owned Loans and Foreclosure-Related Expenses

Servicing losses on investor-owned loans represent  anticipated losses primarily
attributable to servicing FHA and VA loans for investors.  These amounts include
actual losses for final disposition of loans, non-recoverable foreclosure costs,
accrued  interest for which  payment has been denied and estimates for potential
losses  based on  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  experience  as a  servicer  of
government loans.

During the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998, the servicing  losses
on investor-owned loans and  foreclosure-related  expenses totaled $22.0 million
compared to $17.9  million  for the period  from March 16, 1996 to February  28,
1997.  The  increase  was largely  attributable  to the growth of the  servicing
portfolio resulting from loan production and increased foreclosure losses.

Included in accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities  at February 10, 1998 and
February 28, 1997 is a reserve for estimated  servicing losses on investor-owned
loans of $21.7 million.  The reserve has been  established for potential  losses
related to the  mortgage  servicing  portfolio.  Increases  to the  reserve  are
charged to earnings as servicing losses on investor-owned  loans. The reserve is
decreased  for  actual  losses  incurred  related  to  the  mortgage   servicing
portfolio.  Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's  historical loss experience on VA loans
generally has been consistent with industry experience. Management believes that
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor has an adequate level of reserve based on servicing
volume, portfolio composition, credit quality and historical loss rates, as well
as estimated future losses.  Servicing  portfolio  delinquencies  increased from
prior year due to an increased delinquency trend throughout the industry.

The following  table sets forth  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  delinquency and
foreclosure experience:

                        Servicing Portfolio Delinquencies
                             (percent by loan count)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   February 10,           February 28,
                                                                                       1998                   1997
                                                                                       ----                   ----
<S>                                                                              <C>                   <C>
Servicing Portfolio Delinquencies, excluding bankruptcies (at end of period)
          30 days                                                                      3.52%                 3.27%
          60 days                                                                      0.78%                 0.69%
          90+ days                                                                     0.72%                 0.54%
                                                                                 ------------------    -------------------
               Total past due                                                          5.02%                 4.50%
                                                                                 ==================    ===================
          Foreclosures pending                                                         0.74%                 0.72%
                                                                                 ==================    ===================
</TABLE>

   Other Expenses

Other expenses  consist mainly of  professional  fees,  communications  expense,
advertising  and public  relations,  data  processing  expenses and certain loan
origination expenses.  The level of other expenses fluctuates in part based upon
the level of Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's mortgage servicing portfolio and loan
production volumes.

Other  expenses  during the period from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 were
$39.4  million,  compared to $41.7 million for the period from March 16, 1996 to
February 28, 1997.  The decrease was primarily  due to decreases in  advertising
and certain loan origination expenses.

 Income Tax Expense

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's income tax expense was $47.8 million for the period
from March 1, 1997 to February  10,  1998 and $29.3  million for the period from
March 16, 1996 to  February  28,  1997.  The  increase  was  attributable  to an
increase in net income.  The effective income tax rate for the period from March
1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 and the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28,
1997 was approximately 39% and 40%, respectively.

  Risk Management Activities

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor has a risk management program designed to protect the
economic value of its mortgage servicing portfolio from declines in value due to
increases in estimated loan prepayment speeds, which are primarily influenced by
declines in interest rates. When loans prepay faster than anticipated,  the cash
flow Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor expects to receive from servicing such loans is
reduced. The value of mortgage servicing rights is based on the present value of
the cash flows to be received over the life of the loan and therefore, the value
of the servicing portfolio declines as prepayments increase.

During the period  from  March 1, 1997 to  February  10,  1998,  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  utilized  options on U.S.  Treasury bond futures and U.S.  Treasury
bond  futures  to  protect a  significant  portion  of the  market  value of its
mortgage  servicing  portfolio  from a  decline  in value.  The risk  management
contracts used by Homeside, Inc. Predecessor have characteristics such that they
tend to increase  in value as interest  rates  decline.  Conversely,  these risk
management   contracts  tend  to  decline  in  value  as  interest  rates  rise.
Accordingly,  changes in value of these risk management instruments will tend to
move inversely with changes in value of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  mortgage
servicing rights.

These risk management  instruments are designated as hedges on the purchase date
and such  designation  is at a level at least as  specific as the level at which
mortgage  servicing  rights are evaluated for  impairment.  The risk  management
instruments  are  marked-to-market  with  changes in market  value  deferred and
applied as an adjustment to the basis of the related  mortgage  servicing  right
asset being hedged.  As a result,  any changes in market value that are deferred
are amortized  and  evaluated  for  impairment in the same manner as the related
mortgage  servicing rights.  The effectiveness of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's
hedging activity can be measured by the correlation between changes in the value
of the risk management  instruments  and changes in the value of Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's  mortgage  servicing  rights.  This  correlation  is assessed on a
quarterly  basis to ensure that high  correlation is maintained over the term of
the hedging program.  During the periods presented,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
has  experienced a high measure of correlation  between  changes in the value of
mortgage servicing rights and the risk management contracts. However, in periods
of rising interest rates, the increase in value of mortgage servicing rights may
outpace  the decline in value of the  options  included  in the hedge  position,
because the loss on the options is limited to the premium paid.

During the period from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998,  deferred  gains and
losses on risk  management  contracts  resulted in net  deferred  hedge gains of
$142.7  million.  As of February  10, 1998,  net  deferred  hedge gains of $39.5
million  are  included  in the  carrying  value of  mortgage  servicing  rights.
Activity in the deferred  hedge account  during the period from March 1, 1997 to
February 10,1998 is as follows (in thousands):

  Net deferred hedge loss at February 28, 1997                  ( $ 110,637)
  Amortization of net deferred hedge losses                           7,423
  Net deferred hedge gains                                          142,667
                                                                ================
  Net deferred hedge gain at February 10, 1998                    $  39,453
                                                                ================

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  future  cash needs as they relate to its hedging
program will be influenced  by such factors as long-term  interest  rates,  loan
production levels and growth in the mortgage servicing portfolio. The fair value
of open risk management contracts at February 10, 1998 was $43.9 million,  which
was equal to their  carrying  amount because the risk  management  contracts are
marked-to-market   at  each  reporting  date.  See  "--  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources" for further discussion of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  sources and
uses of cash.  See Note 3 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements for a
description  of  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  accounting  policy for its risk
management  contracts.  See Notes 14 and 15 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for additional fair value disclosures with respect to Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's risk management contracts.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  principal  financing needs are the financing of loan  origination
activities and the investment in mortgage servicing rights. To meet these needs,
the Company currently  utilizes funding from an independent  syndicate of banks,
including  a  warehouse  credit  facility  and  a  servicing-related   facility,
medium-term  notes and cash flow from  operations.  In the past, the Company has
also utilized short-term credit facilities and public offerings of common stock.
Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor  continues to investigate and pursue alternative and
supplementary  methods to finance its growing  operations through the public and
private  capital  markets.  These may  include  methods  designed  to expand the
Company's  financial  capacity and reduce its cost of capital.  In addition,  to
facilitate the sale and  distribution  of certain  mortgage  products,  HomeSide
Mortgage Securities,  Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of HomeSide Lending, Inc.,
may continue to issue mortgage backed securities.

   Operations
Net cash used in  operations  for the period from March 1, 1997 to February  10,
1998 was $247.7  million.  Net cash provided by  operations  for the period from
March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997 was $203.8 million. The primary uses of cash
in operations were to fund loan originations and pay corporate  expenses.  These
uses of cash were offset by cash provided from servicing fee income,  loan sales
and principal  repayments.  Cash flows from loan originations are dependent upon
current economic conditions and the level of long-term interest rates. Decreases
in  long-term  interest  rates  generally  result  in  higher  loan  refinancing
activity, which results in higher cash demands to meet increased loan production
levels.  Higher  cash  demands  to meet  increased  loan  production  levels are
primarily met through borrowings and loan sales.

    Investing
Net cash used in  investing  activities  was $773.7  million for the period from
March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 and $862.2  million for the period from March
16, 1996 to February 28, 1997.  Cash used in  investing  activities  was for the
purchase and origination of mortgage servicing rights. For the period from March
1, 1997 to  February  10,  1998,  cash was also used for  funding the early pool
buyout program. During the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998, these
uses of cash were offset by net proceeds from risk management  contracts,  while
during the period  from March 16, 1997 to February  28,  1997,  cash was used to
purchase risk  management  contracts.  Other assets  increased  $41.7 million to
$134.6  million at  February  10, 1998 from $92.9  million at February  28, 1997
primarily  as a result of an  increase in  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  hedge
assets.  Early pool buyout advances, a program initiated in fiscal 1998, totaled
$374.1  million at February 10,  1998.  During the period from March 16, 1996 to
February 28, 1997,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor also made net payments of $133.4
million and $106.2 million to acquire  certain  mortgage  banking  operations of
BBMC and BMC,  respectively  (see  Note 4 of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements).  Future uses of cash for investing  activities will be dependent on
the mortgage origination market and Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's hedging needs.
Except for the Banc One acquisition,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor is not able to
estimate  the timing and  amount of cash uses for future  acquisitions  of other
mortgage banking entities,  if such acquisitions were to occur.  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  will  fund  the  Banc  One  acquisition  under  existing  borrowing
capacity.

   Financing
Net cash provided by financing  activities  was $1,000.8  million for the period
from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 and $711.1  million for the period from
March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997.  The primary  source of cash from financing
activities  during the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 was $750.0
million from the issuance of medium-term notes and net borrowings of $256.5 from
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  line of credit. The primary sources of cash from
financing  activities during the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997
were net borrowings under Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's lines of credit of $334.2
million,  $269.6  million from proceeds from issuance of common stock and $200.0
million from the issuance of Notes. Cash used in financing activities during the
period  ended  February  10, 1998 was used for the payment of debt issue  costs.
Cash used in financing  activities  for the period  ended  February 28, 1997 was
used to repay a $90.0  million  bridge  loan,  $70.6  million  of Notes  and the
payment of debt issue costs.

During the period  from March 1, 1997 to  February  10,  1998,  net cash used in
operations was $247.7 million,  net cash used in investing activities was $773.7
million  and net cash  provided by  financing  activities  was $1000.8  million,
resulting in a net decrease in cash of $20.6 million. Homeside, Inc. Predecessor
expects that to the extent cash generated from  operations is inadequate to meet
its  liquidity  needs,  those needs can be met through  financing  from its bank
credit  facility  and other  facilities  which may be entered  into from time to
time,  as well as from the issuance of debt  securities  in the public  markets.
Accordingly,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor does not currently anticipate that it
will make sales of servicing rights to any significant degree for the purpose of
generating cash.  Nevertheless,  in addition to its cash and mortgage loans held
for sale balances,  Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's portfolio of mortgage servicing
rights  provides a  potential  source of funds to meet  liquidity  requirements,
especially  in periods of rising  interest  rates when loan  origination  volume
slows.  Repurchase  agreements  also provide an  alternative to the bank line of
credit for mortgages  held for sale.  Future cash needs are highly  dependent on
future loan production and servicing results, which are influenced by changes in
long-term interest rates.

  Year 2000 Compliance

HomeSide uses and is dependent  upon a significant  number of computer  software
programs  and  operating  systems to conduct its  business.  Such  programs  and
systems include those developed and maintained by HomeSide, software and systems
purchased from outside vendors and software and systems used by HomeSide's third
party providers.  HomeSide has initiated a review and assessment of all hardware
and software to determine whether it will function properly in the Year 2000. It
is anticipated  that some level of  modification  or replacement of hardware and
software  will be  necessary  in order to make  HomeSide's  systems  "Year  2000
Compliant."  HomeSide  presently  estimates  these  remediation  costs  to total
approximately  $15.0 million.  Remediation  costs are expected to be expensed as
incurred,  with  the  exception  of  new  software  purchases,   which  will  be
capitalized. The Company has not incurred significant remediation costs prior to
February 10, 1998. Year 2000  remediation  costs are based on management's  best
estimates,  which were derived utilizing  numerous  assumptions of future events
including  the  continued   availability  of  certain  resources,   third  party
modification  plans and other factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee that
these estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ materially from
those plans. In addition, HomeSide has relationships with vendors, customers and
other third  parties that rely on software and systems that may not be Year 2000
compliant. With respect to such third parties, Year 2000 compliance matters will
not be within  HomeSide's  direct  control.  There can be no assurance that Year
2000 compliance  failures by such third parties will not have a material adverse
effect on HomeSide's results of operations.











































      ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

      To the Stockholder of Homeside, Inc.  Predecessor

      We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Homeside,
      Inc., (a Delaware corporation, see Note 1) and subsidiaries as of February
      10, 1998 and February 28, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of
      income,  changes in  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the  periods
      from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998 and March 16, 1996 to February 28,
      1997. These financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's
      management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
      statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
      standards.  Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to
      obtain  reasonable  assurance  about whether the financial  statements are
      free of material  misstatement.  An audit  includes  examining,  on a test
      basis,  evidence  supporting the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
      statements.  An audit also includes  assessing the  accounting  principles
      used and significant  estimates made by management,  as well as evaluating
      the overall financial statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits
      provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
      in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Homeside,
      Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of February 10, 1998 and February 28, 1997 and
      the results of their  operations and their cash flows for the periods from
      March 1, 1997 to February  10,  1998 and March 16,  1996 to  February  28,
      1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




      Arthur Andersen LLP

      Jacksonville, Florida
      April 15, 1998



<PAGE>



                   HOMESIDE, INC. PREDECESSOR and SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                   February 10,  1998      February 28, 1997

ASSETS
<S>                                                                                         <C>                    <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                   $   32,113             $    52,691
Mortgage loans held for sale, net                                                            1,292,403                 805,274
Mortgage servicing rights, net                                                               1,781,134               1,614,307
Accounts receivable, net                                                                       227,294                 157,518
Early pool buyout advances                                                                     374,097                     -
Premises and equipment, net                                                                     41,982                  29,515
Other assets                                                                                   134,580                  92,877
                                                                                -----------------------    --------------------
Total Assets                                                                                $3,883,603              $2,752,182
                                                                                =======================    ====================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable                                                                               $2,074,956              $1,818,503
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                                       143,870                 140,304
Deferred income taxes                                                                          175,178                 129,951
Long-term debt                                                                                 900,466                 151,128
                                                                                -----------------------    --------------------
Total Liabilities                                                                            3,294,470               2,239,886
                                                                                -----------------------    --------------------
Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' Equity:
  Common stock:
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 119,610,000 shares authorized; 43,394,861
      and 43,375,430 shares issued and outstanding in 1998 and 1997,
      respectively                                                                                 434                     434
    Class C non-voting common stock, $1.00 par value, 195,000 shares
      authorized; 97,138 shares issued and outstanding                                              97                      97
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                   476,846                 476,646
  Retained earnings                                                                            111,756                  36,969
                                                                                     -------------------------    ------------------
                                                                                               589,133                 514,146
  Less: Notes received in payment for capital stock                                                -                    (1,850)
                                                                                     -------------------------    ------------------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                                                     589,133                 512,296
                                                                                     -------------------------    ------------------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                                  $3,883,603              $2,752,182
                                                                                     =========================    ==================

</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<PAGE>



                   HOMESIDE, INC. PREDECESSOR and SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                  (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           For the Period from          For the Period from
                                                            March 1, 1997 to             March 16, 1996 to
                                                            February 10, 1998            February 28, 1997
                                                        --------------------------     -----------------------

REVENUES:
<S>                                                                 <C>                         <C>
Mortgage servicing fees                                             $398,159                    $312,341
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                           (210,200)                   (155,827)
                                                        --------------------------     -----------------------
    Net servicing revenue                                            187,959                     156,514

Interest income                                                       97,050                      81,507
Interest expense                                                     (97,028)                    (87,700)
                                                        --------------------------     -----------------------
    Net interest revenue                                                  22                      (6,193)

Net mortgage origination revenue                                      85,206                      66,073
Other income                                                           1,671                         682
                                                        --------------------------     -----------------------
    Total Revenues                                                   274,858                     217,076

EXPENSES:
Salaries and employee benefits                                        75,419                      72,976
Occupancy and equipment                                               15,447                      11,770
Servicing losses on investor-owned loans
   and foreclosure-related expenses                                   21,974                      17,934
Other expenses                                                        39,415                      41,714
                                                        --------------------------     -----------------------
    Total Expenses                                                   152,255                     144,394

Income before income taxes and extraordinary loss                    122,603                      72,682
Income tax expense                                                    47,816                      29,273
                                                        -------------------------- --------------------------
Income before extraordinary loss                                      74,787                      43,409
Extraordinary loss, net of tax (Note 9)                                  -                         6,440
                                                        -------------------------- --------------------------
Net Income                                                           $74,787                     $36,969
                                                        ========================== ==========================

Basic income per share:
  Income per share before extraordinary loss                          $ 1.72                     $ 1.34
  Extraordinary loss, net of tax                                          -                         .20
                                                        ========================== ==========================
  Net income                                                          $ 1.72                     $ 1.14
                                                        ========================== ==========================

Diluted income per share:
   Income per share before extraordinary loss                         $ 1.69                     $ 1.33
   Extraordinary loss, net of tax                                         -                         .20
                                                        ========================== ==========================
   Net income                                                         $ 1.69                     $ 1.13
                                                        ========================== ==========================

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>




                   HOMESIDE, INC. PREDECESSOR and SUBSIDIARIES
            STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (dollars in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Notes
                                                                                                      Received
                                                                                                       in
                                                                                                     Payment
                            Total                Common Stock                          Additional      for
                           Number of     -----------------------------   Subscription   Paid-in      Capital     Retained
                           Shares(d)     Class A    Class B    Class C    Receivable    Capital       Stock     Earnings    Total
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
Balance,
   March 15, 1996(a)     19,457,724       $193       $ -        $ 97       $(200,000)   $199,710      $   -       $   -     $     -
Subscription payment
   associated with
   acquisition of
   BancBoston Mortgage
   Corporation
                                                                             200,000                   (1,850)               198,150
Issuance of common
   stock associated
   with acquisition of
   Barnett Mortgage
   Company(b)
                         15,562,344        156                                           160,135                             160,291
Public offering of
   common stock(c)
                          8,452,500         85                                           116,801                             116,886
Net income
                                                                                                                    36,969    36,969
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance,
   February 28, 1997     43,472,568        434                    97                     476,646       (1,850)      36,969   512,296

Exercise of stock
   options for common
   stock
                             19,431                                                          200                                 200
Repayment of notes
   received in payment
   for capital stock
                                                                                                        1,850                  1,850
Net income
                                                                                                                    74,787    74,787
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance,
   February 10, 1998     43,491,999       $434      $  -        $ 97       $    -       $476,846      $   -       $111,756  $589,133
                         ===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------

(a)  Total number of shares includes  19,263,448  shares of Class A common stock
     (par value  $.01),  97,138  shares of Class B common stock (par value $.01)
     and 97,138 shares of Class C common stock (par value $1.00).

(b)  Total number of shares includes 15,562,344 shares of Class A common stock.

(c)  Total number of shares includes 8,452,500 shares of Class A common stock of
     which 97,138 shares of Class B common stock were  converted to Class A on a
     1-for-1 basis.

(d)  Number of shares reflects a 17-for-1 stock split resulting from the initial
     public offering.

                              The  accompanying  notes are an  integral  part of
these financial statements.


<PAGE>


                   HOMESIDE, INC. PREDECESSOR and SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars in Thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               For the Period from      For the Period from
                                                                 March 1, 1997 to        March 16, 1996 to
                                                                February 10, 1998        February 28, 1997
                                                              ----------------------- ------------------------

CASH FLOWS (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                          <C>                      <C>
Net income                                                                   $74,787                  $36,969
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)
provided by  operating activities:
  Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                                  210,200                  155,827
  Depreciation and amortization                                               10,439                    9,015
  Servicing losses on investor-owned loans                                    12,346                   13,683
  Deferred income tax expense                                                 45,227                   24,973
  Capitalized servicing rights                                                   -                    (21,015)
  Mortgage loans originated and purchased for sale                       (23,975,752)             (12,504,567)
    for sale                                                              23,540,371               12,572,217
  Change in accounts receivable                                              (82,121)                 (63,378)
  Change in other assets and accounts payable and accrued
    liabilities                                                              (83,250)                 (19,900)
                                                              ----------------------- ------------------------
    Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities                     (247,753)                 203,824

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of premises and equipment, net                                      (17,252)                  (4,929)
Acquisition of mortgage servicing rights                                    (519,694)                (475,729)
Net proceeds from (purchases of) risk management contracts                   137,393                 (141,944)
Purchase of early pool buyout advances, net of repayments                   (374,097)                     -
Acquisition of BancBoston Mortgage Corp., net of cash
  acquired                                                                      -                    (133,392)
Acquisition of Barnett Mortgage Co., net of cash acquired                       -                    (106,244)
                                                              ----------------------- ------------------------
    Net cash used in investing activities                                   (773,650)                (862,238)

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings                                                                256,453                 334,170
Issuance of notes payable                                                     750,000                 200,000
Payment of debt issue costs                                                   (7,017)                 (22,090)
Repayment of long-term debt                                                     (661)                 (70,567)
Repayment of stockholder loans                                                 1,850                      -
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                           200                  269,592
Issuance of bridge financing                                                       -                   90,000
Repayment of bridge financing                                                      -                  (90,000)
                                                              ----------------------- ------------------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities                              1,000,825                  711,105

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                         (20,578)                  52,691
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                              52,691                      -
                                                              ----------------------- ------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                   $32,113                  $52,691
                                                              ======================= ========================
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


<PAGE>



                   HOMESIDE, INC. PREDECESSOR AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor,  through its primary operating subsidiary HomeSide
Lending,  Inc.,  is  engaged  in the  mortgage  banking  business  and  as  such
originates,  purchases,  sells and services mortgage loans throughout the United
States. The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements of Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  include  the  accounts  of  Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor  and  its
subsidiaries,  after  elimination  of all  material  intercompany  balances  and
transactions.  Amounts of acquired companies have been included from the date of
acquisition.

The accompanying  financial  statements of Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor have been
prepared  for the period  March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 and for the period
March 16,  1996 to  February  28,  1997 to  coincide  with the  commencement  of
operations of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor and the merger as discussed in Note 2
below.  The financial  statements  do not reflect the effects of Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's  acquisition by National  Australia Bank Limited ("the National").
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  will adopt a fiscal  year end of  September  30 to
conform to the fiscal year of the National.

2.  ORGANIZATION

On December  11,  1995,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  was formed by an investor
group,  consisting  of Thomas  H. Lee  Company  and  Madison  Dearborn  Partners
(collectively,   the  "Investors"),  and  signed  a  definitive  stock  purchase
agreement with The First National Bank of Boston  ("BankBoston") for the purpose
of acquiring  certain assets and  liabilities of the mortgage  banking  business
owned by  BankBoston.  BankBoston  received  cash and an  ownership  interest in
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor.  The  transaction  closed  on March  15,  1996 and
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  began  operations  on March 16,  1996  through its
operating subsidiary, HomeSide Lending, Inc.

On May 31, 1996,  Barnett Banks,  Inc.  ("Barnett") sold certain of its mortgage
banking  operations,  primarily  its  servicing  portfolio,  mortgage  servicing
operations and proprietary mortgage banking software systems, to Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor.  Barnett received cash and an ownership interest in Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor.  The accompanying  financial statements reflect the effects of both
of these acquisitions.  For more information on these acquisitions,  see Note 4.
From May 31, 1996 until the 1997 public offering of common stock,  the Investors
as a group,  BankBoston  and  Barnett  each  owned  approximately  one-third  of
Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor.  Following the public offering,  the Investors as a
group,  BankBoston and Barnett owned in the aggregate  approximately  79% of the
outstanding common stock.

On January 9, 1998, Nations Bank Corporation acquired all the outstanding common
stock of Barnett Banks, Inc. (see Note 16).

On February 10, 1998, the National acquired all outstanding shares of the common
stock of Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor,  Inc. As consideration,  the National paid
$27.825 per share for all of the outstanding common stock and paid $17.7 million
cash to retire all  outstanding  stock  options.  The total  purchase  price was
approximately $1.2 billion. The National paid for the purchase with borrowed and
available funds.  The transaction was accounted for as a purchase.  As a result,
all assets and  liabilities  were  recorded at their fair value on February  11,
1998, and the purchase price in excess of the fair value of net assets  acquired
of $713.6 million was recorded as goodwill.  Following the transaction described
above, the National now owns 100% of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's common stock
and Homeside, Inc. Predecessor has become an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
the National.

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of
contingent  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual  results
could differ from those estimates.

Risk management of mortgage loan originations

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  utilizes a risk management  program to protect and
manage the value of its  mortgage  loans held for sale and  mortgage  commitment
pipeline. As a result, Homeside, Inc. Predecessor is party to various derivative
financial  instruments  to reduce its  exposure  to  interest  rate risk.  These
financial  instruments primarily include mandatory forward delivery commitments,
put and call option contracts and treasury  futures  contracts.  HomeSide,  Inc.
Predecessor  uses these  financial  instruments for the purposes of managing its
resale  pricing  and  interest  rate  risks.  These  financial  instruments  are
designated as hedges to the extent they demonstrate a high degree of correlation
with the underlying hedged items. Accordingly,  hedging gains and losses related
to this risk  management  program are deferred and  recognized as a component of
the gain or loss on sale of the  underlying  mortgage  loans or  mortgage-backed
securities.  Such gains and losses are included in mortgage origination revenue.
Hedge  losses are  recognized  currently  if the  deferral of such losses  would
result in mortgage  loans held for sale and the pipeline  being valued in excess
of their estimated net realizable value.

Premiums paid for purchased put and call option  contracts are included in other
assets  and  amortized  over the  options'  contract  period as a  component  of
mortgage origination revenue. Unamortized premiums are recognized as a component
of the gain or loss on sale of loans at the  earlier  of the  expiration  of the
underlying contract or when exercise of the contract is considered unlikely.

Risk management of mortgage servicing rights

Mortgage servicing rights permit Homeside, Inc. Predecessor to receive a portion
of the interest  coupon and fees  collected  from the mortgagor  for  performing
specified  servicing  activities.  The mortgage  notes  underlying  the mortgage
servicing rights permit the borrower to prepay the loan. As a result,  the value
of the  related  mortgage  servicing  rights  tends to  diminish  in  periods of
declining  interest rates and increase in value in periods of rising rates. This
tendency subjects Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor to substantial interest rate risk.
It also directly  affects the volatility of reported  earnings  because mortgage
servicing rights are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. It is
Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's policy to mitigate and hedge this risk through its
risk management program.

The  risk  management  instruments  used  by  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  have
characteristics  such that  they tend to  increase  in value as  interest  rates
decline.  Conversely, these risk management instruments tend to decline in value
as interest rates rise. Accordingly, changes in value of these hedge instruments
will  tend  to  move  inversely   with  changes  in  value  of  Homeside,   Inc.
Predecessor's mortgage servicing rights.

Options on U.S.  Treasury bond futures and U.S.  Treasury bond futures have been
purchased by Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  to manage  interest  rate risk.  When
purchased, the options and futures contracts are designated to a specific strata
of   mortgage   servicing   rights.   The  risk   management   instruments   are
marked-to-market  and changes in market value are included as adjustments to the
basis of the related mortgage servicing right asset being hedged. Deferred hedge
gains and losses are amortized  and evaluated for  impairment in the same manner
as the related mortgage  servicing  rights.  Correlation  between changes in the
risk management contracts and changes in value of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's
mortgage  servicing  rights is assessed on a quarterly basis to ensure that high
correlation is maintained over the term of the hedging program.

Mortgage loans

Mortgage  loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair
value.  Fair value is based on the contract  prices at which the mortgage  loans
will be sold or, if the loans are not  committed  for sale,  the current  market
price.  Deferred hedge gains and losses on risk management  hedging  instruments
are included in the cost of the mortgage  loans held for sale for the purpose of
determining the lower of aggregate cost or fair value.

Mortgage  loans held for  investment  are included in other assets and stated at
the lower of cost or fair value at the time the permanent  investment  decisions
are made.  Discounts,  if any, are amortized  over the  anticipated  life of the
investment.

Loans are placed on  non-accrual  status  when any portion of the  principal  or
interest  is  ninety  days past due or  earlier  when  concern  exists as to the
ultimate  collectibility  of  principal  or  interest.  When loans are placed on
nonaccrual status, the related interest  receivable is reversed against interest
income of the current period. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are
applied as a reduction of the  principal  balance when concern  exists as to the
ultimate  collection of principal;  otherwise,  such payments are  recognized as
interest  income.  Loans are removed from  nonaccrual  status when principal and
interest become current and they are anticipated to be fully collectible.

Mortgage servicing rights

The total cost of loans originated or acquired is allocated between the mortgage
servicing rights and the mortgage loans (without the servicing  rights) based on
relative  fair  values.  The value of  servicing  rights  acquired  through bulk
acquisitions is capitalized at cost.

Effective  January 1, 1997,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  adopted SFAS No. 125,
"Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments
of  Liabilities."  SFAS No. 125  supersedes  SFAS No. 122 and is  effective  for
transfers and servicing of financial assets and  extinguishments  of liabilities
occurring   after   December   31,   1996.   SFAS   No.   125  is   based  on  a
financial-components  approach  which  focuses on  control.  Under the  approach
required by this  standard,  after a transfer of financial  assets (for example,
the sale of mortgage  loans),  an entity  recognizes the financial and servicing
assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred,  derecognizes  financial
assets when  control has been  surrendered  and  derecognizes  liabilities  when
extinguished. The capitalization, amortization and impairment principles of SFAS
No. 125 are substantially  consistent with the principles  previously defined by
SFAS No.  122,  insofar as they relate to the  mortgage  banking  activities  of
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor.  Accordingly,  the impact of the  adoption of SFAS
No.125 was not material to Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's financial statements.

Mortgage  servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of
the  estimated  net servicing  revenue.  They are  evaluated  for  impairment by
comparing the carrying amount of the servicing rights to their fair value.  Fair
value is estimated based on the market prices of similar servicing assets and on
discounted  anticipated  future net cash  flows  considering  market  prepayment
estimates,  historical  prepayment rates,  portfolio  characteristics,  interest
rates and other  economic  factors.  For purposes of measuring  impairment,  the
mortgage servicing rights are stratified by the predominant risk characteristics
which  include  product  types of the  underlying  loans and  interest  rates of
mortgage notes . Impairment is recognized  through a valuation  reserve for each
impaired stratum and is included in amortization of mortgage  servicing  rights.
An  analysis  of  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  mortgage  servicing  rights is
included in Note 5.

Prior to January 1, 1997,  mortgage  servicing  rights  included excess mortgage
servicing  rights,  which represent the present value of servicing fee income in
excess of a normal  servicing  fee rate.  Until the  adoption of SFAS No. 125 on
January 1,  1997,  when loans were sold,  the  estimated  excess  servicing  was
recognized  as income  and  amortized  over the  estimated  servicing  period in
proportion to the aggregate  net cash flows from the loans  serviced.  Remaining
asset  balances were  evaluated  for  impairment  based on current  estimates of
future  discounted cash flows. Such write-downs were included in amortization of
mortgage  servicing  rights.  Upon  the  adoption  of SFAS No.  125,  previously
recognized excess mortgage servicing rights were combined with and accounted for
as mortgage servicing rights.

Accounts receivable

Accounts  receivable  includes  advances,  consisting  primarily of payments for
property  taxes  and  insurance  premiums,  as well as  principal  and  interest
remitted  to  investors  before  they are  collected  from  mortgagors,  made in
connection  with loan servicing  activities.  Accounts  receivable also includes
loans purchased from mortgage-backed securities serviced by Homeside, Inc.
Predecessor  for others and mortgage claims filed primarily with the FHA and the
VA.

Early pool buyout advances

Early pool buyout advances consist of delinquent government loans in foreclosure
process  that  have  been  purchased  from  pools.   The  program   reduces  the
unreimbursed  interest  expense that  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  incurs.  The
funding of the  purchases  of these  delinquent  loans for the early pool buyout
program is  recorded  as  interest  expense.  Interest  income  earned  from the
guarantor agency during the foreclosure  process is accrued to match the funding
expense  incurred.  Scheduled  interest payments made to the investor before the
loans were  purchased  from the pool are recorded as early pool buyout  advances
with a reserve for advances which will not ultimately be collected.

Premises and equipment

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.
Depreciation  is computed  using the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated
useful  lives of the  assets.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over the
shorter of the estimated life of the improvement or the term of the lease.

Long-lived  assets  are  evaluated  regularly  for  the  other-than-   temporary
impairment.  If  circumstances  suggest that their value may be impaired and the
write-down would be material, an assessment of recoverability is performed prior
to any  write-down of the asset.  Impairment,  if any, is  recognized  through a
valuation  allowance with a  corresponding  charge  recorded in the statement of
income.

Goodwill

Net assets acquired in purchase  transactions  are recorded at fair value at the
inception of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill,  representing the excess of the
purchase price over the fair value of the net assets purchased,  is amortized on
a  straight-line  basis over 15 years.  Goodwill  is reviewed  periodically  for
events or changes in  circumstances  that may indicate that the carrying amounts
of the assets are not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis.

Mortgage servicing fees

Mortgage servicing fees represent  servicing and other fees earned for servicing
mortgage loans owned by investors.  Servicing  fees are generally  calculated on
the outstanding  principal  balances of the loans serviced and are recognized as
income on an accrual basis.

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's mortgage servicing portfolio totaled $100.0 billion
at February  10,  1998.  Related  custodial  deposits  are  segregated  in trust
accounts, principally held with depository institutions, and are not included in
the accompanying financial statements.

Interest expense

Interest expense is reduced by credits received from depository institutions for
custodial balances placed with such institutions.

Net mortgage origination revenue

Mortgage  origination  revenue  includes gains and losses from sales of mortgage
loans and fees associated with the origination and purchase of mortgage loans.

Servicing losses on investor-owned loans and foreclosure-related expenses

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor records losses attributable to servicing FHA and VA
loans for investors.  These amounts include actual losses for final  disposition
of loans,  foreclosure-related  expenses,  accrued interest for which payment is
uncollectible  and  estimates  for  potential  losses  based on  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's experience as a servicer of government loans.

A reserve for estimated  servicing losses on  investor-owned  loans is available
for potential losses related to the mortgage servicing portfolio and is included
in accounts payable and accrued liabilities (see Note 7).

Income taxes

Current tax  liabilities or assets are recognized  through charges or credits to
the current tax provision for the estimated  taxes payable or refundable for the
current year.

Deferred tax  liabilities  are  recognized for temporary  differences  that will
result in amounts  taxable in the future and deferred tax assets are  recognized
for  temporary  differences  and tax benefit  carryforwards  that will result in
amounts  deductible or creditable in the future. Net deferred tax liabilities or
assets are recognized  through charges or credits to the deferred tax provision.
A deferred tax valuation  reserve is  established  if it is more likely than not
that all or a portion of the deferred  tax assets will not be realized.  Changes
in the deferred tax valuation reserve are recognized  through charges or credits
to the  deferred  tax  provision.  The  effect of  enacted  changes  in tax law,
including  changes in tax rates,  on  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Statement of cash flow

For  purposes  of  reporting  on the  statement  of cash  flows,  cash  and cash
equivalents include cash and due from banks and  interest-bearing  deposits with
an original maturity of three months or less.

Income per share

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard
("SFAS") No. 128,  "Earnings  Per Share," as of December 31, 1997.  Accordingly,
all prior period  earnings per share  amounts have been  restated in  accordance
with this standard.

Basic  income per share  amounts  were  computed by  dividing  net income by the
weighted average number of common shares  outstanding.  Diluted income per share
amounts were computed by dividing net income, adjusted for the effect of assumed
conversions,  by the weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding plus
dilutive potential common shares calculated for stock options  outstanding using
the treasury stock method.

New accounting standards

In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income."
This statement  establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components in a full set of general-purpose  financial statements
with the same  prominence  as other  financial  statements.  This  statement  is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Management expects
that  the  impact  of  this  statement  on the  presentation  of  the  financial
statements of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor will be immaterial.

In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related  Information." This statement  establishes  standards for
the way that public  business  enterprises  report  information  about operating
segments in annual financial  statements and interim financial reports issued to
shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures  about
products and services,  geographic areas, and major customers. This statement is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Management expects
that  the  impact  of  this  statement  on the  presentation  of  the  financial
statements of Homeside, Inc.
Predecessor will be immaterial.

4.  ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of BancBoston Mortgage Corporation

On March 15, 1996,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor acquired from BankBoston all of
the outstanding stock of BancBoston  Mortgage  Corporation  ("BBMC"),  which was
subsequently  renamed HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. Certain assets and liabilities of
BBMC were retained by BankBoston,  including  BBMC's mortgage retail  production
operations in New England.

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  made cash  payments of $139.5  million in cash and
issued $86.8 million of common stock to BankBoston in consideration  for certain
assets, net of assumed  liabilities,  and the stock of BBMC. Also, in connection
with the BBMC acquisition, the Investors purchased approximately 55% of the then
outstanding  common stock of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  for $107.2 million in
cash. Simultaneously, BankBoston paid approximately $1.0 million in cash for all
of  Homeside,   Inc.   Predecessor's   class  C  non-voting   common  stock.  In
consideration of services rendered to Homeside, Inc. Predecessor with respect to
the BBMC Acquisition, class B non-voting stock valued at $1.0 million was issued
to an investment  bank.  Management  purchased  common stock for $4.1 million in
cash,  $1.9  million  of  which  was  financed  by  loans  from  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor. On May 31, 1996, Homeside, Inc. Predecessor paid an additional $5.0
million to  BankBoston in  connection  with the closing of the Barnett  Mortgage
Company  ("BMC")  acquisition.  The  transaction  was  accounted  for  under the
purchase method of accounting.  The assets and liabilities of BBMC were recorded
at their fair values at March 16,  1996,  which  totaled  $1.5  billion and $1.2
billion,  respectively.  The  total  purchase  price  paid for  BBMC,  including
transaction costs and interest,  was $247.0 million. The excess of fair value of
net assets acquired over cost was $56.0 million and was allocated as a reduction
mortgage servicing period rights.

Acquisition of Barnett Mortgage Company

On May 31, 1996,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  acquired  from  Barnett  certain
assets, net of assumed liabilities, and the outstanding common stock of BMC (the
"BMC  Acquisition").  Certain  assets and  liabilities  of BMC were  retained by
Barnett, including those assets of BMC and its subsidiaries (other than Honolulu
Mortgage  Company,  Inc.)  associated  with the loan  origination  or production
activities.

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  made cash payments of $228.0 million to Barnett in
consideration for certain assets, net of assumed  liabilities,  and the stock of
BMC. In connection with the BMC Acquisition,  an affiliate of Barnett  purchased
shares of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  common  stock for an aggregate  purchase
price of $118.0 million. Also in connection with the BMC Acquisition, BankBoston
and the Investors paid approximately $42.3 million in cash for additional shares
of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor.  The  transaction  was  accounted for using the
purchase  method of accounting  and,  accordingly,  the results of operations of
Homeside, Inc. Predecessor include BMC from the date of acquisition.  The assets
and  liabilities  of BMC were recorded by Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  at their
estimated  fair values at May 31, 1996,  which totaled $764.8 million and $521.4
million,  respectively.  The  total  purchase  price  paid  for  BMC,  including
transaction costs and interests,  was $235.0 million. The excess of the purchase
price  over the fair  value of net  assets  acquired  was $8.4  million  and was
allocated to goodwill and is being  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over 15
years.


The unaudited  condensed pro forma statement of income for the period from March
16, 1996 to February  28, 1997,  assuming BMC had been  acquired as of March 16,
1996 is as follows (in millions, except per share data):

                                                            Pro Forma for
                                                           the Period From
                                                          March 16, 1996 to
                                                          February 28, 1997

    Net servicing revenue                                     $167.3
    Net interest  revenue                                       (4.5)
    Net mortgage origination revenue                            67.1
    Other income                                                 0.7
                                                         ---------------------
            Total revenues                                     230.6
    Expenses                                                  (157.5)
                                                         ---------------------
    Income before income taxes and extraordinary loss           73.1
    Income tax expense                                          29.5
                                                         ---------------------
    Income before extraordinary loss                            43.6
    Extraordinary  loss                                         (6.4)
                                                         ---------------------
     Net income                                               $ 37.2
                                                         =====================

    Net income per share:
        Basic                                                  $1.15
                                                         =====================
        Diluted                                                $1.14
                                                         =====================

The  purchase  accounting  adjustments  in the  above  pro  forma  statement  of
operations  are based on the actual  purchase price and the amount of assets and
liabilities  actually acquired.  No adjustments have been made for restructuring
costs that might have been  incurred  or for cost  efficiencies  that might have
been realized during the period presented.  Accordingly, these pro forma results
are not indicative of future results.

5.  MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

An analysis of mortgage servicing rights is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           February 10, 1998      February 28, 1997
                                                         ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
Beginning balance                                             $ 1,614,307            $     -
Additions, including BBMC and BMC acquisitions                    416,822             1,685,242
Sales of servicing                                                   (342)              (25,745)
Net deferred hedge (gain) loss, net of amortization               (39,453)              110,637
Amortization                                                     (210,200)             (155,827)
                                                         ---------------------- ----------------------
Ending balance                                                 $1,781,134            $1,614,307
                                                         ====================== ======================
</TABLE>

At February 10, 1998, the net deferred  hedge gain of $39.5 million  consists of
the net deferred loss for the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997 of
$110.6 million  adjusted for gains of $195.2  million,  losses of $52.5 million,
and amortization of $7.4 million. For the period from March 16, 1996 to February
28, 1997,  the net deferred  hedge loss of $ 110.6 million  consists of gains of
$133.3 million and losses of $254.9 million, less $11.0 million of amortization.

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             February 10, 1998       February 28, 1997
                                                             ----------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                     <C>
Land                                                            $   3,451               $   3,451
Buildings and building improvements                                10,604                  10,986
Furniture and equipment                                            22,464                  15,739
Leasehold improvements                                             14,717                   3,808
                                                             ----------------------- ----------------------
                                                                   51,236                  33,984
Accumulated depreciation and amortization                          (9,254)                 (4,469)
                                                             ----------------------- ----------------------
Ending balance                                                  $  41,982                $ 29,515
                                                             ======================= ======================
</TABLE>

7.  RESERVE FOR ESTIMATED SERVICING LOSSES ON INVESTOR-OWNED LOANS

An  analysis of the reserve for  estimated  servicing  losses on  investor-owned
loans is as follows (in thousands):

                                    For the Period March    For the Period March
                                     1, 1997 to February    16, 1996 to February
                                          10, 1998                28, 1997
                                   ---------------------- ----------------------
Beginning balance                         $ 21,650               $ 11,100
Provision for servicing losses on
  investor-owned loans                      12,346                 13,683
Charge-offs                                (12,747)               (10,295)
Recoveries                                     401                     60
Additions from acquisition of BMC              -                    7,102
                                   ---------------------- ----------------------
Ending balance                            $ 21,650               $ 21,650
                                   ====================== ======================

8.       NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Weighted Average Interest Rate
                                                  Total Outstanding       At Period End        During the Period
                                                ---------------------- --------------------- ----------------------
<S>                           <C> <C>                <C>                      <C>                    <C>
Bank line of credit, February 10, 1998               $2,074,956               6.00%                  6.04%
                                                ======================
Bank line of credit, February 28, 1997               $1,778,496               5.65%                  5.83%
Short-term credit facilities                             40,007               8.25%                  8.25%
                                                ----------------------
  Total, February 28, 1997                           $1,818,503
                                                ======================
</TABLE>

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor borrows funds on a demand basis from an independent
syndicate of banks under a $2.5 billion credit facility which, at the request of
Homeside, Inc. Predecessor, may be increased to $3.0 billion. The line of credit
is  used  to  provide  funds  for  Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor's  business  of
originating, acquiring and servicing mortgage loans. The line of credit includes
both a warehouse credit  facility,  which is limited to 98% of the fair value of
eligible mortgage loans held for sale, and a servicing-related  facility,  which
is capped at $950.0  million.  On  February  14,  2000,  the line of credit will
terminate.  The credit agreement  contains covenants that impose limitations and
restrictions on Homeside, Inc. Predecessor, including the maintenance of certain
net worth and ratio requirements.  Under certain  circumstances set forth in the
credit  agreement,  borrowings  under the  agreement  become  collateralized  by
substantially  all  of  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  assets.  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  is in  compliance  with all  requirements  included  in the  credit
agreement.  At February 10, 1998 and  February  28, 1997,  $2.1 billion and $1.8
billion,   respectively,   was  outstanding  under  the  credit  line.   Amounts
outstanding  at February  10, 1998 and  February 28, 1997 under the bank line of
credit are  comprised  of a warehouse  credit  facility of $1.2 billion and $0.8
billion  and a  servicing-related  credit  facility  of $0.9  billion  and  $0.9
billion,  respectively.  The amount of the  unused  bank line of credit was $0.4
billion  and $0.7  billion  as of  February  10,  1998 and  February  28,  1997,
respectively.

Borrowings under the bank line of credit bear interest at rates per annum, based
on, at  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  option  (A) the  highest of (i) the lead
bank's prime rate,  (ii) the secondary  market rate of  certificates  of deposit
plus 100 basis  points and (iii) the  federal  funds rate in effect from time to
time plus 0.5% or (B) various rates based on federal fund rates.

On January 15, 1997, Homeside, Inc. Predecessor entered into a short-term credit
facility with a bank in a maximum  aggregate  principal amount of $85.0 million.
On March 14, 1997,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor entered into another short-term
credit  facility  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $100.0  million.  The
facilities  each expired on May 1, 1997 and amounts  borrowed  under these lines
were repaid.

9.  LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

                               February 10, 1998               February 28, 1997
Medium-term notes                   $750,000                       $     -
11.25% Notes                         130,000                         130,000
Mortgage note payable                 20,466                          21,128
                               ----------------------          -----------------
         Total                      $900,466                       $ 151,128
                               ======================          =================

  Medium-term notes

As of February 10, 1998, $650.0 million of the outstanding medium-term notes had
been  effectively  converted by interest rate swap  agreements to  floating-rate
notes. The weighted average borrowing rates on medium-term borrowings issued for
the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998,  including the effect of the
interest rate swap agreements,  was 6.251% . Net proceeds from the issuance were
primarily  used  to  reduce  the  amounts  outstanding  under  the  bank  credit
agreement.  Amounts were subsequently  reborrowed under the bank credit facility
to fund the early pool buyout program.

As of  February  10,  1998,  outstanding  medium-term  notes  issued by Homeside
Lending, Inc., under a $1.0 billion shelf registration statement were as follows
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Issue Date                    Outstanding Balance           Stated Interest Rate    Maturity Date
- ----------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
<S> <C> <C>                             <C>                        <C>              <C>
May 20, 1997                            $250,000                   6.890%           May 15, 2000
June 30, 1997                            200,000                   6.883%           June 30, 2002
June 30, 1997                             40,000                   6.820%           July  2,  2001
July 1, 1997                              15,000                   6.860%           July  2,  2001
July 31, 1997                            200,000                   6.818%           August 1, 2004
September 15, 1997                        45,000                   6.770%           September 17,  2001
                              ---------------------------
  Total                                 $750,000
                              ===========================
</TABLE>

As of February 10, 1998, $250.0 million was available for future issuances under
the shelf  registration.  On March 6,  1998,  Homeside  Lending,  Inc.  filed an
amendment increasing the shelf registration to $1.5 billion.

 11.25% Notes

On May 14, 1996, Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor issued $200,000,000 of 11.25% notes
("Notes")  maturing on May 15, 2003 and paying interest  semiannually in arrears
on May 15 and November 15 of each year,  commencing  on November  15, 1996.  The
Notes are redeemable at the option of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor, in whole or in
part, at any time on or after May 15, 2001, at certain  redemption  prices.  The
indenture  contains  covenants  that  impose  limitations  and  restrictions  on
Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor,  including the maintenance of certain net worth and
ratio  requirements.  In  addition,  the Notes are secured by a second  priority
pledge of the common stock of HomeSide Lending, Inc. Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
is in  compliance  with all net worth and ratio  requirements  contained  in the
indenture relating to the notes. The amount of Notes outstanding at February 10,
1998 is $130.0 million.

On February 5, 1997,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  issued  8,452,500  shares of
common stock to the public at $15 per share.  A portion of the proceeds from the
offering  was used to  pre-pay  $70.0  million of the Notes at a premium of $7.9
million.  In connection  with the early repayment of the Notes,  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  wrote off a portion of the unamortized  debt issuance costs related
to the Notes and incurred a prepayment  penalty equal to one year's  interest on
the Notes  retired . The loss  amounted  to $6.4  million,  net of tax,  and was
recorded as an  extraordinary  item. The remaining  proceeds were used to reduce
amounts outstanding under the bank line of credit.

  Mortgage note payable

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor assumed a mortgage note payable that is due in 2017
and bears interest at a stated rate of 9.50%. Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's main
office  building is pledged as  collateral.  A purchase  accounting  premium was
recorded in connection  with Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  assuming the mortgage
note payable.

Principal payments due on long-term debt at February 10, 1998 are as follows (in
thousands):

         Fiscal Year
        1999                                                       $    256
        2000                                                        250,281
        2001                                                        100,309
        2002                                                        200,340
        2003                                                        130,373
        Thereafter                                                  211,724
        Unamortized purchase accounting premium                       7,183
                                                            ================
          Total                                                    $900,466
                                                            ================

10. INCOME TAXES

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor files a consolidated federal income tax return. All
companies included in the consolidated federal income tax return are jointly and
severally  liable for any tax  assessments  based on such  consolidated  return.
Components  of the  provision  for  income  taxes  before  the effect of the tax
benefit  associated  with the early  extinguishment  of debt were as follows (in
thousands):


                                            For the               For the
                                        Period From March        Period From
                                      1, 1997 to February    March 16, 1996 to
                                           10, 1998          February 28, 1997
                                     ---------------------- --------------------
       Current:
            Federal                    $   2,589                 $    -
            State                            -                        -
                                     ---------------------- --------------------
                                       $   2,589                 $    -
       Deferred
            Federal                       38,043                   23,756
            State                          7,184                    5,517
                                     ---------------------- --------------------
                                       $  45,227                 $ 29,273
                                     ---------------------- --------------------

       Total                           $  47,816                 $ 29,273
                                     ====================== ====================

The following is a  reconciliation  of the statutory  federal income tax rate to
the  effective  income tax rate as reflected in the  consolidated  statements of
income.

                                                 For The            For The
                                               Period From        Period From
                                              March 1, 1997      March 16, 1996
                                               to February      to February 28,
                                                 10, 1998             1997
                                             ----------------- -----------------
 Statutory federal income tax rate                 35.0%              35.0%
 State income and franchise taxes,
        net of federal tax effect                   3.5%              4.0%
 Other                                               .5%              1.0%
                                             ----------------- -----------------
       Effective income tax rate                  39.0%              40.0%
                                             ================= =================

For the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997, the extraordinary  loss
on the early  extinquishment of debt is stated net of the related tax benefit of
$4.3 million at an effective tax rate of 40%.

The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax  liabilities are presented below (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         February 10, 1998      February 28, 1997
Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                          <C>                     <C>
   Net operating loss carryforwards                          $ 45,446                $ 53,355
   Alternative minimum tax credit carry forward                 2,589                     -
   Loss reserves                                               25,404                  17,563
   Hedge activities                                            30,754                     -
   Other assets                                                 4,879                  12,087
                                                       ---------------------- ----------------------
      Total gross deferred tax assets                        $109,072                $ 83,005
                                                       ====================== ======================
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Mortgage servicing fees                                   $267,871                $207,278
   Other liabilities                                           16,379                   5,678
                                                       ---------------------- ----------------------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities                    284,250                 212,956
                                                       ---------------------- ----------------------
        Net deferred tax liability                           $175,178                $129,951
                                                       ====================== ======================
</TABLE>

In assessing  the  realizability  of deferred tax assets,  management  considers
whether it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent  upon the  generation of future  taxable  income during the periods in
which these temporary  differences become deductible.  Management  considers the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,  projected future taxable income
and tax planning  strategies in making this assessment.  No valuation  allowance
was recorded at February 10, 1998 or February 28, 1997.

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor has consolidated tax net operating loss carryforwards
at February 10, 1998. These carryforwards expire in the years 2002 to 2012.

11.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor  leases  office  facilities  and  equipment  under
noncancelable  leases that include renewal options and escalation  clauses which
extend into 2004.  Rental expense for leases of office  facilities and equipment
was $4.5  million and $3.9  million for the period March 1, 1997 to February 10,
1998 and for the period  March 16,  1996 to  February  28,  1997,  respectively.
Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's minimum future lease commitments are as follows (in
thousands):

Fiscal Year
- ------------------------------------------- ---------------
1999                                           $ 2,124
2000                                               984
2001                                               800
2002                                               710
2003                                               625
Thereafter                                         700
                                            ---------------
     Total                                     $ 5,943
                                            ===============

12.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

On March 15, 1996, in connection with the BBMC acquisition  discussed in Note 4,
the Investors contributed cash of $107.3 million for 10,863,293 shares of common
stock.  Also on March 15, 1996,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  issued  8,427,155
shares of common stock and cash to BankBoston  in exchange for BBMC.  The common
stock issued to BankBoston was assigned a value of $86.8 million.

Simultaneously  with  the  closing  of  the  BBMC  acquisition,  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor also issued 97,138 shares of its class B non-voting  common stock to
an  investment  bank in  consideration  of services  rendered to Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor in connection with the BBMC  acquisition.  BankBoston also paid $1.0
million  in cash for  97,138  shares of  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  class C
non-voting  common  stock.  BankBoston  then  sold  the  class  C  shares  to an
unaffiliated  third  party.  On  May  31,  1996,  in  connection  with  the  BMC
Acquisition discussed in Note 4, BankBoston, the Investors and certain directors
and  executive  managers of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  contributed a total of
approximately  $46.0  million  in cash for  4,100,944  shares of  common  stock.
Approximately, $1.9 million of the amount contributed by management was financed
by Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor and, accordingly,  was reported as a reduction of
stockholders'  equity. Also on May 31, 1996,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor issued
11,461,400  shares of common  stock and cash to Barnett in exchange for BMC. The
common stock issued to Barnett was assigned a value of $118.0 million.

On February 5, 1997,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  issued  8,452,500  shares of
common  stock to the  public at $15 per  share.  The stock was listed on the New
York Stock  Exchange  under the symbol  HSL.  The  transaction  resulted  in net
proceeds to  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  of $116.9  million.  A portion of the
proceeds  from the sale  was to  pre-pay  $70.0  million  of Notes at a  pre-tax
premium of $7.9  million.  Pro forma  earnings per share  giving  effect for the
public  offering as of the date of the issuance of the Notes and the related use
of proceeds  to repay $70.0  million of the Notes and to reduce the bank line of
credit  borrowings was $1.27 per share. Upon completion of the issue, all shares
of class B non-voting common stock converted automatically,  on a 1-for-1 basis,
into shares of common stock.

On December 31, 1997, Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor issued 19,431 shares of common
stock at $10.29 per share for stock options  exercised under the Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan.

13.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

During  the  period  March  16,  1996  to  February  28,  1997,  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor   extended  loans  totaling  $1.9  million  to  certain  members  of
management in connection  with their  purchase of shares of common stock.  These
loans were repaid in fiscal 1998 in anticipation of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's
acquisition by the National.

In connection with the acquisitions of BBMC and BMC, Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
recorded  non-cash  assets  and  assumed   liabilities,   including  fair  value
adjustments,  of  approximately  $2.3 billion and $1.7 billion in 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  paid $70.5  million and $81.8  million of interest
during the period from March 1, 1997 to February  10, 1998 and March 16, 1996 to
February 28, 1997, respectively.  Homeside, Inc. Predecessor paid taxes totaling
$0.3 million and received  $51.7  million cash for  reinstated  loans from early
pool buyout advances for the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998.

14.  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair  value  estimates  are made as of a  specific  point  in time  based on the
characteristics   of  the  financial   instruments   and  the  relevant   market
information.  Where  available,  quoted  market prices are used. In other cases,
fair values are based on estimates  using other  valuation  techniques,  such as
discounting estimated future cash flows using a rate commensurate with the risks
involved or other acceptable methods. These techniques involve uncertainties and
are  significantly  affected  by the  assumptions  used and the  judgments  made
regarding risk  characteristics of various financial  instruments,  prepayments,
discount  rates,  estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  future  anticipated  loss
experience and other factors.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect
these  estimates.  Derived  fair  value  estimates  cannot be  substantiated  by
comparison to independent  markets and, in many cases,  could not be realized in
an  immediate   sale  of  the   instrument.   Also  because  of  differences  in
methodologies  and  assumptions  used to  estimate  fair value,  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's fair values should not be compared to those of other companies.

Fair  value  estimates  are  based on  existing  financial  instruments  without
attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of
assets  and  liabilities   that  are  not  considered   financial   instruments.
Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value  amounts  presented do not represent the
underlying  value  of  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor.   For  certain  assets  and
liabilities,   the  information   required  is   supplemented   with  additional
information relevant to an understanding of the fair value.

The methods and  assumptions  used to estimate  the fair values of each class of
financial instruments are as follows:

   Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet approximates fair value.

   Mortgage loans held for sale
Fair values are based on the estimated value at which the loans could be sold in
the secondary  market.  These loans are priced to be sold with servicing  rights
retained, as this is Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's normal business practice.

   Accounts receivable, early pool buyout advances and accounts payable
Carrying amounts are considered to approximate  fair value.  Accounts payable do
not include the effects of additional costs incurred and additional  liabilities
assumed in connection  with  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  acquisition  by the
National.

   Risk management contracts
Fair values are estimated based on actual market quotes or option models.

   Notes payable
The  carrying  amount  of  the  notes  payable  reported  in the  balance  sheet
approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the borrowings under
the credit agreements.

   Long-term debt
Fair value of long-term debt is estimated by discounting  estimated  future cash
flows  using  a  rate  consistent  with  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  current
borrowing rate as adjusted for the effects of certain prepayment penalties.

   Commitments to originate mortgage loans
Fair value is estimated  using quoted  market  prices for  securities  backed by
similar loans adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.

   Forward contracts to sell mortgages
Forward contracts to sell mortgages,  which represent legally binding agreements
to sell loans to permanent  investors at a specified price or yield,  are valued
using market prices for securities  backed by similar loans and are reflected in
the fair  values  of the  mortgages  held for sale,  to the  extent  that  these
commitments  relate to  mortgage  loans  already  originated,  or of the related
commitments to extend credit.

   Options on mortgage-backed securities and U.S. treasury bond futures
The fair values of options are estimated based on actual market quotes.  In some
instances,  quoted prices for the underlying  loans or valuations  determined by
option models are used.

   Interest rate swaps
The fair values of interest rate swaps are estimated based on dealer quotes.

Fair Value

The fair values of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  financial  instruments are as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       February 10, 1998                   February 28, 1997
                                                    Carrying             Fair           Carrying              Fair
                                                     Amount             Value            Amount              Value
                                               -------------------- --------------- ----------------- ---------------------
ASSETS
<S>                                                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                          $  32,113          $   32,113         $  52,691          $  52,691
Mortgage loans held for sale                       1,292,403           1,296,685           805,274            806,432
Accounts receivable and early pool buyout
   advances                                          601,391             601,391           157,518            157,518
Risk management contracts for
   mortgage servicing rights                          43,947              43,947            45,212             45,212

LIABILITIES
Notes payable                                      2,074,956           2,074,956         1,818,503          1,818,503
Long-term debt                                       900,466             929,893           151,128            151,128
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities             143,870             143,870           140,304            140,304


OFF-BALANCE SHEET(1)
Commitments to originate mortgage loans                   --              (1,510)               --             (2,805)
Mandatory forward contracts to sell
      mortgages                                           --              (3,621)               --              3,588
Mandatory forward contracts to sell U.S.
      treasuries                                          --                  65                --                  7
Options on mortgage-backed  securities                 3,543               5,890             2,025              1,741
Options on U.S treasury bond futures                     743                 604               321               (147)
Interest rate swaps                                       --              13,496                --                 --
- ---------
(1) Parenthesis denote a liability
</TABLE>

Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time,  based on relevant
market data and information about the financial  instrument.  These estimates do
not reflect any premium or discount  that could  result from  offering  for sale
Homeside,   Inc.   Predecessor's   entire  holding  of  a  particular  financial
instrument.  Because no active market exists for some portion of Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments
regarding future expected loss experience,  current economic conditions, current
interest rates and prepayment trends, risk  characteristics of various financial
instruments and other factors.

These estimates are subjective in nature and involve  uncertainties  and matters
of significant  judgment and,  therefore,  cannot be determined  with precision.
Changes in any of these  assumptions  used in calculating  fair value would also
significantly  affect the  estimates.  Further,  the fair value  estimates  were
calculated as of February 10, 1998 and February 28, 1997.  Subsequent changes in
market interest rates and prepayment  assumptions could significantly change the
fair value.

15.  RISK MANAGEMENT AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

As discussed in Note 3,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  utilizes risk  management
financial  instruments to manage  interest rate risk related to the value of its
mortgage servicing rights. A summary of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's position in
risk management financial instruments at February 10, 1998 and February 28, 1997
is included below.

The fair value of Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  risk  management  contracts is
based on quoted market prices of the underlying instruments at February 10, 1998
and February  28, 1997.  The  notional  amounts  represent  the par value of the
underlying U.S. Treasury bonds. However, the notional amounts are not recognized
in the balance sheet and should not be considered as a measure of credit risk or
future cash requirement.

The amount of the risk management  contracts  maintained depends on factors such
as interest  rates,  interest  volatility  and growth in the mortgage  servicing
portfolio.  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor is subject to market risk to the extent
that  interest  rates  fluctuate;  however,  the purpose of the risk  management
contracts  is to hedge the value of the  mortgage  servicing  rights  portfolio.
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's risk management financial  instruments qualify as
hedges,  and gains or losses on the risk  management  instruments  correlate  to
movements in the value of the mortgage  servicing rights.  Cash requirements for
Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's option contracts are limited to premiums paid. Cash
requirements  for futures  contracts are managed based on limits  established by
Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor's  risk  management  committee.   Homeside,   Inc.
Predecessor's  credit risk on its risk  management  contracts is limited because
the contracts are traded on a national  exchange which  guarantees  counterparty
performance.

As  discussed  in  Note  3,  Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor  purchases  financial
instruments and enters into financial  agreements with off-balance sheet risk in
the normal course of business  through the  origination  and selling of mortgage
loans and as part of its risk management programs. These instruments involve, to
varying degrees,  elements of credit and interest rate risk.  Credit risk is the
possibility  that a loss may occur if a counterparty  to a transaction  fails to
perform  according  to the  terms of the  contract.  Interest  rate  risk is the
possibility  that a change in interest rates will cause the value of a financial
instrument to decrease or become more costly to settle.

  Options and forward contracts

The notional amount of the options and forward contracts used in Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's  risk  management  programs is the amount upon which  interest and
other  payments  under the contract are based and is  generally  not  exchanged.
Therefore,  the  notional  amounts  should not be taken as the measure of credit
risk or a  reflection  of future cash  requirements.  The risk  associated  with
options and forwards is the exposure to current and expected market movements in
interest  rates and the ability of the  counterparties  to meet the terms of the
contracts.  The cash  requirements  associated  with these  options  and forward
contracts,  aside from the initial purchase price, are minimal.  These contracts
generally  require  future  performance  on the  part of the  counterparty  upon
exercise of the option or  execution of the forward  contract by Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor.

Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor  is  exposed  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of
nonperformance by the counterparties to the various instruments.  Homeside, Inc.
Predecessor  controls  credit and market  risk  associated  with  interest  rate
products by establishing  and monitoring  limits with  counterparties  as to the
types and degree of risks that may be undertaken.  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's
exposure  to credit risk in the event of default by the  counterparties  for the
options is $57.0 million at February 10, 1998.

Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's exposure to credit risk in the event of default by
the counterparty for mandatory forward commitments to sell mortgage loans is the
difference  between the contract price and the current  market price,  offset by
any available margins retained by Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor or an independent
clearing agent,  which totaled $30.2 million at February 10, 1998. The amount of
credit risk as of February 10, 1998, if all counterparties failed completely and
if the margins, if any, retained by Homeside, Inc. Predecessor or an independent
clearing  were  to  become  unavailable,  was  approximately  $4.4  million  for
mandatory forward commitments of mortgage-backed securities.

The following is a summary of Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's notional amounts and
fair values of interest rate products (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           February 10, 1998                   February 28, 1997
                                                      Notional                           Notional
                                                       Amount       Fair Value(1)         Amount        Fair Value(1)

Purchased commitments to sell mortgage loans:
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>                <C>
  Mandatory forward contracts                       $2,847,668        ($ 3,556)         $1,445,345         $3,588
  Options on mortgage-backed
      securities                                       835,000           5,890             755,000          1,741
   Options on U.S. treasury
      bond futures                                     145,000             604             140,000           (147)
Risk management contracts on
   mortgage servicing rights:
   Options on U.S. treasury
      bond futures                                   4,440,100          50,487           3,572,300         45,212
   Futures contracts on U.S. treasury
      bonds                                          2,121,800          (6,540)                -              -
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------
(1)   Fair  value  represents  the amount at which a given  instrument  could be
      exchanged  in an arms  length  transaction  with a third  party  as of the
      balance sheet date.

  Commitments to originate mortgage loans

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  regularly enters into commitments to originate and
purchase  mortgage  loans at a future  date  subject to  compliance  with stated
conditions.  Commitments to originate mortgage loans have off-balance sheet risk
to the extent Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor does not have matching commitments to
sell loans, which exposes Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor to lower of cost or market
valuation adjustments in a rising interest rate environment.  Additionally,  the
extension  of a  commitment,  which is subject to Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's
credit review and approval policies,  gives rise to credit exposure when certain
borrowing  conditions  are  met and  the  loan is  made.  Until  such  time,  it
represents only potential exposure.  The obligation to lend may be voided if the
customer's  financial  condition  deteriorates  or if the customer fails to meet
certain  conditions.  Commitments to originate mortgage loans do not necessarily
reflect future cash requirements since some of the commitments will not be drawn
upon before  expiration.  Commitments  to originate  mortgage loans totaled $3.2
billion  and  $2.7   billion  at  February  10,  1998  and  February  28,  1997,
respectively.

  Mortgage loans sold with recourse

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  sells  mortgage  loans  with  recourse  to various
investors and retains the servicing rights and  responsibility for credit losses
on these loans. The total  outstanding  balance of loans sold with recourse does
not necessarily represent future cash outflows.  The total outstanding principal
balance of loans  sold with  recourse  was $16.7  million  and $14.2  million at
February 10, 1998 and February 28, 1997, respectively.

For five  years  following  the May 31,  1996  acquisition  of BMC,  Barnett  is
obligated to repurchase or reimburse Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor for any credit
losses related to $101.0 million of loans serviced with recourse.

  Servicing commitment to investors

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor is required to submit to certain investors, primarily
GNMA,  guaranteed  principal and interest payments from the underlying  mortgage
loans regardless of actual collections.

  Purchase mortgage servicing rights commitments

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  routinely  enters  into  commitments  to  purchase
mortgage servicing rights associated with mortgages originated by third parties,
subject to compliance  with stated  conditions.  These  commitments  to purchase
mortgage  servicing rights correspond to mortgage loans having an aggregate loan
principal balance of approximately $0.6 billion and $2.3 billion at February 10,
1998 and February 28, 1997, respectively.


  Geographical concentration of credit risk

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor is engaged in business nationwide and has no material
concentration of credit risk in any geographic region.

16. OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor entered into an agreement with BankBoston and Barnett
for certain  corporate  support  services.  For the period March 1, 1997 through
February  10, 1998,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  paid  BankBoston  and Barnett
approximately $5.2 million and $0.5 million,  respectively,  for these services.
For the period March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997,  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
paid  BankBoston  and  Barnett  approximately  $2.5  million  and $0.9  million,
respectively, for these services.

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  purchases  mortgage  loans  eligible for sale from
BankBoston and Barnett.  For the period March 1, 1997 through February 10, 1998,
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor paid  approximately $5.3 million and $45.4 million,
respectively,  to BankBoston and Barnett for the purchase of mortgage  servicing
rights.  For the period from March 1, 1996 through February 28, 1997,  Homeside,
Inc.   Predecessor   paid   approximately   $4.7  million  and  $27.6   million,
respectively,  to BankBoston and Barnett for the purchase of mortgage  servicing
rights.  Homeside, Inc. Predecessor also purchases the mortgage servicing rights
to the mortgage loans BankBoston and Barnett hold in their  portfolios.  For the
period March 1, 1997  through  February 10,  1998,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor
purchased mortgage servicing rights for loans retained by BankBoston and Barnett
totaling  approximately  $1.6 million and $9.5  million,  respectively.  For the
period from March 16,  1996 to February  28,  1997  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor
purchased mortgage servicing rights for loans retained by BankBoston and Barnett
totaling  approximately  $1.3  million  and  $8.2  million,   respectively.  The
BankBoston  and Barnett  purchases  represent 2.8% and 20.4%,  respectively,  of
Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor's total production for the period from March 1, 1997
to February  10,  1998.  For the period of March 16, 1996  through  February 28,
1997,  the  BankBoston  and  Barnett  purchases  represented  2.8%  and  16.0 %,
respectively, of Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's total production.

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor services residential mortgage loans held in portfolio
by BankBoston and Barnett.  The servicing fees paid by BankBoston and Barnett to
Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  are  market-based  fees  consistent  with the fees
charged by Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor to other investors.  For the period March
1, 1997 to February 10, 1998, BankBoston and Barnett paid $3.8 million and $29.1
million  in  servicing  fees,  respectively.  For the period  March 16,  1996 to
February  28,  1997,  BankBoston  and  Barnett  paid $5.3  million and $ 23.6 in
servicing fees, respectively.

As a result of NationsBank  Corporation's  acquisition  of Barnett Banks,  Inc.,
Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor agreed to release Barnett from a five year agreement
to sell  certain  of its  mortgage  loans  to  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor.  In
consideration,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor received the right to purchase $5.0
billion in  mortgage  servicing  rights,  an increase  in the  weighted  average
servicing fee for Barnett portfolio loans currently  serviced,  and will receive
$3.0 million cash in June 1998.

As of February 28, 1997, certain members of management owed $1.9 million related
to loans  granted to purchase  shares of  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor's  common
stock.  During the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10,  1998,  all related
loans were repaid.

17.  STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  established the Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  1996
Employee  Stock  Option  Plan under  which  582,845  shares of Common  Stock are
reserved for issuance. Options issued under the plan may be either non-qualified
or incentive  stock  options.  The options will be exercisable at such prices as
are set by Homeside, Inc. Predecessor's board of directors.

Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor has also adopted a 1996 Time Accelerated  Restricted
Stock Option Plan under which 1,165,724  shares of Common Stock are reserved for
issuance.  Options  granted  under this plan will be  non-qualified  and will be
exercisable at such prices as are set by the board of directors. Options granted
under  the plan  will  vest nine  years  from the date of  grant.  Vesting  will
accelerate upon the achievement of certain performance criteria.

There was no compensation  expense associated with the above option grants since
the exercise  price was equal to the estimated fair value of the Common Stock at
the date of grant.


Options  outstanding  and the  activity  for the  period  from  March 1, 1997 to
February  10, 1998 and for the period  from March 16, 1996 to February  28, 1997
are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     For the Period From                           For the Period From
                                                      March 1, 1997 to                              March 16, 1996 to
                                                      February 10, 1998                             February 28, 1997
                                             ------------------------------------     ----------=-----------------------------------
                                                                     Weighted                                        Weighted
                                               Options             Average Price             Options              Average Price
Employee stock option plans:
<S>                                            <C>                    <C>                   <C>                      <C>
 Outstanding at beginning of year              1,321,716              $10.294                     -                      -
   Granted                                       415,000               20.386               1,341,198                 $10.294
   Exercised                                      19,431               10.294                     -                      -
   Forfeited                                         -                   -                    (19,482)                $10.294
                                             ---------------- -------------------     ----------------------- ----------------------
 Outstanding at period end                     1,717,285              $12.733               1,321,716                 $10.294
                                             ================ ===================     ======================= ======================
 Options exercisable at period end               244,912              $10.294                    -                      -
                                             ================ ===================     ======================= ======================
Weighted average fair value of
  options granted during the period               $11.06                                        $3.21
                                             ================                         =======================
</TABLE>

Homeside, Inc. Predecessor applies the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees," in accounting for
its stock option plans and has adopted the disclosure-only option under SFAS No.
123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation." If Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
had adopted the accounting provisions of SFAS 123 and recognized expense for the
fair value of employee  stock  options  granted  during the period from March 1,
1997 to February  10, 1998 and March 16, 1996 to  February  28,  1997,  over the
vesting  life of the options,  pro forma net income  before  extraordinary  loss
would be as indicated below (dollars in thousands, except share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                As Reported                                       Pro Forma
                                ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
                             For the Period From     For the Period From      For the Period From    For the Period From
                             March 1, 1997 to        March 16, 1996 to        March 1, 1997 to       March 16, 1996 to
                             February 10, 1998       February 28, 1997        February 10, 1998      February 28, 1997
                             -------------------     -------------------      -------------------    -------------------
<S>                           <C>                      <C>                      <C>                    <C>
Net income                    $  74,787                $  36,969                $  74,158              $  36,692
Basic income per share            $1.72                    $1.14                    $1.71                  $1.14
Diluted income per share          $1.69                    $1.13                    $1.67                  $1.12
</TABLE>

In  determining  the pro forma  disclosures  above,  the fair  value of  options
granted  was   estimated   on  the  date  of  grant   using  the   Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model was developed to estimate the fair
value of traded  options,  which have  different  characteristics  than employee
stock options,  and changes to the subjective  assumptions used in the model can
result in materially different fair value estimates.  The weighted-average grant
date fair values of the options  granted during the period from March 1, 1997 to
February  28, 1998 and the period from March 16, 1996 to February  28, 1997 were
based on the following assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Risk-Free Interest Rates                             Dividend Yield
                                          ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
                                     For the Period From     For the Period From      For the Period From    For the Period From
                                     March 1, 1997 to        March 16, 1996 to        March 1, 1997 to       March 16, 1996 to
                                     February 10, 1998       February 28, 1997        February 10, 1998      February 28, 1997
                                     -------------------     -------------------      -------------------    -------------------
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>                      <C>                    <C>
1996 Time accelerated restricted
     option plan                     6.31 to 6.97%           6.61 to 6.98%                     0.0                         0.0
1996 Employee stock option plan      6.27 to 6.93%           6.50 to 6.86%                     0.0                         0.0


                                              Expected Lives                                    Volatility
                                              ----------------------------------                ------------------------------
                                        For the Period From     For the Period From      For the Period From    For the Period From
                                        March 1, 1997 to        March 16, 1996 to        March 1, 1997 to       March 16, 1996 to
                                        February 10, 1998       February 28, 1997        February 10, 1998      February 28, 1997
                                        -------------------     -------------------      -------------------    -------------------
<S>                                     <C>                     <C>                      <C>                    <C>
1996 Time accelerated restricted
     option plan                           8.5 years              8.5 years                     .35                       .35
1996 Employee stock option plan            7.5 years              7.5 years                     .35                       .35
</TABLE>

Compensation  expense under the fair  value-based  method is recognized over the
vesting period of the related stock options.  Accordingly, the pro forma results
of applying SFAS No. 123 may not be indicative of future amounts.

The following table summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding at
February 10, 1998:

                 Outstanding                           Exercisable
- -------------------------------------------     ------------------------
                                  Average                         Average
  Shares          Average Life   Exercise Price       Shares    Exercise Price
- -------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------- ----------------
 1,302,285            7.3            $10.29        244,912          $10.29
    10,000            8.2             15.75            -               -
   405,000            8.2             20.50            -               -
============== ================ =============== ============= ================
 1,717,285            7.5            $12.73        244,912          $10.29
============== ================ =============== ============= ================

In connection with the National merger, vesting of all outstanding stock options
was accelerated or the related options were canceled.

18. EARNINGS PER SHARE

In February  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No.  128,  "Earnings  per Share."  This
Statement  establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share
(EPS) and applies to entities  with  publicly  held  common  stock or  potential
common stock. It replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a presentation of
basic EPS and requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of
the income  statement and a  reconciliation  of the numerator and denominator of
the diluted EPS computation.

This statement is effective for financial  statements  issued for periods ending
after December 15, 1997, including interim periods.  Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor
is required to  retroactively  adopt this standard when  reporting its operating
results  for  periods   after   December  15,  1997.   Income  per  share  after
extraordinary loss and weighted average shares are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     For the period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings per Share                                   Income          Shares         Per-Share Amount
                                                           ------          ------         ----------------
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                <C>
Net income available to common stockholders             $ 74,787,000        43,474,864         $ 1.72
                                                                                        ===================
Option issued (See Note 17)                                -                   890,959
                                                                      -----------------

Diluted Earnings per Share
Income available to common stockholders plus
      assumed conversions                               $ 74,787,000        44,365,823         $ 1.69
                                                                                        ===================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     For the period from March 16, 1996 to February 28, 1997
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings per Share                                  Income              Shares      Per-Share Amount
                                                          ------              ------      ----------------
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                <C>
Net Income available to common stockholders             $ 36,969,000        32,288,313         $ 1.14
                                                                                        ======================
Options issued (See Note 17)                                                   399,467
                                                                      -----------------

Diluted Earnings per Share
Income available to common stockholders plus
      assumed conversions                               $ 36,969,000        32,687,780         $ 1.13
                                                                                        ======================
</TABLE>

19.  CONTINGENCIES

Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor,  along with its subsidiaries,  is a defendant in a
number of legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business.  Homeside,
Inc. Predecessor,  in management's estimation, has recorded adequate reserves in
the financial statements for pending litigation. Management, after reviewing all
actions and proceedings pending against or involving Homeside, Inc. Predecessor,
considers  that the aggregate  liabilities  or loss, if any,  resulting from the
final  outcome  of these  proceedings  will not have a  material  effect  on the
financial  position,  results of  operations  or  liquidity  of  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor.



20.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor offers a 401(k) defined contribution benefit plan in
which  employees may contribute a portion of their  compensation.  Substantially
all  employees  are  eligible  for  participation  in the plan.  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor  matches  100%  of  amounts  contributed  up to 4% of an  employee's
compensation.  Further,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor may contribute  additional
amounts  at its  discretion.  Total  expense  related  to the  benefit  plan was
approximately $3.0 million and $4.0 million for the period from March 1, 1997 to
February  10,  1998 and the period from March 16,  1996 to  February  28,  1997,
respectively.

21.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         For the Period From        For the Three        For the Three        For the Three
                                         December 1, 1997 to         Months Ended         Months Ended         Months Ended
                                           February 10, 1998       November 30, 1997     August 31, 1997      to May 31, 1997
                                         -------------------       -----------------     ---------------      ---------------
                                                                    (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                     <C>                 <C>
     Revenue                             $         62,523        $       72,131          $    72,746         $     67,458
     Expenses                                      36,254                38,537               39,733               37,731
     Provision for income taxes                    10,245                13,102               12,875               11,594
                                         ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------- ---------------------
     Net income                           $        16,024        $       20,492          $    20,138         $     18,133
                                         ======================= ======================= =================== =====================

     Net income per share(1)
            Basic                         $          0.37        $         0.47          $      0.46         $       0.42
            Diluted                       $          0.36        $         0.46          $      0.46         $       0.41
     Weighted average shares
       outstanding(1)
            Basic                              43,483,633            43,472,568           43,472,568           43,472,568
            Diluted                            44,425,067            44,350,533           44,132,639           43,968,011
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------------------
(1)    Net income per share is computed  independently  for each of the quarters
       presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts
       may not equal the  annual  amount.  This is  caused by  rounding  and the
       averaging effect of the number of share equivalents  utilized  throughout
       the year, which changes with the market price of the common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             For the Three         For the Three         For the Three       For the Period From
                                             Months Ended          Months Ended          Months Ended         March 16, 1996
                                          February 28, 1997      November 30, 1996      August 31, 1996      to May 31, 1996
                                          -----------------      -----------------      ---------------      -------------------
                                                                   (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>                  <C>
 Revenue                                  $      63,171          $     62,325           $     57,863         $       33,717
 Expenses                                        40,288                40,655                 40,842                 22,609
 Provision for income taxes                       8,750                 9,015                  6,954                  4,554
 Extraordinary loss from the
   early extinguishment of
   debt, net of tax                               6,440                   -                      -                      -
                                          -------------------- ---------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
 Net income                               $       7,693          $     12,655           $     10,067         $        6,554
                                          ==================== ====================== ==================== =====================
 Net income per share before
       extraordinary loss on early
       extinguishment of debt
(1)
             Basic                        $        0.37          $       0.36           $      0.29          $        0.34
             Diluted                      $        0.37          $       0.36           $      0.29          $        0.34
     Net income per share (1)
             Basic                        $        0.20          $       0.36           $      0.29          $        0.34
             Diluted                      $        0.20          $       0.36           $      0.29          $        0.34
  Weighted average shares
          outstanding (1)
             Basic                           37,743,651            35,020,068            35,020,068             19,040,000
             Diluted                         38,143,118            35,329,380            35,329,380             19,349,312
</TABLE>
- -----------------------------------------
(1)    Net income per share is computed  independently  for each of the quarters
       presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts
       may not equal the  annual  amount.  This is  caused by  rounding  and the
       averaging effect of the number of share equivalents  utilized  throughout
       the year, which changes with the market price of the common stock.

22.  PARENT COMPANY ONLY
       CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            BALANCE SHEETS
                                                              February 10, 1998         February 28, 1997
                                                             ---------------------    -----------------------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
  ASSETS
<S>                                                                     <C>                         <C>
  Investment in subsidiary                                              $700,374                    $629,513
  Other assets                                                            22,202                      17,105
                                                             --------------------      ----------------------
  Total Assets                                                          $722,576                    $646,618
                                                             ====================      ======================
  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                  $ 3,443                     $ 4,322
  Long-term debt                                                         130,000                     130,000
                                                             --------------------      ----------------------
  Total Liabilities                                                      133,443                     134,322
                                                             --------------------      ----------------------
  Commitments and Contingencies
  Stockholders' Equity:
    Common stock                                                             531                         531
    Additional paid-in capital                                           476,846                     476,646
    Retained earnings                                                    111,756                      36,969
                                                             --------------------      ----------------------
                                                                         589,133                     514,146
    Less: Notes received in payment for capital stock                          -                     (1,850)
                                                             --------------------      ----------------------
  Total stockholders' equity                                             589,133                     512,296
                                                             --------------------      ----------------------
  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                            $722,576                    $646,618
                                                             ====================      ======================
</TABLE>


                                    STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      For the Period From           For the Period From
                                                       March 1, 1997 to              March 16, 1996 to
                                                       February 10, 1998             February 28, 1997
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
REVENUES:
<S>                                                                 <C>                            <C>
Dividends from subsidiary                                           $14,712                        $ 16,965
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
  Total Revenues                                                     14,712                          16,965
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
EXPENSES:
Interest expense                                                     14,518                          19,445
Other expenses                                                          131                             842
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
      Total Expenses                                                 14,649                          20,287
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in
  undistributed income of subsidiary
  and extraordinary loss                                                 63                         (3,322)
Income tax benefit                                                    5,713                           8,171
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
Income before equity in undistributed income
  of subsidiary and extraordinary loss                                5,776                          4, 849
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary                         69,011                          38,560
Extraordinary loss, net of tax                                            -                           6,440
                                                     -----------------------     ---------------------------
Net Income                                                          $74,787                         $36,969
                                                     =======================     ===========================

</TABLE>


                                    STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 For the Period From        For the Period From
                                                                    March 1, 1997 to         March 16, 1996 to
                                                                   February 10, 1998         February 28, 1997
                                                            -------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                        <C>                    <C>
Net income                                                                 $ 74,787               $ 36,969
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    Amortization                                                                -                      842
    Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary                          (69,011)               (38,560)
    Deferred income tax benefit                                              (5,713)               ( 8,171)
   Change in other assets and accounts payable
       and accrued liabilities                                               (2,113)                (3,810)
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------
 Net cash used in operating activities                                     $ (2,050)               (12,730)
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital contribution to subsidiary                                              -                 (376,453)
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                           -                 (376,453)
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Issuance of bridge financing                                                    -                   90,000
Repayment of bridge financing                                                   -                  (90,000)
Issuance of Notes                                                               -                  200,000
Payment of debt issue costs                                                     -                  (10,409)
Repayment of long-term debt                                                     -                  (70,000)
Repayment of stockholder loans                                                1,850                    -
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                          200                269,592
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                                     2,050                389,183
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                -                      -
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                      -                      -
                                                                      ---------------        ---------------
                                                                            $   -                  $   -
                                                                      ===============        ===============
</TABLE>

23.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 1, 1998,  Homeside,  Inc.  Predecessor  primary  operating  subsidiary,
HomeSide Lending, Inc. ("HomeSide Lending"), entered into an agreement with Banc
One Mortgage  Corporation  ("Banc One") to acquire the mortgage servicing assets
of Banc One.  HomeSide  Lending and Banc One have also  entered into a Preferred
Partner  agreement,  whereby  Banc One will sell a  significant  portion  of its
residential  mortgage  loans to HomeSide  Lending over the next five years.  The
total purchase  consideration  is $201.0  million cash.  The mortgage  servicing
rights acquired relate to mortgage servicing loans of approximately $18 billion.
The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and is expected to close late
in the second calendar quarter of 1998.

On  April  6,  1998,  Homeside,   Inc.  Predecessor  signed  an  agreement  with
NationsBank  Corporation  whereby  NationsBank  agreed  to sell  Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor a national  wholesale mortgage loan network which was formerly owned
by Barnett Banks, Inc.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     Effective  April 1, 1998,  Homeside,  Inc.  dismissed its prior  certifying
accountants,  Arthur  Andersen,  L.L.P.  and  retained  as  its  new  certifying
accountants,  KPMG  , LLP  Arthur  Andersen's  report  on  HomeSide's  financial
statements  during the two most recent fiscal years and all  subsequent  interim
periods  preceding the date hereof  contained no adverse opinion or a disclaimer
of opinions, and was not qualified as to uncertainty,  audit scope or accounting
principles.  The decision to change  accountants was approved by Homeside,  Inc.
Predecessor's Board of Directors.

     During the last two fiscal years and the  subsequent  interim period to the
date hereof, there were no disagreements between Homeside,  Inc. Predecessor and
Arthur Andersen on any matters of accounting principles or practices,  financial
statement disclosure,  or auditing scope or procedure,  which disagreements,  if
not resolved to the satisfaction of Arthur Andersen would have caused it to make
a reference to the subject matter of the  disagreements  in connection  with its
reports.

     None of the "reportable  events"  described in Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation
S-K occurred  with respect to HomeSide  within the last two fiscal years and the
subsequent interim period to the date hereof.

     Effective  April 1,  1998,  HomeSide  engaged  KPMG , LLP as its  principal
accountants.  During the last two fiscal years and the subsequent interim period
to the date hereof,  HomeSide did not consult KPMG  regarding any of the matters
or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.


                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

                                    DIRECTORS

None of the  following  directors  are  related to any other  director or to any
executive officer of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Position with the Company                                               Year First
                                 or Principal Occupation                                                Elected a
Name of Nominee                 During the Past Five Years                                    Age       Director

<S>                             <C>                                                           <C>       <C>
Joe K. Pickett                  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the      54        1996
                                Company since March 14, 1996.  Chairman of the Board and a
                                Director of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary HomeSide
                                Lending, Inc.  ("HomeSide Lending") since April 1990.
                                Chief Executive Officer of HomeSide Lending from April 1990
                                to April 1999.  Director of Fannie Mae and Baptist Medical
                                Center, Jacksonville, Florida.

- -------------------------------
Hugh R. Harris                  President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since
                                March 16, 1996.  Chief Executive Officer of HomeSide          48        1996
                                Lending since April 1999.  President and Chief Operating
                                Officer of HomeSide Lending from January 1993 to April
                                1999.  Previously, Vice-Chairman of HomeSide Lending.

- -------------------------------
Kevin D. Race                   Vice President of the Company since October 1996.             39        1999
                                President, and Chief Operating Officer of HomeSide Lending
                                since April 1999.  Executive Vice President and Chief
                                Financial Officer of HomeSide Lending from October 1996 to
                                April 1999.

- -------------------------------
Frank J. Cicutto                Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of National     48        1998
                                Australia Bank, Ltd., the parent since 1998.

- -------------------------------
Robert M. Prowse                Chief Financial Officer of National Australia Bank, Ltd.,     55        1998
                                the parent, since January 1998.  Previously Managing
                                Director of Bank of New Zealand from 1992 to 1997.

- -------------------------------
Douglas E. Ebert                Chief Executive Officer of Michigan National Corporation      55        1998
                                and Michigan National Bank since December 1993.  Previously
                                President and Chief Executive Officer of Lincoln National
                                Corporation.

</TABLE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

The  following  table sets forth the name,  age and position with the Company of
each  person  who is an  executive  officer  or  director  of the  Company  (the
"Parent") and the Company's primary operating subsidiary, HomeSide Lending, Inc.
("HomeSide").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Name                       Age          Position
<S>                                       <C>      <C>
       Joe K. Pickett.................... 54       Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Director
       Hugh R. Harris.................... 48       President and Chief Operating Officer; Director
       Kevin D. Race..................... 39       Vice President and Director
       Robert J. Jacobs.................. 47       Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
       Betty L. Francis.................. 53       Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
       Mark F. Johnson................... 45       Vice President - Production
       William Glasgow, Jr............... 50       Vice President - Servicing
       Daniel T. Scheuble................ 41       Vice President - Technology
       W. Blake Wilson................... 33       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
       Ann R. Mackey..................... 42       Senior Vice President and Director of Finance and Treasury of
                                                       HomeSide Lending, Inc.
       Philip G. Laren................... 43       Senior Vice President and Director of Risk Management of HomeSide
                                                       Lending, Inc.
</TABLE>

The  directors  and officers of the Company are elected each year by vote of the
shareholder  and  directors,  respectively.  Each of the officers and  directors
shall serve  until their  successors  are elected and  qualified  or until their
earlier  resignation or removal.  It is expected that corporate  officers of the
Company will be appointed annually by its Board of Directors.

Joe K. Pickett has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer
of the Company  since March 14,  1996.  Mr.  Pickett  also served the  Company's
wholly-owned subsidiary,  HomeSide Lending, Inc., as Chairman of the Board and a
Director  since  April 1990 and as Chief  Executive  Officer  from April 1990 to
April  1999.  From  October  1994  through  October  1995,  Mr.  Pickett  served
concurrently as President of the Mortgage  Bankers  Association of America.  Mr.
Pickett also serves as a Director of Fannie Mae and of Baptist  Medical  Center,
Jacksonville, Florida.

Hugh R.  Harris  has  served as  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of the
Company  since March 1996 and as Chief  Executive  Officer of  HomeSide  Lending
since April 1999. Mr. Harris served as President and Chief Operating  Officer of
HomeSide  Lending from January 1993 to April 1999.  From January 1988 to January
1993, Mr. Harris served as Vice Chairman of HomeSide in charge of production and
secondary marketing. Mr. Harris serves as a Director of Freedom Securities, Inc.

Kevin D. Race has served as Vice President of the Company since October 1996 and
as Chief Financial  Officer from October 1996 to April 1999. Mr. Race has served
as President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of HomeSide  Lending  since April of
1999. Mr. Race served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
HomeSide  Lending from October 1996 to April 1999.  From 1993 to 1996,  Mr. Race
served as Executive Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer and Treasurer of
Fleet Mortgage  Group.  In 1996, Mr. Race was named  president of Fleet Mortgage
Group.   In  1989,  Mr.  Race  served  in  the  mortgage   capital  markets  and
non-conforming  products areas of Fleet Mortgage  Group.  From 1985 to 1989, Mr.
Race served as Vice President and National  Product  Manager for Mortgage Backed
Securities  for  Citicorp.  From 1982 to 1985,  Mr. Race served in the secondary
marketing area of North American Mortgage Company.

Robert J. Jacobs has served as Secretary of the Company since March 14, 1996 and
as Vice  president of the Company since April 10, 1996. Mr. Jacobs has served as
Executive  Vice  President and Secretary of HomeSide  Lending since  February 2,
1996. Mr. Jacobs has served as a Director of HomeSide since March 14, 1996. From
1987 to 1996,  Mr.  Jacobs  served as a Senior  Vice  President  and Chief Legal
Officer of Chase Manhattan Mortgage  Corporation,  and served as General Counsel
for  Citicorp  Savings  of  Florida  from 1984 to 1986.  Mr.  Jacobs is a former
President of the Mortgage Bankers Association of Florida.

Betty L. Francis has served as Chief Credit  Officer  since  October 1996 and as
Vice  President  since April 10,  1996.  Ms.  Francis  served from March 1994 to
October 1996 as Chief  Financial  Officer of HomeSide.  Ms.  Francis served from
April 1993 to March 1994 as the Senior Finance  Officer of the Personal  Banking
Group,  and from April 1990 to April 1993 as the  Comptroller  of Bank of Boston
and BKBC.  Ms.  Francis is a Trustee  of NSTAR,  a gas and  electric  utility in
Massachusetts.

Mark F. Johnson has served as Vice  President of  Production  of HomeSide  since
April 1, 1992.  From 1988 to 1992,  Mr.  Johnson served as Senior Vice President
and Director of Wholesale  Lending for HomeSide.  Mr. Johnson also has served as
Executive Vice President of HomeSide Lending since April 10, 1996.

William  Glasgow,  Jr. has served as Vice President of HomeSide since July 1991.
From October 1989 to July 1991, Mr. Glasgow served as Senior Vice President with
Citicorp  Mortgage Inc. in St. Louis,  Missouri.  Mr.Glasgow  has also served as
Executive Vice President of HomeSide Lending since April 10, 1996.

Daniel T. Scheuble  currently serves as Global IT and Chief Information  Officer
for HomeSide.  Mr. Scheuble has also served as Vice President for Technology And
Loan  Processing  since 1993 and of Consumer  Direct  Lending from 1996 to 1998.
From 1990 to 1992, Mr.  Scheuble  served as a Senior  Technology and Operational
Manager  at Bank of Boston.  Mr.  Scheuble  has also  served as  Executive  Vice
President of HomeSide Lending since April 10, 1996.

W. Blake Wilson has served as Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer since
April 1999 and  Executive  Vice  President  and  Director of Capital  Markets of
HomeSide  Lending from  September  1997 to April 1999. He  previously  served as
Senior Vice President and Director of Capital  Markets of HomeSide  Lending from
June 1996.  Before joining  HomeSide,  Mr. Wilson served in Capital  Markets for
Prudential Home Mortgage  ("PHM") from 1992 through June 1996.  Prior to joining
PHM, he worked in KPMG Peat Marwick's  National Mortgage and Structured  Finance
Group in Washington, D.C.

Ann R. Mackey has served as Senior Vice President of HomeSide Lending since July
1993. Ms. Mackey has also served as Director of Finance and Treasury since April
1999 and as Finance  Director of HomeSide  Lending from July 1993 to April 1999.
From   September  1992  to  July  1993,  Ms.  Mackey  served  as  a  manager  in
International  Risk Management for Bank of Boston.  Ms. Mackey previously served
as Senior Audit Manager at KPMG Peat Marwick from 1985 to 1992.

Philip G. Laren has served as Senior Vice  President of HomeSide  Lending  since
April of 1997. He has served as director of Global Risk Management since July of
1998.  From  1995 to 1997,  he  served as Senior  Vice  President  of  Portfolio
Management  at Fleet  Mortgage  Company in Columbia SC. From 1992 until 1995, he
served as Vice President of  Acquisitions  at Fleet.  Prior to joining Fleet, he
worked at Source One Mogtgage Services in Farmington Hills, Michigan.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to
the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and the  Company's  four most  highly
compensated  executive  officers other than the CEO for all services rendered in
all  capacities  to the Company and its  subsidiaries  for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1999 and the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Summary Compensation Table

                                                                                   Long-Term
                                                                              Compensation Awards
                                                                              -------------------
                                                      Annual Compensation         Securities
           Name and Principal             Fiscal    -------------------------     Underlying                 All Other
    HomeSide International Position        Year       Salary      Bonus             Options                 Compensation
- ---------------------------------------  ---------  ------------ ------------ -------------------- --------------------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>           <C>              <C>                <C>
 Joe K. Pickett .......................   1999     $450,000      $500,000(c)      150,000(d)         $    816,000(j)
        Chairman and CEO                  1998(a)   291,000       500,000(c)       50,000(d)            4,781,171(f)(g)(h)
                                          1998(b)   372,000       500,000          45,000                  23,954
                                          1997      312,000       362,000         242,862(e)               16,135(i)
- --------------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------------- ---------------- -----------------------------
  Hugh R. Harris.......................   1999      435,385       470,000(c)      100,000(d)              816,000(j)
          President and COO               1998(a)   266,000       470,000(c)       45,000(d)            4,748,128(f)(g)(h)
                                          1998(b)   360,000       470,000          45,000                  14,411
                                          1997      300,000       350,000         242,862(e)                7,842(i)
- --------------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------------- --------------- -- ---------------------------
 Kevin D. Race ........................   1999      321,154       300,000(c)       60,000(d)              353,500(j)
       Vice President                     1998(a)   194,000       300,000(c)       35,000(d)            2,374,906(f)(g)(h)
                                          1998(b)   250,000       300,000          45,000                   9,333
                                          1997      250,000(j)    100,000          97,155(e)              419,145(i)(k)
- --------------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------------- ---------------- - ---------------------------
 Mark F. Johnson ......................   1999      240,577       170,000(c)       40,000(d)              378,500(j)
        Vice President                    1998(a)   150,000       200,000(c)       30,000(d)            1,738,281(f)(g)(h)
                                          1998(b)   230,000       200,000          30,000                  10,623
                                          1997      200,000       150,000          97,155(e)                6,714(i)
- --------------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------------- ---------------- - ---------------------------
  William Glasgow, Jr. ...............    1999      240,577       170,000(c)       40,000(d)              378,500(j)
         Vice President                   1998(a)   150,000       200,000(c)       30,000(d)            1,738,281(f)(g)(h)
                                          1998(b)   230,000       200,000          30,000                  14,299
                                          1997      200,000       150,000          97,155(e)                6,522(i)
- --------------------------------------- --------- ------------ ---------------- ---------------- - ---------------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  For the fiscal period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998.

(b)  For the fiscal period from March 1, 1997 to February 10, 1998.

(c)  Bonus amounts relate to the annual bonus under  employment  agreements with
     the National  paid during the year ended  September 30, 1999 and the period
     from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998, respectively.

(d)  Options to purchase  common stock of National  Australia  Bank,  Ltd.,  the
     parent.

(e)  Reflects a 17 for 1 stock  split of the  Company's  Common  Stock  effected
     immediately prior to the Company's January 1997 initial public offering.

(f)  Includes  amounts  received  for  (1)  matching   contributions  under  the
     Company's 401K plan of $6,400 with respect to each  individual,  (2) profit
     sharing  contributions of $9,600 with respect to each  individual,  and (3)
     relocation expenses of $33,043 with respect to Mr. Pickett.

(g)  In consideration of entering into the  Confidentiality  and  Noncompetition
     Agreements with the National,  Messrs.  Pickett,  Harris, Race, Johnson and
     Glasgow  received  a one time cash  payment  in the  amount of  $1,500,000,
     $1,500,000,  $1,000,000, $400,000 and $400,000,  respectively,  immediately
     following the Merger with the National.

(h)  Executive   officers   received  the  following  amounts  with  respect  to
     accelerated  Options  pursuant to the Merger  Agreement:  Joe K.  Pickett -
     $2,380,595,  Hugh R. Harris - $2,380,595,  Kevin D. Race - $1,018,261, Mark
     F. Johnson - $981,636,  and William Glasgow,  Jr. - $981,636.  In addition,
     such individuals  received the following amounts with respect to previously
     vested options pursuant to the Merger Agreement: Joe K. Pickett - $851,533,
     Hugh R.  Harris -  $851,533,  Kevin D.  Race -  $340,645,  Mark F.  Johnson
     $340,645 and William Glasgow, Jr. - $340,645.

(i)  Includes  amounts  received  for  (1)  matching   contributions  under  the
     Company's  savings plan of $6,000 with respect to each of Messrs.  Pickett,
     Harris,  Johnson  Glasgow;  and  (2) the  dollar  value  of life  insurance
     premiums paid by the Company of $10,135 with respect to Mr. Pickett, $1,842
     with respect to Mr. Harris, $74 with respect to Mr. Race, $714 with respect
     to Mr. Johnson, and $522 with respect to Mr. Glasgow.

(j)  Includes  amounts  received  for  (1)  matching   contributions  under  the
     Company's 401K plan of $6,400 with respect to each  individual,  (2) profit
     sharing contributions of $9,600 with respect to each individual, and (3) an
     annual  bonus  pursuant  to their  respective  employment  agreements  (See
     "Employment  Contracts  and  Termination  of Employment  Arrangements")  of
     $800,000 with respect to Messrs. Pickett and Harris,  $337,500 with respect
     to Mr. Race, and $362,500 with respect to Messrs. Johnson and Glasgow.

(k)  The salary of Mr.  Race was per annum.  Mr.  Race has been  employed by the
     Company since October  1996.  Includes a bonus of $375,000  received by Mr.
     Race as an  inducement  to join  the  Company  and  $38,071  in  relocation
     expenses.

Option  Grants for the  Fiscal  Year ended  September  30,  1999 and the  Period
                  from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998

     The following  table provides  information on option grants with respect to
common stock of the parent,  National  Australia Bank, Ltd., for the fiscal year
ended  September 30, 1999 and the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30,
1998 to the named executive officers.  Pursuant to applicable regulations of the
Securities and Exchange commission (the "Commission"),  the following table also
sets forth the hypothetical value which might have been realized with respect to
such  options  based  on  assumed  rates  of  stock  appreciation  of 5% and 10%
compounded annually from date of grant to the end of the option terms:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Individual
                                                 Grants
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Number of       % of Total                                          Potential Realizable Value at
                               Securities        Options                                            Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
                               Underlying       Granted to                                          Price Appreciation for Option
                                Options         Employees       Exercise                                    Term (d)
                      Fiscal    Granted          in the          Price           Expiration         ----------------------
    Name               Year       (#)            period          ($/Sh)             Date                5%           10%
- --------------------- ------- ------------     ------------    -----------    ------------------    ---------    ---------
<S>                    <C>    <C>                   <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>
Joe K. Pickett         1999   150,000 (a)           1%             $18.43         03/19/04          $ 37,500      $772,500
                       1998    50,000 (b)          (c)              11.81         02/26/03           160,233       332,211
- --------------------- ------- ------------ --- ------------ -- ----------- -- ------------------ -- --------- --
Hugh R. Harris         1999   100,000 (a)          (c)              18.43         03/19/04            25,000       515,000
                       1998    45,000 (b)          (c)              11.81         02/26/03           144,210       298,990
- --------------------- ------- ------------ --- ------------ -- ----------- -- ------------------ -- --------- -- ---------
Kevin D. Race          1999    60,000 (a)          (c)              18.43         03/19/04            15,000       309,000
                       1998    35,000 (b)          (c)              11.81         02/26/03           112,163       232,548
- --------------------- ------- ------------ --- ------------ -- ----------- -- ------------------ -- --------- -- ---------
Mark F. Johnson        1999    40,000 (a)          (c)              18.43         03/19/04            10,000       206,000
                       1998    30,000 (b)          (c)              11.81         02/26/03            96,140       199,327
- --------------------- ------- ------------ --- ------------ -- ----------- -- ------------------ -- --------- -- ---------
William Glasgow, Jr.   1999    40,000 (a)          (c)              18.43         03/19/04            10,000       206,000
                       1998    30,000 (b)          (c)              11.81         02/26/03            96,140       199,327
</TABLE>

(a)  Options granted during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 pursuant to
     National  Australia  Bank's Executive Share Option Plan. The options may be
     exercised  during the period  from March 19, 2002 to March 19, 2004 only if
     on any day during this period the total return to shareholders  exceeds 65%
     of the exercise price. The total return includes the value of dividends and
     the share price growth over the relevant period.

(b)  Options  granted  during the period from February 11, 1998 to September 30,
     1998 pursuant to National Australia Bank's Executive Share Option Plan. The
     options  may be  exercised  during the period  from  February  26,  2001 to
     February 26, 2003 only if on any day during this period the total return to
     shareholders  exceeds 65% of the exercise price.  The total return includes
     the value of dividends and the share price growth over the relevant period.

(c)  Represents  less than 1% of the total  options  granted  to the  National's
     employees during the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998.

(d)  These values are based on assumed rates of appreciation only. Actual gains,
     if any, on shares acquired on option  exercises are dependent on the future
     performance  of the  National's  Common  Stock and in  accordance  with the
     Executive  Share Option Plan.  The market  price of the  National's  common
     stock was $14.64 and $12.10 at September  30, 1999 and  September 30, 1998,
     respectively.


                  Aggregated Option Exercises and Option Values
              for the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1999 and the
               Period from February 11, 1998 to September 30, 1998

         The following table provides information on option exercises during the
fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999 and the period from  February 11, 1998 to
September  30, 1998 with  respect to the Common Stock of the National and on the
values of the named  executive  officers'  unexercised  options at September 30,
1999 and September 30, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Shares                           Number of Securities                 Value of Unexercised
                                   Acquired                        Underlying Unexercised                      In-the-Money
                          Fiscal      on          Value            Options at Year-End (#)                   Options at Year-End
         Name              Year    Exercise     Realized      Exercisable        Unexercisable        Exercisable      Unexercisable
- ------------------------ --------- ----------   ----------    -------------    -------------------    ------------    --------------
<S>                        <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>                    <C>         <C>
Joe K. Pickett..........   1999        0            $0             0                150,000                $0              (b)
                           1998        0             0             0                 50,000                 0          $ 14,500 (a)
- ------------------------ --------- ---------- - ---------- -- ------------- -- ------------------- -- ---------- -- ----------------
Hugh R. Harris..........   1999        0             0             0                100,000                 0              (b)
                           1998        0             0             0                 45,000                 0            13,050 (a)
- ------------------------ --------- ---------- - ---------- -- ------------- -- ------------------- -- ---------- -- ----------------
Kevin D. Race..........    1999        0             0             0                 60,000                 0              (b)
                           1998        0             0             0                 35,000                 0            10,150 (a)
- ------------------------ --------- ---------- - ---------- -- ------------- -- ------------------- -- ---------- -- ----------------
Mark F. Johnson.........   1999        0             0             0                 40,000                 0              (b)
                           1998        0             0             0                 30,000                 0             8,700 (a)
- ------------------------ --------- ---------- - ---------- -- ------------- -- ------------------- -- ---------- -- ----------------
 William Glasgow, Jr.      1999        0             0             0                 40,000                 0              (b)
                           1998        0             0             0                 30,000                 0             8,700 (a)
- ------------------------ --------- ---------- - ---------- -- ------------- -- ------------------- -- ---------- -- ----------------
</TABLE>

(a)  Value of unexercised  in-the-money  stock options represents the difference
     between the exercise  price of the stock  options and the closing  price of
     the National's Common Stock on September 30, 1998.

(b)  No options  granted  during the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1999 were
     in-the-money at September 30, 1999.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

On November 16, 1999,  the  Company's  primary  operating  subsidiary,  HomeSide
Lending,  Inc.,  adopted a Long-Term  Incentive  Plan (the "1999  LTIP") for the
benefit  of  designated   members  of  senior   management   and  key  employees
("Participants").  The maximum aggregate amount of awards under the 1999 LTIP is
$15,000,000.  The Company's parent,  National Australia Bank Limited, is funding
the 1999 LTIP. The Company  adopted the 1999 LTIP in satisfaction of commitments
made by  National  Australia  Bank in  connection  with its  acquisition  of the
Company in 1998.  The 1999 LTIP is intended to advance the best interests of the
Company and its  subsidiaries  by providing  annual and long-term  incentives to
senior  management  and key employees who have  substantial  responsibility  for
corporate  management  and  growth.  Specifically,  the 1999 LTIP  provides  for
performance-based  cash incentive awards to senior  management and key employees
based on their individual contributions to the Company's achievement of specific
annual net income targets, thereby increasing the personal stake of Participants
in both  the  annual  and  long-term  success  and  growth  of the  Company  and
encouraging  them to remain in the employ of the  Company.  The 1999 LTIP is the
only long-term incentive plan adopted by the Company.

The 1999 LTIP provides for awards to Participants  based on a number of factors,
including the size of the accumulated  pool on the termination  date of the 1999
LTIP, the past and continued performance of the Participant,  the achievement of
specific annual net income goals by the Company,  and the discretion of the Plan
Committee (as defined in the 1999 LTIP).

The following table sets forth an estimate of long-term  incentive  compensation
earned by the Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer and the  Company's  four most
highly  compensated  executive  officers  for the period from October 1, 1998 to
September  30,  1999.  No  long-term  incentive  compensation  was  paid  to any
executive officer or other Participant during fiscal year 1999.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS
                                                                                   Estimated  Future Payouts under  non-stock
                                                                                   price-based plans (in thousands)
                                                                                 --------------- ---------- ----------------------
                                  Number of
                                  shares,
                                  units or
                                  other         Performance  or other period
   Name of Officer (a)            rights (b)    until  maturation  or payout(c)  Threshold (d)   Target(e)  Maximum (f)
   ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------------------   --------------- ---------- ----------------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>                              <C>             <C>           <C>
   Joe K. Pickett                 NA            March 31, 2001                   0               N/A           $2,500
   ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------------------   --------------- ---------- ----------------------
   Hugh R. Harris                 NA            March 31, 2001                   0               N/A            2,500
   ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------------------   --------------- ---------- ----------------------
   Kevin D. Race                  NA            March 31, 2001                   0               N/A            1,750
   ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------------------   --------------- ---------- ----------------------
   Mark F. Johnson                NA            March 31, 2001                   0               N/A            1,000
   ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------------------   --------------- ---------- ----------------------
   William Glasgow, Jr.           NA            March 31, 2001                   0               N/A            1,000
   ------------------------------ ------------- ------------------------------   --------------- ---------- ----------------------
</TABLE>


(a)  Pursuant to Item 402(a)3 of  Regulation  S-K,  disclosure is made as to Mr.
     Pickett,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and the  Company's  four most  highly
     compensated officers other than the CEO.

(b)  The 1999 LTIP does not provide for a specified  number of shares,  units or
     other rights on a per  Participant  basis.  Rather,  the Plan Committee has
     full   discretion   to  allocate   incentive   compensation   awards  among
     Participants.

(c)  The 1999 LTIP provides incentive compensation for performance over a 3-year
     Plan Period (as defined in the 1999 LTIP),  with awards  payable at the end
     of the Plan Period.  The Plan Period  commences  March 31, 1998 and ends on
     March 31, 2001,  provided however in the event the total award pool has not
     been  earned by March 31,  2001,  the Plan  Period will extend to March 31,
     2002.  Payments  to  Participants  will be made on or before  May 15,  2001
     (subject to  extension  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Plan),
     provided the Participants satisfies the continued employment requirement of
     the 1999 LTIP or the  individual  Participant's  employment  agreement,  as
     applicable.  However,  payments may be made to  Participants  prior to that
     date under certain circumstances,  including death, disability, retirement,
     termination  other than for cause,  resignation  and  transfer,  subject to
     applicable provisions in the employment agreements of certain Participants.

(d)  There is no minimum  award payable  under the 1999 LTIP.  Rather,  the Plan
     Committee  (or, in certain  instances as set forth in the Plan,  individual
     members  of the Plan  Committee)  has full  discretion  to award  incentive
     compensation or not.

(e)  The 1999 LTIP does not provide for  individual  target  goals or  specified
     incentive compensation payable to individual Participants for achieving any
     target.

(f)  The 1999 LTIP does not provide for a maximum incentive  compensation award.
     However,  the table  sets  forth  estimated  maximum  payouts  to the named
     executive officers.

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment Arrangements

     Certain of the Company's  executive  officers  including  each of the named
executive  officers are party to employment  agreements  and/or  non-competition
agreements with the Company. The Company is therefore contractually obligated to
continue to pay such salaries during the executive  officer's term of employment
with the Company.

     Employment Agreements with the National and the Company. In connection with
the  acquisition  of  HomeSide by the  National,  the  National  and the Company
entered into employment  agreements  (the  "Employment  Agreement")  with Joe K.
Pickett,  Hugh R.  Harris,  Kevin D. Race,  W. Blake  Wilson,  Mark F.  Johnson,
William Glasgow,  Jr. and five other officers of the Company (the "Executives").
Each Employment  Agreement  became effective upon the consummation of the merger
with  the  National  (the  "Merger")  and  provides  for a  three-year  term  of
employment  commencing upon the  consummation of the Merger.  Mr. Pickett serves
as Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  Mr. Harris serves as
President and Chief Operating  Officer of the Company.  Mr. Race serves and Vice
President  of the  Company.  Mr.  Wilson  serves  and Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer of the Company.  Mr. Johnson serves as Vice  President,  Loan
Production,  for  the  Company.  Mr.  Glasgow  serves  as Vice  President,  Loan
Administration, for the Company.

     Pursuant  to  their  respective  Employment  Agreements,  Messrs.  Pickett,
Harris,  Race,  Wilson,  Johnson  and Glasgow  each (i)  receives an annual base
salary  of  $450,000,  $410,000,  $300,000,  $200,000,  $230,000  and  $230,000,
respectively,  (ii)  receives a guaranteed  annual bonus of $800,000,  $800,000,
$337,500,  $200,000, $362,500 and $362,500 respectively,  payable on each of the
first and second  anniversaries of the Effective Time, February 10, 1998, of the
Merger,  (iii) is eligible to  participate  in the  Company's  annual bonus plan
("ABP"),  (iv) is eligible to  participate  in the  National's  Executive  Share
Option  Plan,  and  received  an initial  grant of options to  purchase  50,000,
45,000, 35,000,  30,000,  30,000, and 30,000 NAB ordinary shares,  respectively,
and (v) is eligible to participate in a long-term  incentive plan (funded by the
National with a cash pool not in excess of  $15,000,000),  the first award under
such plan (the  "Anniversary  Award") to be  payable in a lump sum cash  payment
within 30 days  following the third  anniversary  of the  effective  time of the
Merger (the "Anniversary Date"),  provided that the Executive is employed by the
Company on the  Anniversary  Date.  The Employment  Agreements  provide that the
National  shall  cause  the  entire  long-term  incentive  plan  cash pool to be
distributed to eligible Company  executives.  The Employment  Agreements for the
five other officers provide for annual base salaries aggregating  $920,000,  and
guaranteed annual bonuses aggregating  $512,500;  and such officers will receive
in the  aggregate  initial  grants of options to purchase  120,000 NAB  ordinary
shares and will be eligible to  participate  in the Company's  annual bonus plan
and in the  long-term  incentive  plan  referred  to in clause  (v)  above.  The
Employment  Agreements  also provide that each Executive will be (i) entitled to
participate in employee benefit plans as may be in effect for senior  executives
of the Company from time to time,  (ii)  entitled to paid vacation in accordance
with the vacation policy  applicable to the Company's senior  executives,  (iii)
reimbursed by the Company for reasonable  business expenses and (iv) entitled to
receive the same perquisites that such Executives received  immediately prior to
the  Effective  Time.  The  Employment  Agreements  further  provide  that  each
Executive  will  be  eligible  to   participate   in  a  nonqualified   deferred
compensation  plan to which such Executive may elect to defer any amount of such
Executive's cash compensation.

     Each Employment Agreement may be terminated by the applicable Executive for
"good  reason" and by the Company for  "cause," as such terms are defined in the
Employment Agreements, or by voluntary resignation of the Executive, upon ninety
(90) days'  written  notice  provided the Executive  waives any amounts  payable
under the Employment Agreement and provided further that Executive's obligations
under the  Confidentiality  and  Noncompetition  Agreement  (described below) to
which such Executive is a party remain  unaffected by such  resignation.  In the
event that the Company  terminates  the  Executive's  employment  for any reason
other than cause or disability or the Executive  terminates  his  employment for
good  reason,  the  Company  is  obligated  to  (A)  pay to  the  Executive  his
Anniversary  Award pursuant to the long-term  incentive plan if he is terminated
prior to the third  anniversary  of the Merger and (B) (i) pay to the  Executive
for the twenty-four  (24) month period ( the eighteen (18) month period,  in the
case of each  Executive  other than Messrs.  Pickett and Harris)  following  the
Executive's  termination  (the  "Continuation  Period"),  an amount equal to his
average  monthly  base  salary  for the two year  period  (or  portion  thereof)
immediately  preceding  the  date of  termination,  plus  (ii) at the end of the
Continuation  Period,  an amount  equal to two times (1.5 times,  in the case of
each  Executive  other than  Messrs.  Pickett and Harris) the average of (x) the
Executive's  target bonus under the ABP for the year in which termination occurs
and (y) the annual bonus under the ABP for the year  immediately  preceding  the
year in which termination  occurs,  (iii) the pro rata portion of the guaranteed
annual bonus,  if any, for the year of termination and (iv) the pro rata portion
of  Executive's  ABP  award for the year of  termination,  and (C)  provide  the
Executive  during the  Continuation  Period with  continued  coverage  under the
Company's health, life and disability  insurance plans,  provided that Executive
continues  to  contribute  the  employee  share of the cost  applicable  to such
coverages.  The amounts  under  clauses (B) (i) and (ii) and the coverage  under
clause (C) in the immediately preceding sentence will be payable or provided, as
the case may be, only so long as the  Executive  complies  with his  obligations
under the  confidentiality  and  Noncompetition  Agreement  (described below) to
which such Executive is a party.

     In the event an Executive's  employment is terminated by reason of death or
disability,  the Company shall pay such Executive (or his designated beneficiary
or  estate,  as the case may be) the  pro-rated  portion  of (i) the  guaranteed
annual bonus,  if any, for the year of termination  of employment,  (ii) any ABP
award  such  Executive  would  have  received  for the  year of  termination  of
employment, and (iii) any applicable award payable under the long-term incentive
plan (which is the  Anniversary  Award in the event of termination of employment
on or before the third anniversary of the Merger).

     Each Employment  Agreement  provides that the Executive  waives any and all
rights to benefits  payable  under any prior  severance  agreement  to which the
Executive and the Company are parties and agrees that such  severance  agreement
shall be void and of no further  effect and shall be  superseded in its entirety
by the Employment Agreement.

  Deferred Compensation Plan

     The Company has adopted that certain NAB Group - USA Deferred  Compensation
Plan, effective as of February 10, 1998 (the "Plan"), for the benefit of certain
employees of the  Company's  subsidiary,  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.,  all of whom
constitute  a  select  group  of  management  or  highly  compensated  employees
("Participants").  Pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Section  2.16 of the  Plan,
HomeSide Lending, Inc. was designated a Participating Employer.

     The purpose of the Plan is to provide participants the opportunity to defer
receipt of salary,  bonus,  and other specified cash  compensation.  The Plan is
intended  to  benefit  a  "select  group of  management  or  highly  compensated
employees"  within the  meaning of  Sections  201,  301 and 401 of the  Employee
Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended  ("ERISA"),  and to be
therefore exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

     Payments  from  the  Plan  are  made  to  Participants   upon  termination,
disability,  death, or upon approval of a withdrawal  request based on financial
hardship.  In addition,  the Plan  provides  that,  upon a Change in Control (as
defined in the Plan) of the Company,  each Participant's account balance will be
valued as of the last date of the month in which the Change in  Control  occurs,
and shall be paid to each Participant in accordance with the payment  provisions
of the Plan.

     The Company has the right to withhold  from any payment made under the Plan
(or any amount  deferred into the Plan) any taxes required by law to be withheld
in respect of such  payment (or  deferral).  The  Company,  together  with other
Participating  Employers  (as  defined  in the  Plan),  bears  the  expenses  of
administering the Plan.

     The Deferred  Compensation  Committee (as that term is defined in the Plan)
may at any time  modify,  amend,  or  terminate  the  Plan,  provided  that such
modification,  amendment,  or termination shall not cancel, reduce, or otherwise
adversely affect the amount of benefits of any Participant accrued (and any form
of  payment  elected)  as of the date of any such  modification,  amendment,  or
termination, without the consent of the Participant.


ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Capital Stock of the Company

     All of the  outstanding  common  stock  of  HomeSide  International,  Inc.,
consisting of 1 share, is owned by the National.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

On June 23, 1998,  HomeSide entered into an agreement for an unsecured revolving
credit  facility with the National.  The agreement was amended on June 22, 1999.
Under the credit  facility,  HomeSide can borrow up to $2.5 billion,  subject to
limits imposed by regulatory  authorities.  As of September 30, 1999, Australian
financial  regulations limited the National's ability to lend funds to HomeSide,
a non-bank affiliate, to approximately $2.1 billion. Borrowings under the credit
facility may be overnight or for periods of 7, 30, 60 or 90 days.  For overnight
borrowings,  the interest rate is determined by HomeSide and the National at the
time of the  borrowing.  For  LIBOR - based  borrowings,  the  interest  rate is
charged at the corresponding LIBOR rate. At September 30, 1999 and September 30,
1998, the amount outstanding under this credit facility totaled $1.5 billion and
$1.8 billion,  respectively.  The weighted  average interest rate on outstanding
borrowings  under this credit  facility during the year ended September 30, 1999
and the period  from  February  11,  1998 to  September  30, 1998 were 5.22% and
5.67%, respectively.


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

    (a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

         1.  Financial Statements:  See Part II, Item 7 hereof.

         2.  Financial Statement Schedule and Auditors' Report

All schedules  omitted are inapplicable or the information  required is shown in
the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

         3. The following exhibits are submitted herewith:

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all Exhibits are incorporated by reference to the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-17685. Number Description

3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of HomeSide Lending, Inc.

3.2  By-Laws of HomeSide Lending, Inc.

4.1  Form of Common Stock Certificate

10.1 Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated  December  11, 1995  between  HomeAmerica
     Capital,  Inc.  (currently known as HomeSide,  Inc.) and The First National
     Bank of Boston (the "BBMC Purchase Agreement")

10.2 Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 15, 1996, to the BBMC Purchase Agreement

10.3 Marketing  Agreement dated as of March 15, 1996 between HomeSide,  Inc. and
     The First National Bank of Boston

10.4 Repurchase of Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights Letter  Agreement  between The
     First National Bank of Boston  (currently  known as  BankBoston,  N.A.) and
     BancBoston Mortgage Corporation (currently known as HomeSide Lending, Inc.)

10.5 Operating  Agreement  effective  as of March  15,  1996  between  The First
     National  Bank  of  Boston  (currently  known  as  BankBoston,   N.A.)  and
     BancBoston Mortgage Corporation (currently known as HomeSide Lending, Inc.)

10.6 Brokered  Loan  Purchase  and Sale  Agreement  dated as of March  15,  1996
     between  BancBoston  Mortgage  Corporation  (currently  known  as  HomeSide
     Lending,  Inc.) and each of The First  National  Bank of Boston  (currently
     known  as  BankBoston  N.A.),  Bank of  Boston  Connecticut,  Rhode  Island
     Hospital Trust National Bank and Bank of Boston Florida, N.A.

10.7 Master Take-Out  Commitment  dated as of March 15, 1996 between  BancBoston
     Mortgage Corporation  (currently known as HomeSide Lending,  Inc.) and each
     of The First National Bank of Boston (currently known as BankBoston, N.A.),
     Bank of Boston  Connecticut,  Rhode Island Hospital Trust National Bank and
     Bank of Boston Florida, N.A.

10.8 Neighborhood  Assistance  Corporation  of America  Mortgage  Loan  Take-Out
     Commitment  dated  as  of  March  15,  1996  between  BancBoston   Mortgage
     Corporation  (currently  known as  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.)  and The First
     National Bank of Boston (currently known as BankBoston, N.A.)

10.9(DELTA) PMSR Flow  Agreement  dated as of March 15, 1996 between  BancBoston
     Mortgage Corporation  (currently known as HomeSide Lending,  Inc.) and each
     of The First national Bank of Boston (currently known as BankBoston, N.A.),
     Bank of Boston  Connecticut,  Rhode Island Hospital Trust National Bank and
     Bank of Boston Florida, N.A.

10.10(DELTA)  Mortgage  Loan  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of March  15,  1996
     between  BancBoston  Mortgage  Corporation  (currently  known  as  HomeSide
     Lending,  Inc.)  and each of the First  National  Bank of  Boston,  Bank of
     Boston  Connecticut,  Rhode Island Hospital Trust National Bank and Bank of
     Boston Florida, N.A.

10.11Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated as of March 4, 1996 between Grant America,
     Inc. (currently known as HomeSide,  Inc.) and Barnett Banks, Inc. (the "BMC
     Purchase Agreement")

10.12 Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 31, 1996, to the BMC Purchase Agreement

10.13Tax Indemnity  Letter  Agreement  dated as of March 4, 1996 between Barnett
     Mortgage Company (currently known as HomeSide  Holdings,  Inc.) and Barnett
     Banks, Inc.

10.14Amended and Restated  Shareholder  Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 among
     HomeSide, Inc. and the shareholders thereof

10.15Amended and  Restated  Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated as of May 31,
     1996 between HomeSide, Inc. and certain shareholders thereof

10.16Marketing  Agreement  dated as of May 31, 1996 between  HomeSide,  Inc. and
     Barnett Banks, Inc.

10.17Transitional  Services  Agreement  dated as of may 31, 1996 between Barnett
     Banks,   Inc.,  Barnett  Mortgage  Company  (currently  known  as  HomeSide
     Holdings, Inc.) and HomeSide, Inc.

10.18Operating  Agreement  dated as of May 31, 1996  between  HomeSide  Lending,
     Inc. and Barnett Banks, Inc.

10.19(DELTA) Mortgage Loan Servicing  Agreement dated as of April,  1996 between
     HomeSide Lending, Inc. and Barnett Banks, Inc.

10.20(DELTA)  PMSR Flow  Agreement  dated as of May 31,  1996  between  HomeSide
     Lending, Inc. and Barnett Banks, Inc.

10.21Correspondent  Agreement dated May 16, 1996 between HomeSide Lending,  Inc.
     and Barnett Banks, Inc.

10.22Delegated  Underwriting Agreement dated as of May 15, 1996 between HomeSide
     Lending, Inc. and HomeSide Holdings, Inc.

10.23* Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement dated as of January 31, 1997 among
     HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.,  Honolulu  Mortgage  Company,  Inc.,  the Lenders
     parties thereto,  and The Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrative Agent (the
     "Credit Agreement")

10.24* Amended and Restated  Holdings  Pledge  Agreement dated as of January 31,
     1997 between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  and The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  as
     Administrative Agent for the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement

10.25* Amended  and  Restated  HomeSide  Lending  Pledge  Agreement  dated as of
     January 31, 1997 between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. and The Chase  Manhattan
     Bank,  as  Administrative  Agent  for the  Lenders  parties  to the  Credit
     Agreement

10.26* Amended and  Restated BMC Pledge  Agreement  dated as of January 31, 1997
     between  HomeSide   Holdings,   Inc.  and  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  as
     Administrative Agent for the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement

10.27Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated as of May 14,  1996 among  HomeSide,
     Inc.  and  Merrill  Lynch & Co.,  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  & Smith
     Incorporated, Smith Barney Inc. and Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

10.28* Amended and Restated  Holdings  Guaranty  dated as of January 31, 1997 by
     HomeSide,  Inc. in favor of The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  as  Administrative
     Agent for the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement

10.29* Amended and Restated  HomeSide  Lending  Guaranty dated as of January 31,
     1997 by HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. in favor of The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, as
     Administrative Agent for the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement

10.30* Amended and Restated  Subsidiaries  Guaranty dated as of January 31, 1997
     by each of SWD Properties,  Inc.,  Stockton Plaza,  Inc.,  HomeSide Lending
     Mortgage Securities,  Inc. and Honolulu Mortgage Company,  Inc. in favor of
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, as  Administrative  Agent for the Lenders parties
     to the Credit Agreement

10.31* Amended  and  Restated  BMC  Guaranty  dated as of  January  31,  1997 by
     HomeSide  Holdings,   Inc.  in  favor  of  The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  as
     Administrative Agent for the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement

10.32* Amended and Restated Security and Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of
     January 31, 1997 between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. and The Chase  Manhattan
     Bank,  as  Administrative  Agent  for the  Lenders  parties  to the  Credit
     Agreement

10.33* Amended and Restated Security and Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of
     January 31, 1997  between  Honolulu  Mortgage  Company,  Inc. and The Chase
     Manhattan  Bank,  as  Administrative  Agent for the Lenders  parties to the
     Credit Agreement

10.34* Amended and Restated Security and Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of
     January 31, 1997 between  HomeSide  Holdings,  Inc. and The Chase Manhattan
     Bank,  as  Administrative  Agent  for the  Lenders  parties  to the  Credit
     Agreement

10.35*  Intercreditor  Agreement  dated  as of May  31,  1996  between  HomeSide
     Lending, Inc. HomeSide Holdings,  The Bank of New York, as Trustee, and The
     Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement

10.36 HomeSide, Inc. Time Accelerated Restricted Stock Option Plan

10.37 HomeSide, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

10.38Class B Non-Voting  Common Stock Issuance  Agreement  dated as of March 14,
     1996 between HomeSide, Inc. and Smith Barney Inc.

10.39Transitional  Services  Agreement  dated as of March 15,  1996  between The
     First National Bank of Boston  (currently  known as  BankBoston,  N.A.) and
     BancBoston Mortgage Corporation (currently known as HomeSide Lending, Inc.)

10.40Transitional  Services  Agreement  dated as of March 15,  1996  between The
     First National Bank of Boston  (currently  known as  BankBoston,  N.A.) and
     BancBoston Mortgage corporation (currently known as HomeSide Lending, Inc.)

10.41Management  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  15,  1996  between  BancBoston
     Mortgage  Corporation  (currently known as HomeSide Lending,  Inc.) and The
     First National Bank of Boston (currently known as BankBoston, N.A.)

10.42Management  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  15,  1996  between  BancBoston
     Mortgage Corporation (currently known as HomeSide Lending, Inc.) and Thomas
     H. Lee Company

10.43Management  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  15,  1996  between  BancBoston
     Mortgage  Corporation  (currently  known as  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.)  and
     Madison Dearborn Partners, Inc.

10.44Management   Stockholder  Agreement  dated  as  of  May  15,  1996  between
     HomeSide,  Inc.,  The  First  National  Bank  of  Boston  (currently  known
     BankBoston,  N.A.),  Thomas  H. Lee  Equity  Fund  III,  L.P.  and  certain
     affiliates  thereof,  Madison Dearborn Capital  Partners,  L.P. and certain
     employees of HomeSide Lending, Inc. and its subsidiaries

10.45Management  Agreement  dated as of May 31, 1996 between  HomeSide  Lending,
     Inc. and Barnett Banks, Inc.

10.46 Form of HomeSide Severance Agreement

10.47* Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated  January 15, 1997  between  HomeSide
     Lending, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank

10.48* First  Amendment  dated February 28, 1997 to Loan and Security  Agreement
     dated  January  15,  1997  between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  and The Chase
     Manhattan Bank

10.49* Second  Amendment  dated  March 31, 1997 to Loan and  Security  Agreement
     dated  January  15,  1997  between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  and The Chase
     Manhattan Bank.

10.50* Loan and  Security  Agreement  dated  March  14,  1997  between  HomeSide
     Lending, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Mortgage Capital Inc.

10.51* First Amendment dated March 31, 1997 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
     March 14, 1997 between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. and Merrill Lynch Mortgage
     Capital Inc.

10.52* Third Amendment dated April 11, 1997 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
     January 15, 1997 between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. and The Chase  Manhattan
     Bank.

10.53* Second  Amendment  dated  April 14, 1997 to Loan and  Security  Agreement
     dated March 14, 1997  between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  and Merrill  Lynch
     Mortgage Capital Inc.

10.54* Fourth  Amendment  dated  April 29, 1997 to Loan and  Security  Agreement
     dated  January  15,  1997  between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.  and The Chase
     Manhattan Bank.

10.55* Third Amendment dated April 29, 1997 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
     March 14, 1997 between  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc. and Merrill Lynch Mortgage
     Capital Inc.

10.56* Amendment dated as of September 30, 1997 to the Credit Agreement dated as
     of January 31, 1997.

10.57* Second  Amendment  dated as of December 31, 1997 to the Credit  Agreement
     dated as of January 31, 1997.

10.58* Employment  Agreement and Confidentiality and Non-Competition  Agreement,
     each dated as of October 25, 1997, each between HomeSide Lending,  Inc. and
     Joe K. Pickett.

10.59* Employment  Agreement and Confidentiality and Non-Competition  Agreement,
     each dated as of October 25, 1997, each between HomeSide Lending,  Inc. and
     Hugh R. Harris.

10.60* Employment  Agreement and Confidentiality and Non-Competition  Agreement,
     each dated as of October 25, 1997, each between HomeSide Lending,  Inc. and
     Kevin D. Race.

10.61* Employment  Agreement and Confidentiality and Non-Competition  Agreement,
     each dated as of October 25, 1997, each between HomeSide Lending,  Inc. and
     William Glasgow.

10.62* Employment  Agreement and Confidentiality and Non-Competition  Agreement,
     each dated October 25, 1997, each between HomeSide Lending,  Inc., and Mark
     F. Johnson.

10.63 HomeSide Lending, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan

10.64 NAB Group - USA Deferred Compensation Plan, effective February 10, 1998.

10.65 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  among  HomeSide Lending,  Inc.,  the Lenders
     parties thereto, and The Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrative Agent

21.1* List of subsidiaries of HomeSide Lending, Inc.

23.6(a)  Consent of  Hutchins,  Wheeler & Dittmar,  A  Professional  Corporation
     (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1 Powers of Attorney

26.0 Excerpts from 1997 and 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders

26.1 Item 15 of the Company's Registration Statement on form S-1, No. 333-17685

27.1 Financial Data Schedule

- ----------------

*    Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibits of  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.'s (a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Registrant  Registration  Statement on Form
     S-1, Registration No. 333-21193

(DELTA) Portions of this Exhibit  have been omitted  pursuant to an order by the
     Securities and Exchange Commission granting confidential treatment.


     (b)   Reports on form 8-K

     HomeSide  filed no  reports  on form 8-K  during  the  three  months  ended
September 30, 1999.



<PAGE>





                                   SIGNATURES


    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                                     HomeSide International, Inc.
                                     (Registrant)

                                     By:   /s/__________________
                                           Joe K. Pickett
                                           Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed by the  following  persons in the  capacities  and on the
dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Signature                                   Title                      Date

<S>                            <C>                                              <C>
/s/_______________             Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer   December 23, 1999
     Joe K. Pickett

/s/_______________             President, Chief Operating Officer and Director  December 23, 1999
     Hugh R. Harris

/s/_______________             Vice President and Chief Financial Officer       December 23, 1999
     W. Blake Wilson

/s/_______________              Vice President and Director                     December 23, 1999
     Kevin D. Race

/s/_______________              Director                                        December 23, 1999
     Douglas E. Ebert


/s/________________             Director
   Frank J. Cicutto

/s/________________             Director
   Robert M. Prowse
</TABLE>

                             HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.
                            LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN





                     PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT INDICATED BY
                                  "* * * * *"
                         HAVE BEEN REDACTED PURSUANT TO
                      A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
               FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


<PAGE>






                             HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.
                            LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN



     THIS  INDENTURE  made as of the  16th  day of  November,  1999 by  HOMESIDE
LENDING,  INC., a corporation  duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Florida  (hereinafter called the "Plan Sponsor") and NATIONAL AUSTRALIA
BANK  LIMITED,  a company  incorporated  under the laws of  Victoria,  Australia
(hereinafter called the "Parent");


W I T N E S S E T H:


     WHEREAS,  the Plan  Sponsor  desires to  encourage  and retain  certain key
employees to achieve performance targets specified in this plan in order to grow
the HomeSide business and increase shareholder value;

     WHEREAS,  the plan herein  embodied is intended to be a plan  described  in
Section  301(a)(3) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA");

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Plan  Sponsor  does  hereby  establish  the  HomeSide
Lending,  Inc. Long Term  Incentive  Plan (the "Plan"),  effective as October 1,
1999, to read as follows:

                HOMESIDE LENDING, INC. LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


                                                                            Page

SECTION 1         DEFINITIONS................................................1
SECTION 2         ELIGIBILITY................................................4
SECTION 3         U.S. PEFORMANCE TARGETS....................................5
SECTION 4         HOMESIDE AUSTRALIA PROJECT.................................6
SECTION 5         PAYMENT OF AWARDS..........................................7
SECTION 6         ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.................................9
SECTION 7         CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE....................................11
SECTION 8         LIMITATION OF ASSIGNMENT, PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY
                  INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEES AND UNCLAIMED PAYMENTS...........13
SECTION 9         LIMITATION OF RIGHTS......................................14
SECTION 10        AMENDMENT TO OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN...................15
SECTION 11        MISCELLANEOUS.............................................16





<PAGE>




                                   SECTION 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     Wherever used herein,  the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include the
feminine,  and the  singular to include the plural,  unless the context  clearly
indicates otherwise and the following words and phrases shall, when used herein,
have the meanings set forth below:

     1.1.  "Australia  Performance  Targets"  means those  targets  described in
Section 4.

     1.2. "Award" means each  Participant's  individual  allocation of the total
amount  available for payment under the Plan upon  satisfaction  of  performance
targets.

     1.3.  "Beneficiary" means the person or trust that a Participant designated
most recently in writing to the Plan Committee;  provided,  however, that if the
Participant has failed to make a designation,  no person designated is alive, no
trust has been established,  or no successor Beneficiary has been designated who
is alive, the term "Beneficiary" means (a) the Participant's spouse or (b) if no
spouse is alive, the Participant's surviving children, or (c) if no children are
alive, the  Participant's  parent or parents,  or (d) if no parent is alive, the
legal representative of the deceased Participant's estate.

     1.4. "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Plan Sponsor.

     1.5. "Cause" shall mean only:

          (i) the willful and continued  failure (not resulting from disability)
     by the individual to perform substantially the individual's duties with The
     Plan Sponsor after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the
     individual  by the board of  directors  of the Plan Sponsor or the board of
     directors of Parent which  specifically  identifies the manner in which the
     board  of  directors  of  Parent  believes  that  the  individual  has  not
     substantially performed the individual's duties of employment

          (ii) gross  negligence or willful  misconduct by the individual in the
     execution of the individual's  duties, which is materially injurious to the
     Plan Sponsor;

          (iii)  conviction of the individual of, or a plea in a court of law by
     the  individual  of no contest or guilty  to, or  written  admission  to, a
     criminal charge which constitutes a felony;

          (iv) use by the  individual  of alcohol  or drugs or other  controlled
     substances which interferes with the performance of the individual's duties
     or which compromises,  or could compromise, the integrity and reputation of
     the Plan  Sponsor or Parent,  their  affiliates,  their  employees or their
     products;

          (v) willful breach by the individual of a material policy,  program or
     rule of the Plan  Sponsor or the Parent.

          No  act,  or  failure  to  act,  on the  individual's  part  shall  be
     considered  "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the individual
     in bad faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was
     in, or not  opposed  to,  the best  interests  of the Plan  Sponsor  or the
     Parent.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to
     a  resolution  duly  adopted  by the Plan  Sponsor  or Parent or based upon
     written  advice  of  counsel  for the  Plan  Sponsor  or  Parent  shall  be
     conclusively  presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the individual
     in good faith and in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor.

     1.6. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     1.7.  "Disability"  means a  disability  such that in the sole  opinion  of
Parent (determined in good faith) renders the Participant  incapable of properly
performing  services under the individual's  employment  agreement with the Plan
Sponsor for the remainder of the Plan Period.

     1.8.   "Good  Reason"  shall  exist  upon  the   occurrence,   without  the
individual's express written consent, of any of the following events:

          (i) the Plan Sponsor assigns to the individual  full-time  duties of a
     substantially non executive or non managerial nature;

          (ii) only where the individual has a written employment  contract with
     the Plan Sponsor, a material adverse change in the individual's position as
     an executive officer of the Plan Sponsor including,  without limitation, an
     adverse  change in the  individual's  position as a result of a significant
     diminution in the individual's duties and responsibilities;

          (iii) the Plan Sponsor  materially reduces the salary or adversely (to
     the  individual)  affects  the  method of  calculation  of  bonuses  of the
     individual or materially reduces the individuals benefits and perquisites;

          (iv) where a written  employment  agreement  exists  between  the Plan
     Sponsor and an individual,  the Plan Sponsor  defaults in performing any of
     its material  obligations  contained in the individual's written employment
     agreement; or

          (v) where a  written  employment  agreement  exists  between  the Plan
     Sponsor and an  individual,  the Plan Sponsor  requires the  individual  to
     relocate the  individual's  principal office beyond a radius of fifty miles
     from the individual's office as at the date of this indenture.

          "Good Reason" shall not exist until after the individual has given the
     chairman of the Board of  Directors  written  notice (the  "Notice") of the
     applicable  event  within  90 days of such  event  and  such  event  is not
     remedied   within  30  days  after  receipt  of  the  Notice   specifically
     delineating such claimed event and setting forth the individual's intention
     to terminate  employment if not remedied;  provided,  that if the specified
     event cannot  reasonably be remedied within such 30-day period and the Plan
     Sponsor commences reasonable steps within such 30-day period to remedy such
     event and  diligently  continues  such steps  thereafter  until a remedy is
     effected,  such event shall not constitute "Good Reason" provided that such
     event is remedied within 60 days after receipt of the Notice.

     1.9.  "Participant" means those executives designated in Section 2 who have
been  determined  by the Plan  Committee  to be a member of a  "select  group of
management  and  highly  compensated  employees,"  within  the  meaning of ERISA
Section 301(a)(3).

     1.10. "Plan Committee" means a committee  consisting of the Chairman of the
Board of  Directors  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Plan  Sponsor  and the
Managing Director of National Australia Bank Limited.

     1.11. "Plan Period" means the period beginning on March 31, 1998 and ending
on March 31,  2001.  If the Total  Award  Pool has not been  earned by March 31,
2001, the Plan Period will extend to March 31, 2002.

     1.12.  "Total  Award Pool" means US$ 15 million,  divided as  specified  in
Section 3.1 and 4.1.

     1.13. "US Performance Targets" means those targets described in Section 3.

                                   SECTION 2
                                  ELIGIBILITY

     2.1. Only the following  designated  executives will be Participants  under
the Plan:

                                   * * * * *

     2.2. For certain purposes, the Participants will be designated as either in
Group 1, Group 2, or Group 3. The only  persons  entitled  to know which group a
Participant  is in are the Plan  Committee and those  persons  designated by the
Plan Committee.

                                   SECTION 3
                            U.S. PERFORMANCE TARGETS

     3.1. The portion of the Total Award Pool which is based on U.S. Performance
Targets will be US$ ***** million, subject to Section 4.4.

     3.2. The portion of the Total Award Pool that is based on U.S.  Performance
Targets will accrue annually based on the following formula:

                                   * * * * *

     3.3. Construction.

                                   * * * * *


     3.4. The following table sets out the maximum  cumulative  accrual for each
year during the Plan Period based on U.S. Performance Targets:


                                   * * * * *

                                   SECTION 4
                           HOMESIDE AUSTRALIA PROJECT

     4.1.  The  portion of the Total  Award Pool which is based on the  HomeSide
Australia Project will be US$ * * * * * million, to be payable after achievement
of performance  targets and as soon as practicable after March 31, 2001, but not
later than May 15, 2001

          (a) Individual Performance Targets and Accruals
                                   * * * * *

     4.2.  The Plan  Committee  will  determine  whether  the above  performance
targets have been met. If the Plan Committee  fails to  unanimously  agree as to
satisfaction of a performance target the matter will be referred to arbitration.
The accrual for each  performance  target will be pro-rated for performance that
falls between the above levels.

     4.3. Variations to the operating plan which are imposed by Parent which are
materially  adverse to the achievement of any of the performance  targets of the
HomeSide  Australia  Project,  will result in a reassessment  of the performance
target by the Plan Committee.  In circumstances where unanimous agreement cannot
be reached by the Plan Committee on a reassessed performance target, the accrual
based on Section 3 will  increase  by a maximum  amount of US$ * * * * * million
(less any amount already accrued based on this Section 4). This accrual increase
will be  applied  on a pro rata  basis to each year of the Plan  Period and will
accrue and be payable based upon the achievement of US Performance Targets.



                                   SECTION 5
                               PAYMENT OF AWARDS

     5.1. Payment at end of Plan Period.  Payment of a Participant's  Award will
ordinarily be made on May 15, 2001 if the  Participant  is still employed by the
Plan  Sponsor on March 31,  2001.  To the extent  that any  portion of the Total
Award Pool has not been earned at March 31,  2001,  the  remainder  of the Total
Award Pool will be paid by May 15, 2002 to those  Participant's who are employed
by the Plan Sponsor on March 31, 2002. Each Participant's  Award will be decided
by the Plan Committee in accordance with Section 6.4.

     5.2.  Payment  on  Death.  In  the  event  that  a  Participant  terminates
employment  with the Plan Sponsor prior to the end of the Plan Period because of
the Participant's  death, payment of the Participant's Award will be made to the
Participant's Beneficiary or estate for work performed to the date of death. The
amount of the Award shall be determined by the Plan Committee in accordance with
Section 6.4.

     5.3.  Payment on  Disability.  In the event that a  Participant  terminates
employment  with the Plan Sponsor prior to the end of the Plan Period because of
the Participant's Disability, payment of the Participant's Award will be made to
the  Participant for work performed to the date of termination of employment due
to Disability. The amount of the Award shall be determined by the Plan Committee
in accordance with Section 6.4.

     5.4.  Payment on  Retirement.  In the event that a  Participant  terminates
employment  with the Plan Sponsor prior to the end of the Plan Period because of
the Participant's  retirement  (determined in accordance with the Plan Sponsor's
then existing policies for determining the timing of an executive's retirement),
payment  of the  Participant's  Award will be made to the  Participant  for work
performed to the date of retirement. The amount of the Award shall be determined
by the Plan Committee in accordance with Section 6.4.

     5.5. Payment on Termination  other than Termination for Cause. In the event
that a  Participant's  employment is terminated by the Plan Sponsor prior to the
end of the Plan  Period  for  reasons  other  than  Cause,  full  payment of the
Participant's  Award  shall  be made  and  will  be paid at the end of the  Plan
Period.  The amount of the Award shall be  determined  by the Plan  Committee in
accordance with Section 6.4.

     5.6. Payment on Resignation by Participant. In the event that a Participant
resigns his employment with the Plan Sponsor prior to the end of the Plan Period
for reasons which do not constitute Good Reason,  the  Participant  shall not be
entitled to payment of the Participant's  Award. In the event that a Participant
resigns his employment  with the Plan Sponsor for reasons which  constitute Good
Reason, full payment of the Participant's Award will be made and will be paid at
the end of the Plan Period.  The amount of the Award shall be  determined by the
Plan Committee in accordance with Section 6.4.

     5.7. Transfers. In the event of transfer out of the Plan Sponsor to another
part of the National  Australia  Bank Group prior to the end of the Plan Period,
as a minimum,  payment will be made to the  individual for work performed to the
date of  transfer,  but the actual Award will be based on the  circumstances  of
each situation and will be determined by the Plan  Committee in accordance  with
Section  6.4.  After the transfer  the  individual  will cease to be entitled to
participate in the Plan.

     5.8.  Leave of Absence.  In the event of that a Participant  has a leave of
absence during the Plan Period, as a minimum, eligibility for Award payment will
cover work performed to the date of leave and after return from leave  (assuming
the return  from leave  occurs  during the Plan  Period).  The actual  amount of
payment will be determined by the Plan Committee in accordance with Section 6.4.

                                   SECTION 6
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     6.1.  Operation of the Plan  Committee.  The members of the Plan  Committee
shall be as described in Section 1.10.

     6.2. Duties of the Plan Committee.

          (a) The Plan  Committee  shall  determine  the making of all  payments
     under the terms of the Plan.

          (b) The Plan Committee  shall from time to time establish  rules,  not
     contrary to the provisions of the Plan, for the  administration of the Plan
     and the transaction of its business.  All elections and designations  under
     the Plan by a Participant or Beneficiary  shall be made on forms prescribed
     by  the  Plan  Committee.  The  Plan  Committee  shall  have  discretionary
     authority  to  construe  the  terms  of the Plan and  shall  determine  all
     questions arising in the administration,  interpretation and application of
     the Plan, including,  but not limited to, those concerning  eligibility for
     benefits and it shall not act so as to discriminate in favor of any person.
     All determinations of the Plan Committee shall be conclusive and binding on
     all Participants and  Beneficiaries,  subject to the provisions of the Plan
     and subject to applicable law.

          (c) The Plan Committee shall furnish  Participants  and  Beneficiaries
     with all  disclosures  now or hereafter  required by ERISA or the Code. The
     Plan Committee shall file, as required, the various reports and disclosures
     concerning  the Plan and its  operations  as  required  by ERISA and by the
     Code, and shall be solely  responsible for establishing and maintaining all
     records of the Plan.

          (d) The  statement  of specific  duties for a Plan  Committee  in this
     Section is not in derogation of any other duties which a Plan Committee has
     under the provisions of the Plan or under applicable law.

     6.3. Action by the Plan Sponsor. Any action to be taken by the Plan Sponsor
shall be taken by resolution or written  direction  duly adopted by the Board of
Directors or appropriate governing body, as the case may be; provided,  however,
that by such  resolution  or  written  direction,  the  Board  of  Directors  or
appropriate  governing  body, as the case may be, may delegate to any officer or
other  appropriate  person of the Plan  Sponsor the  authority  to take any such
actions as may be specified in such resolution or written direction,  other than
the power to amend, modify or terminate the Plan.

     6.4.  Determining  Quantums  of  Payment.  The Plan  Committee  shall  make
determinations  as  to  the  amount  of  a  Participant's  payment  as  follows.
Determination of payment amounts for those Participants in Group 1 shall be made
solely by the Managing Director of Parent.  Determination of payment amounts for
those  Participants  in Group 2 shall be made by the  Chairman  of the  Board of
Directors  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Plan Sponsor and approved by the
Managing  Director  of  Parent.  Determination  of  payment  amounts  for  those
Participants  in Group 3 shall be made  solely by the  Chairman  of the Board of
Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Plan Sponsor.  Determination of the
payment  amounts for those  Participants  who are entitled to payment because of
events  described  in Section 5.2 to 5.7 will be  determined  at the time of the
event.

                                   SECTION 7
                             CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE

     7.1. In the event that a Participant  or  Beneficiary is denied a claim for
benefits  under the Plan,  the Plan  Committee  shall  provide to such  claimant
written notice of the denial which shall set forth:

          (a) the specific reasons for the denial;

          (b) specific  references  to the  pertinent  provisions of the Plan on
     which the denial is based;

(c)  a description of any additional  material or information  necessary for the
     claimant to perfect the claim and an  explanation  of why such  material or
     information is necessary; and

          (d) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

     7.2. After receiving written notice of the denial of a claim, a claimant or
his representative may:

          (a)  request  a full  and  fair  review  of  such  denial  by  written
     application to the Plan Committee;

          (b) review pertinent documents; and

          (c) submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Committee.

     7.3. If the claimant wishes such a review of the decision denying his claim
to benefits under the Plan, he must submit such written  application to the Plan
Committee within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice of the denial.

     7.4. Upon receiving such written application for review, the Plan Committee
may schedule a hearing for purposes of reviewing  the  claimant's  claim,  which
hearing  shall take place not more than  thirty (30) days from the date on which
the Plan Committee received such written application for review.

     7.5. At least ten (10) days prior to the  scheduled  hearing,  the claimant
and his  representative  designated  in writing by him,  if any,  shall  receive
written  notice of the date,  time,  and place of such  scheduled  hearing.  The
claimant  or his  representative,  if any,  may  request  that  the  hearing  be
rescheduled,  for his  convenience,  on  another  reasonable  date or at another
reasonable time or place.

     7.6. All claimants  requesting a review of the decision denying their claim
for benefits may employ counsel for purposes of the hearing.

     7.7.  No later than sixty (60) days  following  the  receipt of the written
application  for review,  the Plan  Committee  shall  submit its decision on the
review in writing to the claimant  involved and to his  representative,  if any;
provided,  however,  a decision  on the  written  application  for review may be
extended,  in the event special circumstances such as the need to hold a hearing
require an  extension of time,  to a day no later than one hundred  twenty (120)
days  after the date of receipt  of the  written  application  for  review.  The
decision shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references
to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.

                                   SECTION 8
                 LIMITATION OF ASSIGNMENT, PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY
                INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEES AND UNCLAIMED PAYMENTS

     8.1. No benefit  which shall be payable  under the Plan to any person shall
be  subject  in  any  manner  to  anticipation,   alienation,   sale,  transfer,
assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance  or charge,  and any  attempt  to  anticipate,
alienate,  sell, transfer,  assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be
void;  and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the
debts, contracts, liabilities,  engagements or torts of any person, nor shall it
be subject to attachment or legal process for, or against,  such person, and the
same shall not be  recognized  under the Plan,  except to such  extent as may be
required by law.

     8.2.  If any person who shall be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the Plan
shall become bankrupt or shall attempt to anticipate,  alienate, sell, transfer,
assign, pledge, encumber or charge such benefit under the Plan, then the payment
of any such benefit in the event a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is entitled to
payment shall, in the discretion of the Plan Committee,  cease and terminate and
in that event the Plan  Committee  shall  apply the same for the benefit of such
person, his spouse, children, other dependents or any of them in such manner and
in such proportion as the Plan Committee shall determine.

     8.3.  Whenever any benefit  which shall be payable  under the Plan is to be
paid to or for the benefit of any person who is then a minor or determined to be
incompetent by qualified medical advice, the Plan Committee need not require the
appointment  of a guardian or  custodian,  but shall be  authorized to cause the
same to be paid over to the person having custody of such minor or  incompetent,
or to  cause  the  same to be paid to such  minor  or  incompetent  without  the
intervention  of a guardian or  custodian,  or to cause the same to be paid to a
legal  guardian  or  custodian  of such  minor  or  incompetent  if one has been
appointed  or to  cause  the same to be used for the  benefit  of such  minor or
incompetent.

                                   SECTION 9
                              LIMITATION OF RIGHTS

     Participation in the Plan shall not give any Participant any right or claim
except to the extent  that such right is  specifically  fixed under the terms of
the  Plan.  The  adoption  of the  Plan  shall  not be  construed  to  give  any
Participant  a right to be  continued  in the  employ of the Plan  Sponsor or as
interfering  with the right of the Plan Sponsor to terminate  the  employment of
any Participant at any time.

                                   SECTION 10
                    AMENDMENT TO OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     The Plan  Sponsor  reserves  the  right at any time to  modify  or amend or
terminate the Plan, with the prior written  approval of the Plan  Committee.  No
such modifications or amendments shall have the effect of retroactively changing
or depriving  Participants or  Beneficiaries of rights already accrued under the
Plan.

                                   SECTION 11
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     11.1.  All payments  provided under the Plan shall be paid from the general
assets of the Plan Sponsor and no separate fund shall be  established  to secure
payment.

     11.2. The Plan Sponsor shall  withhold from any benefits  payable under the
Plan all federal,  state and local  income  taxes or other taxes  required to be
withheld pursuant to applicable law.

     11.3. To the extent not preempted by applicable federal law, the Plan shall
be  governed  by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of the  State of
Florida.

     11.4.  Plan  Participants  will  be  required  to  sign  a  confidentiality
undertaking  (see Appendix A) in relation to the operation of the Plan and their
participation  therein.   Failure  to  abide  by  the  specific  confidentiality
undertaking could result in termination of the Participant's employment.

     11.5. In the event of the sale of Parent and/or the Plan Sponsor, the total
amount  available  under the Plan will be deemed fully earned and will be vested
upon the sale.  Payment  date will be at the time of  settlement,  but not later
than May 15, 2001.

     11.6.  In the event of the  winding up of the Plan  Sponsor  related to its
performance  or operations,  Participants  will be entitled to the amount of the
Award they have earned as of the time of winding up. In the event of the winding
up of the Plan Sponsor unrelated to its performance or operations vested amounts
and future  annual pool  accruals will be deemed fully earned and will be vested
upon winding up.  Payment date in either case will be at the time of winding up,
but not later than May 15, 2001.

     11.7. Plan Audit. All calculations and data which determine the Awards must
be reviewed and  approved by an  independent  auditor  prior to May 15th of each
year and prior to any  payments  being  made  under the  Plan.  The  independent
auditor  must,  in  reviewing  the  calculations  and  data,  adhere to and make
determinations according to Generally Accepted Accounting Standards consistently
maintained and applied.  The auditor must be external to and  independent of the
Plan  Sponsor  and  will be  appointed  by  National  Australia  Bank  Executive
Management.  The manner and content of the audit will  comply with  instructions
set out in the  appointment.  The  Participants  are  entitled  to  examine  the
calculations  and  data  reviewed  by the  independent  auditor.  If  any  party
disagrees  with a  determination  of the auditor  that matter may be referred to
arbitration. If no party states in writing its disagreement with a determination
of the independent  auditor within 60 days of receiving the  determination  then
all parties are bound by the determination.

     11.8.  In the event that a  regulatory  or  accounting  change  affects the
calculations  under the Plan,  any  payment or  vesting  under the Plan shall be
based on the regulatory or accounting rules in effect on October 27, 1997.

     11.9.   Arbitration.   Where  there  is  a  dispute  that  is  referred  to
arbitration,  such dispute will be settled  exclusively  by  arbitration  in New
York,  New  York in  accordance  with  the  rules  of the  American  Arbitration
Association  then in  effect.  The  arbitrator's  award  will be  binding on the
parties.  National  Australia  Bank and the Plan  Sponsor will bear all costs of
arbitration equally. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor and Parent have caused
this indenture to be executed as of the date first above written.


                                    HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.

                                    By:  /s/ Hugh R. Harris

                                    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:


    /s/ Joe K. Pickett

Title:  Chairman

    [CORPORATE SEAL]

EXECUTED on behalf of  NATIONAL          )
AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED by its            )
Attorney , Francis J Cicutto,            )/s/ Francis J. Cicutto
under a Power of Attorney dated          Francis J Cicutto
February 28, 1991 (who states that       Office Held:  Managing Director
he holds the office indicated under
his signature) in the presence of:

/s/ Joan Livingston
Signature of Witness


Joan Livingston
Name of Witness~

)
)
)/s/ Francis J. Cicutto
Francis J Cicutto
Office Held:  Managing Director



<PAGE>



                              HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.                  Appendix A
                            LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

                           Confidentiality Undertaking


[Name of Plan Participant]


Dear  [           ]

Confidentiality Undertaking - HomeSide Long Term Incentive Plan

Introduction

As one of only a few select  individuals  within National  Australia Bank Group,
you have been invited to  participate  in the HomeSide Long Term  Incentive Plan
(the "Plan").

The conditions of  participation in and mode of operation of the Plan are highly
confidential.  You will not be  entitled  to  participate  in the  Plan,  nor to
receive any  information  concerning  it, unless you have accepted the following
confidentiality undertaking,  evidenced by you signing the attached copy of this
letter and returning it to The Group Manager  Remuneration,  National  Australia
Bank.  When you receive these  materials,  you will be free to decide whether or
not you want to participate.  Signing this Confidentiality  Undertaking does not
commit you to participate in the Plan.

Confidentiality Undertaking

By signing the attached copy of this letter you acknowledge:

     o    The conditions of  participation  in and mode of operation of the Plan
          are highly confidential.

     o    Unauthorized  disclosure  of details of the Plan would be  potentially
          extremely damaging to HomeSide, Lending, Inc., National Australia Bank
          and other plan participants.

     o    You will not discuss any matter  concerning the Plan with anyone other
          than:

          o    Chairman,  CEO, COO or General Counsel of HomeSide Lending,  Inc.
               or anyone they may designate in writing.

          o    The Group Manager Remuneration, National Australia Bank.

          o    Your financial / tax / legal  advisers.  Please note that you are
               required to advise these advisers of the  confidential  nature of
               the Plan.

          o    Your spouse or partner.

o    You will not copy any  materials  relating to the Plan except as  described
     herein, nor will you allow anyone else to read or copy such material except
     as described herein.

o    You will keep this  agreement  and the Plan  materials in a safe and secure
     place.

o    In the event that you cease  employment  with HomeSide  Lending,  Inc., you
     will  return  all  material  relating  to the  Plan to the CEO of  HomeSide
     Lending, Inc.

o    Failure  to abide by the  above  could  result in  exclusion  from the Plan
     and/or termination for Cause.

o    You  acknowledge  that damages may not be an adequate  remedy and that both
     HomeSide Lending,  Inc. and National  Australia Bank may seek an injunction
     to prevent or restrain a breach of this undertaking.




Yours Sincerely,




David Krasnostein
Group General Counsel
Group Legal


I understand and accept the obligations imposed upon me by this  Confidentiality
Undertaking.



Name:


Signed:


Dated:



                                 NAB GROUP - USA
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


                          (Effective February 10, 1998)



<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE I Establishment and Purpose                                                                      4

   1.1   Establishment and Purpose.......................................................................4
         -------------------------

ARTICLE II  Definitions                                                                                  4

   2.1   Account Balance.................................................................................4
         ---------------
   2.2   Beneficiary.....................................................................................4
         -----------
   2.3   Change in Control...............................................................................4
         -----------------
   2.4   Chief Executive Officer.........................................................................6
         -----------------------
   2.5   Code............................................................................................6
         ----
   2.6   Compensation....................................................................................6
         ------------
   2.7   Company.........................................................................................6
         -------
   2.8   Deferred Compensation Committee.................................................................7
         -------------------------------
   2.9   Disability......................................................................................7
         ----------
   2.10     Employee.....................................................................................7
            --------
   2.11     Employer.....................................................................................7
            --------
   2.12     ERISA........................................................................................7
            -----
   2.13     Fiscal Year..................................................................................7
            -----------
   2.14     MNC Plan.....................................................................................7
            --------
   2.15     Participant..................................................................................7
            -----------
   2.16     Participating Employer.......................................................................7
            ----------------------
   2.17     Plan.........................................................................................8
            ----
   2.18     Plan Year....................................................................................8
            ---------
   2.19     Spouse.......................................................................................8
            ------

ARTICLE III  Eligibility and Participation                                                               8

   3.1   Eligibility and Participation...................................................................8
         -----------------------------
   3.2   Duration........................................................................................8
         --------
   3.3   Revocation of Future Participation..............................................................8
         ----------------------------------
   3.4   Notification....................................................................................8
         ------------
   3.5   Prior Plan......................................................................................8
         ----------

ARTICLE IV  Compensation Reduction Agreements and Account Balances                                       9

   4.1   Compensation Reduction Agreements...............................................................9
         ---------------------------------
   4.2   Prohibition Against Compensation Reduction Agreement Modifications..............................9
         ------------------------------------------------------------------
   4.3   Adjustments to Account Balances.................................................................9
         -------------------------------

ARTICLE V  Benefit Payments and Certain Withdrawals                                                     11

   5.1   Regular Benefit................................................................................11
         ---------------
   5.2   Form of Payment................................................................................11
         ---------------
   5.3   Disability Benefit.............................................................................11
         ------------------
   5.4   Death Benefit..................................................................................11
         -------------
   5.5   Hardship Withdrawal............................................................................12
         -------------------
   5.6   Change in Control..............................................................................12
         -----------------
   5.7   Other Payment Events...........................................................................12
         --------------------

ARTICLE VI  Administration                                                                              12

   6.1   Plan Administration............................................................................12
         -------------------
   6.2   Withholding....................................................................................12
         -----------
   6.3   Indemnification................................................................................12
         ---------------
   6.4   Expenses.......................................................................................13
         --------
   6.5   Delegation of Authority........................................................................13
         -----------------------
   6.6   Binding Decisions or Actions...................................................................13
         ----------------------------

ARTICLE VII  Amendment and Termination                                                                  13

   7.1   Amendment and Termination......................................................................13
         -------------------------
   7.2   Constructive Receipt Termination...............................................................13
         --------------------------------

ARTICLE VIII  Funding                                                                                   14

   8.1   General Assets.................................................................................14
         --------------
   8.2   Rabbi Trust....................................................................................14
         -----------

ARTICLE IX   General Conditions                                                                         14

   9.1   Anti-assignment Rule...........................................................................14
         --------------------
   9.2   No Legal or Equitable Rights or Interest.......................................................14
         ----------------------------------------
   9.3   No Employment Contract.........................................................................14
         ----------------------
   9.4   Headings.......................................................................................15
         --------
   9.5   Invalid or Unenforceable Provisions............................................................15
         -----------------------------------
   9.6   Governing Law..................................................................................15
         -------------


</TABLE>



<PAGE>





                                 NAB GROUP - USA
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                          (Effective February 10, 1998)


                                    ARTICLE I
                            Establishment and Purpose

1.1  Establishment and Purpose. Each of Michigan National Corporation, HomeSide,
     Inc., and National  Australia Bank Ltd. (New York Branch) hereby adopts the
     NAB Group - USA Deferred  Compensation  Plan (the "Plan"),  effective as of
     February  10, 1998 (the  "Effective  Date").  The purpose of the Plan is to
     provide each  Participant  in the Plan with an opportunity to defer receipt
     of  salary,  bonus,  and other  specified  cash  compensation.  The Plan is
     intended to benefit a "select  group of  management  or highly  compensated
     employees" within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA, and to
     be therefore exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of
     ERISA.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                   Definitions

2.1  Account  Balance.  Account  Balance  means the value of each  Participant's
     deferred  compensation  account  balance  under the Plan.  A  Participant's
     Account Balance shall be maintained in accordance with Section 4.3.

2.2  Beneficiary.   Beneficiary  means  a  natural  person,   estate,  or  trust
     designated  by a  Participant  in  accordance  with  Section 4.1 to receive
     benefits  under  and  in  accordance  with  provisions  of  the  Plan.  The
     Participant's estate shall be the Beneficiary if:

          (a)  the  Participant  has not designated a natural person or trust as
               Beneficiary, or

          (b)  the designated Beneficiary has predeceased the Participant.

2.3  Change in Control.  Change in Control  means the  occurrence  of any of the
     following:

          (a) individuals  who, on the Effective  Date,  constitute the Board of
          Directors of the Company  (the  "Incumbent  Directors")  cease for any
          reason to  constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of
          the  Company  (the  "Board"),  provided  that any  person  becoming  a
          director   subsequent  to  the  Effective  Date,   whose  election  or
          nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least  two-thirds
          of the  Incumbent  Directors  then on the Board shall be an  Incumbent
          Director;  provided,  however, that no individual initially elected or
          nominated  as a  director  of the  Company as a result of an actual or
          threatened  election  contest with respect to directors or as a result
          of any other actual or threatened  solicitation of proxies or consents
          by or on behalf of any person  other than the Board shall be deemed to
          an Incumbent Director;

          (b) any person  (as such term is  defined  in  Section  3(a)(9) of the
          Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act") and as used in
          Sections  13(d)(3) and  14(d)(2) of the Exchange  Act) is or becomes a
          beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange  Act),
          directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company representing 25%
          or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
          securities  eligible  to  vote  for the  election  of the  Board  (the
          "Company  Voting  Securities");  provided,  however,  that  the  event
          described in this  paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in
          Control  by virtue of any of the  following  acquisitions:  (A) by the
          Company  or any  subsidiary,  (B) by any  employee  benefit  plan  (or
          related  trust)   sponsored  or  maintained  by  the  Company  or  any
          subsidiary,  (C) by any  underwriter  temporarily  holding  securities
          pursuant  to  an  offering  of  such  securities,  (D)  pursuant  to a
          Non-Qualifying  Transaction (as defined in paragraph  (iii)), or (E) a
          transaction  (other than one  described in (c) below) in which Company
          Voting Securities are acquired from the Company,  if a majority of the
          Incumbent Directors approve a resolution  providing expressly that the
          acquisition  pursuant to this clause (E) does not  constitute a Change
          in Control under this paragraph (b);

          (c) the  consummation  of a  merger,  consolidation,  statutory  share
          exchange  or  similar  form of  corporate  transaction  involving  the
          Company or any of its  subsidiaries  that requires the approval of the
          Company's  stockholders,  whether for such transaction or the issuance
          of securities in the  transaction (a "Business  Combination"),  unless
          immediately following such Business Combination:  (A) more than 50% of
          the total  voting  power of (x) the  corporation  resulting  from such
          Business  Combination  (the  "Surviving   Corporation"),   or  (y)  if
          applicable,   the  ultimate  parent   corporation   that  directly  or
          indirectly has beneficial  ownership of 100% of the voting  securities
          eligible to elect directors of the Surviving  Corporation (the "Parent
          Corporation"),  is represented by Company Voting  Securities that were
          outstanding  immediately  prior to such Business  Combination  (or, if
          applicable,  is  represented  by shares into which such Company Voting
          Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination),  and
          such voting power among the holders  thereof is in  substantially  the
          same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting  Securities
          among  the  holders   thereof   immediately   prior  to  the  Business
          Combination,  (B) no person (other than any employee  benefit plan (or
          related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or
          the Parent Corporation),  is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly
          or  indirectly,  of 25% or  more  of the  total  voting  power  of the
          outstanding  voting  securities  eligible  to elect  directors  of the
          Parent  Corporation  (or,  if  there  is no  Parent  Corporation,  the
          Surviving  Corporation)  and (C) at least a majority of the members of
          the board of directors of the Parent  Corporation  (or, if there is no
          Parent   Corporation,   the  Surviving   Corporation)   following  the
          consummation of the Business  Combination were Incumbent  Directors at
          the time of the  Board's  approval  of the  execution  of the  initial
          agreement  providing  for  such  Business  Combination  (any  Business
          Combination which satisfies all of the criteria  specified in (A), (B)
          and (C) above shall be deemed to be a "Non-Qualifying Transaction");

          (d)  the  stockholders  of the  Company  approve  a plan  of  complete
          liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  Company  or a  sale  of  all or
          substantially all of the Company's assets; or

          (e) the  consummation  of any  sale or  disposition  of the  Company's
          ownership  interest  (direct or indirect) in a Participating  Employer
          that  results  in the  Company  no longer  maintaining  at least a 50%
          ownership  interest  (directly or  indirectly)  in such  Participating
          Employer.

          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a Change in Control  of the  Company
          shall  not be deemed  to occur  solely  because  any  person  acquires
          beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the Company Voting Securities
          as a result of the  acquisition  of Company  Voting  Securities by the
          Company  which  reduces  the  number  of  Company  Voting   Securities
          outstanding;  provided,  that if after such acquisition by the Company
          such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional  Company Voting
          Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting
          Securities  beneficially  owned by such person, a Change in Control of
          the Company shall then occur.

2.4  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Chief  Executive  Officer means the  individual
     holding  the title of Chief  Executive  Officer,  or if no such  individual
     holds such  title,  the  individual  who  performs  the  functions  usually
     performed by a Chief  Executive  Officer of a  widely-held  publicly-traded
     corporation.

2.5  Code. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
     time.

2.6  Compensation.  Compensation  means,  for purposes of this Plan, base salary
     (including  any  deferred  salary  approved  by the  Deferred  Compensation
     Committee as compensation for purposes of this Plan), bonus, and other cash
     compensation.

2.7  Company.  Company means National  Australia Bank, Ltd., a company organized
     under the laws of Australia.

2.8  Deferred Compensation  Committee.  Deferred Compensation  Committee means a
     committee  composed of one employee from each  Participating  Employer,  in
     each case who shall be  appointed  by the Chief  Executive  Officer of each
     Participating   Employer,   and  who  shall  serve  until  the  earlier  of
     termination of employment or appointment of a replacement by the then Chief
     Executive Officer of such Participating Employer.

2.9  Disability. Disability means that a Participant has been determined to have
     incurred  total and  permanent  disability,  as  defined  by the  long-term
     disability  ("LTD") group plan in which the Participant  participates as of
     the date of total and permanent disability.

2.10 Employee. Employee means a full-time salaried employee of an Employer.

2.11 Employer.   Employer  means,  with  respect  to  any  Employee  (or  former
     Employee),  the particular Participating Employer that employs (or formerly
     employed) such Employee.

2.12 ERISA. ERISA means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
     amended from time to time.

2.13 Fiscal Year. Fiscal Year means October 1 through September 30.

2.14 MNC Plan.  MNC Plan means the Michigan  National  Corporation  Supplemental
     Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through the Effective Date.

2.15 Participant.  Participant means (i) an Employee who is a member of a select
     group of management  or highly  compensated  employees,  who is selected to
     participate  in this Plan in  accordance  with  Section 3.1, and who timely
     elects to participate in this Plan in accordance  with Article IV, and (ii)
     any  person  that  becomes  a  Participant   pursuant  to  Section  3.5.  A
     Participant's  continued  participation  in the Plan shall be  governed  by
     Article III, including Section 3.2.

2.16 Participating  Employer.  Participating  Employer  means  any  entity  with
     operations  in the United  States that is more than 50% owned  (directly or
     indirectly) by the Company,  and that adopts this Plan with the approval of
     the Company. As of the Effective Date, Participating Employer shall include
     Michigan National Corporation,  HomeSide,  Inc. and National Australia Bank
     Ltd. (New York Branch) (and any subsidiaries designated by such entities as
     a Participating Employer).

2.17 Plan.  Plan  means  the NAB  Group - USA  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  as
     documented herein and as may be amended thereafter.

2.18 Plan Year. Plan Year means January 1 through December 31.

2.19 Spouse.  Spouse  means the person  married to the  Participant  at the date
     benefits become payable under the Plan.




                                   ARTICLE III
                          Eligibility and Participation

3.1  Eligibility  and  Participation.  Each Employee who is a member of a select
     group of management or highly compensated employees, determined in the sole
     discretion of the Chief  Executive  Officer of such  Employee's  respective
     Employer,  shall be eligible to  participate  in this Plan.  Selection  for
     participation  in the Plan will be made by the Chief  Executive  Officer of
     such Employee's respective Employer.

3.2  Duration.  Once an Employee  becomes a  Participant,  such  Employee  shall
     continue  to be a  Participant  so long as he or she is entitled to receive
     benefits   hereunder,   notwithstanding   any  subsequent   termination  of
     employment.

3.3  Revocation  of Future  Participation.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of
     Section  3.2, the Chief  Executive  Officer of a  Participant's  respective
     Employer may revoke such Participant's eligibility to make future deferrals
     under  this  Plan.  Such  revocation  will  not  affect  in  any  manner  a
     Participant's Account Balance or other terms of this Plan.

3.4  Notification.   Each   Participant   shall  be  notified  by  the  Deferred
     Compensation   Committee,   in  writing,  of  his  or  her  eligibility  to
     participate in this Plan.

3.5  Prior Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1, all participants
     in the  MNC  Plan  as of the  Effective  Date  shall  automatically  become
     Participants in this Plan.


                                   ARTICLE IV
             Compensation Reduction Agreements and Account Balances

4.1  Compensation  Reduction Agreements.  Deferrals made under the Plan shall be
     made in accordance with a written compensation reduction agreement provided
     by the Deferred  Compensation  Committee for that purpose.  Salary deferral
     elections  shall be made no later than  December 1 preceding  the Plan Year
     for which the deferrals are made. Bonus deferral elections shall be made no
     later  than  September  1 of the Fiscal  Year to which such bonus  relates.
     Other cash compensation  deferral elections shall be made prior to the time
     such  amounts  have been  earned.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i) an
     Employee  who  becomes a  Participant  during any Plan Year may make salary
     deferral  elections  for  such  Plan  Year  within  30 days of  becoming  a
     Participant,  and (ii) a  Participant  wishing to defer a guaranteed  bonus
     must make a deferral  election in respect of such  guaranteed  bonus within
     three  weeks  of  commencement  of  employment.  A  compensation  reduction
     agreement shall designate the amount to be deferred in whole percentages of
     compensation  and/or as a dollar amount.  Salary deferrals shall be applied
     on a pro rata basis to each pay period during the Plan Year. A compensation
     reduction  agreement shall specify the form of  distribution  for deferrals
     made  during the Plan Year to which the  compensation  reduction  agreement
     applies.  In  addition,  a  Participant  shall be  permitted to designate a
     Beneficiary  on  a  form  prescribed  for  such  purpose  by  the  Deferred
     Compensation Committee. To be effective, a compensation reduction agreement
     and  beneficiary  designation  form must be  received  and  approved by the
     Deferred Compensation Committee.

4.2  Prohibition  Against  Compensation  Reduction  Agreement  Modifications.  A
     Participant shall make an irrevocable election as to the amount and form of
     payment at the time of each deferral election;  provided,  however,  that a
     Participant  shall be  permitted  to make a one-time  irrevocable  election
     (regarding  the form of payment)  after age  fifty-four  (54) provided such
     election is at least twelve (12) months prior to the Participant's  date of
     termination of employment.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, a
     Participant may not modify a compensation reduction agreement during a Plan
     Year,  either by changing the amount of the  compensation  reduction or the
     designated  form  of  distribution  for  the  compensation   reduction.  In
     addition,  a participant may not revoke a compensation  reduction agreement
     once approved by the Deferred Compensation Committee.

4.3  Adjustments to Account Balances.

     (a) On and after the Effective Date, a Participant's  Account Balance shall
     be  credited  with  amounts  deferred  pursuant to  compensation  reduction
     agreements,  and  further  credited  or debited  in an amount  equal to the
     hypothetical  return on such Account  Balance  (from the date on which such
     deferred  compensation  would  otherwise  have  been  distributed  to  such
     Participant  through  the  later  of  (i)  the  end of the  month  of  such
     Participant's   termination  of  employment,   and  (ii)  the  end  of  the
     installment  period  under  Section 5.2, if  applicable)  assuming for such
     purpose that such Account  Balance had been actually  invested  during such
     period in one or more of a number of  investments,  as  provided in Section
     4.3(b).  Each  Participant  in the MNC Plan shall  have such  Participant's
     account balance as of the Effective Date in the MNC Plan  transferred  into
     this Plan,  and such amounts shall be  considered to be such  Participant's
     Account Balance as of the Effective Date.

     (b) The Deferred Compensation Committee shall provide each Participant with
     a list of available  hypothetical  investments  which may be  designated by
     such  Participant  (as  provided  below) for  purposes of  determining  the
     adjustments to such  Participant's  Account  Balance under Section  4.3(a).
     Such investment options shall initially include the Merrill Lynch Corporate
     Bond Index (high  quality,  1-10 year term) plus 1%. and such other options
     as set forth on Schedule A.

     For all  investment  options  other than the Merrill Lynch  Corporate  Bond
     Index,  the  adjustment  shall be based upon the return of the funds during
     the applicable period. With respect to amounts  hypothetically  invested in
     the Merrill  Lynch  Corporate  Bond Index,  such amounts  shall be credited
     quarterly  based  upon the index  rate in effect at the  beginning  of each
     calendar  quarter.  The  Deferred  Compensation   Committee,  in  its  sole
     discretion,  shall be  permitted to add or remove  hypothetical  investment
     options;  provided,  that in the event the Merrill Lynch  Corporation  Bond
     Index hypothetical  investment option is removed, the Deferred Compensation
     Committee will provide a replacement  hypothetical  investment option based
     upon  the  yield of  United  States  Treasury  securities  with a  constant
     maturity  of at least one year (the "Bond  Index  Substitute  Investment"),
     unless  the  Plan has been  terminated  in  accordance  with  Article  VII;
     provided,  further,  that any such  additions  or removals of  hypothetical
     investment  options shall not be effective with respect to any period prior
     to the  effective  date of such change.  For the  avoidance of doubt,  if a
     Participant has elected that all or any portion of a Participant's  Account
     Balance  (or  future  deferrals)  are to be  hypothetically  invested  in a
     hypothetical investment option that is removed by the Deferred Compensation
     Committee,  such  Participant  shall  be  required  to  elect  a  different
     hypothetical  investment  option  with  respect  to  such  portion  of such
     Participant's  Account Balance (or such future  deferrals);  and until such
     time as such Participant has made a new election, the applicable portion of
     such  Participant's  Account Balance (and future deferrals) shall be deemed
     to be  invested in the Merrill  Lynch  Corporate  Bond Index (or Bond Index
     Substitute Investment).

     Each Participant may elect how such Participant's Account Balance is deemed
     to be hypothetically  invested;  provided that such allocations shall be in
     increments  of five  percent  (5%).  If a  Participant  fails to elect  how
     deferrals are deemed to be hypothetically invested, such deferrals shall be
     deemed to be hypothetically  invested in the Merrill Lynch Corporation Bond
     Index (or, if such option has been removed,  the  replacement  option based
     upon  the  yield of  United  States  Treasury  securities  with a  constant
     maturity  of at  least  one  year).  Once in each  calendar  quarter,  if a
     Participant  elects,  the  Account  Balance  may be  reallocated  among the
     various  hypothetical  investment  options;  provided that such allocations
     shall be in increments of five percent (5%). Similarly,  once each calendar
     quarter,  each  Participant may file an election to change the hypothetical
     investment  of  future  deferrals.  In  the  event  that a  Participant  is
     currently receiving  distributions of such Participant's Account Balance in
     installments,  the amount of each installment shall be reamortized annually
     to reflect the return over the prior year of the investment option in which
     such Account Balance is hypothetically  invested.  Notwithstanding anything
     in this Section 4.3(b) to the contrary,  each Participating  Employer shall
     have  the  sole  and  exclusive  authority  to  invest  any or all  amounts
     (deferred  by  those  Participants  who  are  (or  were)  employed  by such
     Employer) in any manner, regardless of any hypothetical investment election
     by any Participant.  A Participant's hypothetical investment election shall
     be used solely for purposes of determining the deemed  investment  yield to
     be credited or debited to such Participant's Account Balance.

                                    ARTICLE V
                    Benefit Payments and Certain Withdrawals

5.1  Regular  Benefit.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  this  Article  V,  each
     Participant  shall be  entitled  to a benefit  in an  amount  equal to such
     Participant's  Account  Balance  as of  the  end  of  the  month  in  which
     termination  of  employment  occurs,  subject to adjustment in the event of
     payment in installments under Section 5.2(b).

5.2  Form of Payment.  A  Participant  may elect (as provided in Section 4.2) to
     have such Participant's  Account Balance distributed:  (a) in a single lump
     sum; or (b) in equal annual  installment  payments for a selected number of
     years not to exceed twenty (20) years.  If  installments  are elected,  the
     first  installment  shall  be  payable  within  45 days of  termination  of
     employment.

5.3  Disability Benefit. In the event of Disability,  a Participant may elect to
     commence immediate  distribution of such  Participant's  Account Balance in
     accordance with the form of payment previously elected.

5.4  Death  Benefit.  Notwithstanding  a  Participant's  election  as to form of
     payment, upon the death of such Participant, such Participant's Beneficiary
     shall be paid a single  lump sum in an  amount  equal to the  Participant's
     Account Balance as of such Participant's date of death.

5.5  Hardship Withdrawal.  Prior to termination of employment, a Participant may
     request a payment under the Plan if the Participant experiences a financial
     hardship.  A "financial  hardship" is an  unanticipated  emergency  that is
     caused by an event  beyond  the  control  of a  Participant  and that would
     result in severe financial  hardship to the Participant if early withdrawal
     were  not  permitted,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  college  tuition
     payments.  The Deferred  Compensation  Committee,  in its sole  discretion,
     shall determine whether a Participant has experienced a financial hardship.
     The amount of any  payment on account of  financial  hardship is limited to
     the amount of the  severe  financial  need  which  cannot be met with other
     resources of the Participant.

5.6  Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in
     the event of a Change in Control,  each Participant's Account Balance shall
     be valued as of the last day of the  month in which the  Change in  Control
     occurs,  and shall be paid to such  Participant  in a lump sum within seven
     (7) days following such valuation date.

5.7  Other Payment Events. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
     each  Participant  shall  receive  payment  of such  Participant's  Account
     Balance at such time or times, if any, as may be specified in a Rabbi Trust
     established pursuant to Section 8.2.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 Administration

6.1  Plan  Administration.  This  Plan  shall be  administered  by the  Deferred
     Compensation  Committee,   which  shall  have  authority  to  make,  amend,
     interpret  and  enforce  all  appropriate  rules  and  regulations  for the
     administration  of this Plan and  decide or resolve  any and all  questions
     including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the
     Plan.

6.2  Withholding. Each Participant's respective Employer shall have the right to
     withhold from any payment made under the Plan (or any amount  deferred into
     the Plan) any taxes  required  by law to be  withheld  in  respect  of such
     payment (or deferral).

6.3  Indemnification.  Each  Employer  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless each
     employee,  officer,  or  director  of such  Employer  to whom is  delegated
     duties,  responsibilities,  and authority  with respect to the Plan against
     all claims,  liabilities,  fines and penalties, and all expenses reasonably
     incurred by or imposed upon him  (including  but not limited to  reasonable
     attorney  fees) which arise as a result of his actions or failure to act in
     connection with the operation and  administration of the Plan to the extent
     lawfully  allowable  and to the extent  that such claim,  liability,  fine,
     penalty,  or expense is not paid for by  liability  insurance  purchased or
     paid for by such Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employer shall
     not  indemnify  any  person  for  any  such  amount  incurred  through  any
     settlement or  compromise  of any action  unless such Employer  consents in
     writing to such settlement or compromise.

6.4  Expenses.  The expenses of administering  the Plan shall be paid equally by
     the Participating Employers.

6.5  Delegation of Authority.  In the  administration of this Plan, the Deferred
     Compensation  Committee may, from time to time,  employ agents and delegate
     to them such  administrative  duties  as it sees fit,  and may from time to
     time consult with legal counsel who may be legal counsel to a Participating
     Employer.

6.6  Binding  Decisions  or  Actions.  The  decision  or action of the  Deferred
     Compensation  Committee  in respect of any  question  arising  out of or in
     connection with the  administration,  interpretation and application of the
     Plan and the rules and regulations thereunder shall be final and conclusive
     and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                            Amendment and Termination

7.1  Amendment and  Termination.  The Plan is intended to be permanent,  but the
     Deferred Compensation Committee may at any time modify, amend, or terminate
     the Plan,  provided that such modification,  amendment or termination shall
     not cancel, reduce, or otherwise adversely affect the amount of benefits of
     any Participant accrued (and any form of payment elected) as of the date of
     any such modification,  amendment,  or termination,  without the consent of
     the Participant;  provided,  the Deferred  Compensation  Committee shall be
     permitted  upon Plan  termination  to pay each  Participant  (without  such
     Participant's  consent)  a lump  sum in the  amount  of such  Participant's
     Account Balance as of the date of such Plan termination.

7.2  Constructive Receipt Termination.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
     in the Plan,  if any  Participant  receives a  deficiency  notice  from the
     United States Internal Revenue Service  asserting  constructive  receipt of
     amounts payable under the Plan, the Deferred Compensation Committee, in its
     sole discretion, may terminate the Plan or such Participant's participation
     in the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                     Funding

8.1  General  Assets.  All benefits in respect of a Participant  under this Plan
     shall  be paid  directly  from  the  general  funds  of such  Participant's
     Employer  (or former  Employer),  and no special or separate  fund shall be
     established  and no other  segregation  of  assets  shall be made to assure
     payment. No Participant,  Spouse or Beneficiary shall have any right, title
     or interest  whatever in or to any investments  which the Employer may make
     to aid the Employer in meeting its obligation hereunder.  Nothing contained
     in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions,  shall create
     or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship,
     between an Employer and any Employee, Spouse, or Beneficiary. To the extent
     that any  person  acquires  a right to receive  payments  from an  Employer
     hereunder,  such  rights  are no  greater  than the  right of an  unsecured
     creditor of such Employer.

8.2  Rabbi Trust. Any Employer may, at its sole discretion,  establish a grantor
     trust,  commonly known as a Rabbi Trust, as a vehicle for  accumulating the
     assets needed to pay the promised  benefit,  but no Employer shall be under
     any obligation to establish any such trust or any other funding vehicle.



                                   ARTICLE IX
                               General Conditions

9.1  Anti-assignment Rule. No interest of any Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary
     under this Plan and no  benefit  payable  hereunder  shall be  assigned  as
     security for a loan, and any such purported  assignment shall be null, void
     and of no  effect,  nor  shall any such  interest  or any such  benefit  be
     subject  in  any  manner,   either   voluntarily   or   involuntarily,   to
     anticipation,  sale, transfer,  assignment or encumbrance by or through any
     Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary.

9.2  No Legal or Equitable  Rights or Interest.  No Employee and no other person
     shall have any legal or equitable  rights or interest in this Plan that are
     not  expressly  granted in this Plan.  Participation  in this Plan does not
     give any person any right to be retained  in the  service of any  employer.
     The right and power of any Employer to dismiss or discharge such Employer's
     Employee is expressly reserved.

9.3  No  Employment  Contract.  Nothing  contained  herein shall be construed to
     constitute a contract of employment between an Employee and an Employer.

9.4  Headings.  The headings of Sections are included  solely for convenience of
     reference,  and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text
     of this Plan, the text shall control.

9.5  Invalid or Unenforceable Provisions. If any provision of this Plan shall be
     held invalid or unenforceable,  such invalidity or  unenforceability  shall
     not affect any other provisions  hereof and the Plan shall be construed and
     enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had
     not been included.

9.6  Governing  Law.  The  laws  of the  State  of New  York  shall  govern  the
     construction and administration of the Plan.


<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following  Participating  Employers have caused
this Plan to be adopted, effective as of February 10, 1998.


                                   MICHIGAN NATIONAL CORPORATION

                                   By:   /s/ Douglas E. Ebert
                                   Its: Chief Financial Officer

                                   ATTEST:_____________________


                                   HOMESIDE, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Joe K. Pickett
                                   Its:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                   ATTEST:_______________________


                                   NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LTD.
                                   (NEW YORK BRANCH)

                                   By: ___________________________
                                   Its: __________________________

                                   ATTEST:________________________






<PAGE>


                                   Schedule A



Fidelity Contra
Fidelity Magellan
Janus
Fidelity Growth & Income
Independence One Equity Plus
Vanguard Index 500
Brandywine
PBHG Growth PBHG
Heartland
Dodge & Cox Balanced
T. Rowe Price International
Vanguard International
Fidelity Government Securities
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond
Independence One Fixed Income
Money Market Fund



                     PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT INDICATED BY
                                   "* * * * *"
                         HAVE BEEN REDACTED PURSUANT TO
                      A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
                FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


                                 EXECUTION COPY



                                $2,000,000,000.00

                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      among

                             HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.
                                  as Borrower,

                               The Several Lenders
                        from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
                             BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
                        DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH
                                       and
                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                             as Syndication Agents,

                        NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED,
                            as Senior Managing Agent
                                and Co-Arranger,

                                       and

                            THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                             as Administrative Agent


                          Dated as of October 18, 1999



            CHASE SECURITIES, INC. as Lead Arranger and Book Manager


<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS........................................................1
         1.1  Defined Terms....................................................1
         1.2  Other Definitional Provisions...................................14

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS...................................15
         2.1  Revolving Commitments...........................................15
         2.2  Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing..........................15
         2.3  Swingline Commitment............................................15
         2.4  Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans.16
         2.5  Facility Fees, etc. ............................................17
         2.6  Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments...............17
         2.7  Competitive Bid Procedure.......................................17
         2.8  Optional Prepayments............................................19
         2.9  Conversion and Continuation Options.............................20
         2.10  Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches.............................20
         2.11  Interest Rates; Payment Dates; Evidence of Debt................20
         2.12  Computation of Interest and Fees...............................21
         2.13  Inability to Determine Interest Rate...........................21
         2.14  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments................................22
         2.15  Requirements of Law............................................23
         2.16  Taxes24
         2.17  Indemnity......................................................25
         2.18  Change of Lending Office.......................................26
         2.19  Replacement of Lenders.........................................26

SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................................26
         3.1  Financial Condition.............................................26
         3.2  No Change.......................................................27
         3.3  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law........................27
         3.4  Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.........27
         3.5  No Legal Bar....................................................27
         3.6  No Material Litigation..........................................28
         3.7  No Default......................................................28
         3.8  Ownership of Property; Liens....................................28
         3.9  Intellectual Property...........................................28
         3.10  Taxes28
         3.11  Federal Regulations............................................28
         3.12  ERISA28
         3.13  Investment Company Act; Other Regulations......................29
         3.14  Subsidiaries...................................................29
         3.15  Purpose of Loans...............................................29
         3.16  Environmental Matters..........................................29
         3.17  Disclosure.....................................................30
         3.18  Year 2000......................................................30

SECTION 4.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..............................................30
         4.1  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit.......................30
         4.2  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit..........................31

SECTION 5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.............................................31
         5.1  Financial Statements............................................31
         5.2  Certificates; Other Information.................................32
         5.3  Payment of Obligations..........................................32
         5.4  Maintenance of Existence; Compliance............................33
         5.5  Maintenance of Property; Insurance; Risk Management.............33
         5.6  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions..........33
         5.7  Notices.........................................................33
         5.8  Environmental Laws..............................................34
         5.9  Maintenance of Agency Status....................................34

SECTION 6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS................................................34
         6.1  Financial Condition Covenants...................................35
         6.2  Indebtedness....................................................35
         6.3  Liens 35
         6.4  Fundamental Changes.............................................36
         6.5  Limitation on Sale of Assets....................................37
         6.6  Restricted Payments.............................................37
         6.7  Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances...................37
         6.8  Transactions with Affiliates....................................37
         6.9  Changes in Fiscal Periods.......................................38
         6.10  Lines of Business..............................................38

SECTION 7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.................................................38

SECTION 8.  THE AGENTS........................................................40
         8.1  Appointment.....................................................40
         8.2  Delegation of Duties............................................40
         8.3  Exculpatory Provisions..........................................40
         8.4  Reliance by Administrative Agent................................40
         8.5  Notice of Default...............................................41
         8.6  Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders........................41
         8.7  Indemnification.................................................41
         8.8  Agent in Its Individual Capacity................................42
         8.9  Successor Administrative Agent..................................42
         8.10  Other Agents...................................................42

SECTION 9.  MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................42
         9.1  Amendments and Waivers..........................................42
         9.2  Notices.........................................................43
         9.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..................................44
         9.4  Survival of Representations and Warranties......................44
         9.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes...................................44
         9.6  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments..........45
         9.7  Adjustments; Set-off............................................47
         9.8  Counterparts....................................................47
         9.9  Severability....................................................48
         9.10  Integration....................................................48
         9.11  GOVERNING LAW..................................................48
         9.12  Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers............................48
         9.13  Acknowledgements...............................................48
         9.14  Confidentiality................................................49
         9.15  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL..........................................49



<PAGE>






                                                        - v -


<PAGE>





SCHEDULES:

1.1A                  Commitments
3.1                   Certain Contingent Liabilities
3.4                   Consents, etc.
3.6                   Material Litigation
3.14                  Subsidiaries
6.3(j)                Existing Liens
6.8                   Transactions with Affiliates


EXHIBITS:

A                     Form of Closing Certificate
B                     Form of Assignment and Acceptance
C-1                   Form of Legal Opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell
C-2                   Form of Legal Opinion of Robert Jacobs, Esq.
D-1                   Form of Revolving Loan Note
D-2                   Form of Competitive Loan Note
D-3                   Form of Swingline Loan Note
E                     Form of Exemption Certificate


<PAGE>




509265-0409-02618-998GAET2-CRA

                         CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of October 18, 1999, among
HOMESIDE LENDING, INC., a Florida corporation (the
"Borrower"), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from
time to time parties to this Agreement (the "Lenders"),  BANK OF AMERICA,  N.A.,
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Syndication  Agents (in such capacity,  the "Syndication  Agents"),  NATIONAL
AUSTRALIA  BANK  LIMITED,  as  Senior  Managing  Agent  and  Co-Arranger,  CHASE
SECURITIES,  INC.,  as lead  arranger  and book manager (in such  capacity,  the
"Arranger"),  and THE CHASE  MANHATTAN  BANK, as  administrative  agent (in such
capacity, the "Administrative Agent").

                   The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                             SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Defined  Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the terms  listed in this
Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

     "ABR": for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the  greater  of (a) the Prime  Rate in effect on such
day and (b) the Federal Funds  Effective Rate in effect on such day plus * * * *
* . For purposes hereof:  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum
publicly  announced from time to time by the Reference  Lender as its prime rate
in effect at its  principal  office in New York City (the  Prime  Rate not being
intended to be the lowest rate of interest  charged by the  Reference  Lender in
connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the ABR due to a
change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds  Effective Rate shall be effective
as of the opening of business on the  effective  day of such change in the Prime
Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

     "ABR Loans":  Loans the rate of interest  applicable to which is based upon
the ABR.

     "Accounts  Receivable":  that  dollar  amount  shown as such on the balance
sheet of the Borrower as of the relevant Applicable Financial Test Date.

     "Adjustment Date": as defined in the Pricing Grid.

     "Administrative Agent": The Chase Manhattan Bank.

     "Affiliate":  as  to  any  Person,  any  other  Person  that,  directly  or
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
such Person.  For purposes of this  definition,  "control" of a Person means the
power, directly or indirectly,  either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities
having  ordinary  voting  power  for  the  election  of  directors  (or  persons
performing  similar  functions)  of such  Person  or (b)  direct  or  cause  the
direction of the management and policies of such Person,  whether by contract or
otherwise.

     "Agency": FHLMC, FNMA or GNMA.

     "Agents":  the  collective  reference  to the  Syndication  Agents  and the
Administrative Agent.



<PAGE>









     "Aggregate  Exposure":  with  respect to any Lender at any time,  an amount
equal to the amount of such  Lender's  Revolving  Commitment  then in effect or,
after  the  Revolving  Termination  Date or if the  Revolving  Commitments  have
otherwise been terminated,  the amount of such Lender's Revolving  Extensions of
Credit then outstanding.

     "Aggregate  Exposure  Percentage":  with respect to any Lender at any time,
the ratio  (expressed as a percentage)  of such Lender's  Aggregate  Exposure at
such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

     "Agreement":  this Credit Agreement, as amended,  supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.

     "Applicable  Financial  Test Date" : at any time,  the last day of the most
recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended prior to such time.

     "Applicable   Margin":   for  Eurodollar   Loans  (other  than   Eurodollar
Competitive  Loans), (a) prior to the Revolving  Termination Date, * * * * * per
annum, and (b) on and after the Revolving Termination Date, * * * * * per annum,
provided that for each day on which the aggregate  principal amount of all Loans
outstanding on such day exceeds 50% of the Total  Revolving  Commitments on such
day, the margin for Eurodollar  Loans set forth in clause (a) shall be * * * * *
for such day.

     "Approved Fund":  with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in
commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and is managed
or advised by the same  investment  advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of
such investment advisor.

     "Approved  Securities  Offering" : a proposed offering of securities by the
Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower secured or otherwise supported in whole
or part by  Mortgage  Loans  and/or  Mortgage-Backed  Securities,  for which the
following  statements  are  true,  unless  otherwise  waived in  writing  by the
Required Lenders:

     (a) the  Borrower  or such  Affiliate,  as  applicable,  has filed and made
effective a  registration  statements  with the SEC covering the offering of the
proposed securities;

     (b) the  Borrower  or such  Affiliate,  as  applicable,  has  obtained  all
permits, exemptions and licenses necessary to effect such offering;

     (c) such offering has been priced and is the subject of a firm underwriting
commitment;

     (d) such securities qualify as "mortgage-related  securities" under Section
3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

     (e) in the reasonably  anticipated  course of events,  the Borrower or such
Affiliate,  as  applicable,  is  expected  to  obtain a rating in one of the two
highest  categories  available  for  securities of a like nature from the rating
agency rating such securities.

     "Assignee": as defined in Section 9.6(c).

     "Assignment and Acceptance": an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in
the form of Exhibit B.



<PAGE>


     "Assignor": as defined in Section 9.6(c).

     "Available Revolving  Commitment":  as to any Revolving Lender at any time,
an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender's Revolving Commitment
then in effect  over (b) such  Lender's  Revolving  Extensions  of  Credit  then
outstanding.

     "Benefitted Lender": as defined in Section 9.7(a).

     "Board": the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United
States (or any successor).

     "Borrower": as defined in the preamble hereto.

     "Borrowing  Date":  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on
which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

     "Business": as defined in Section 3.16(b).

     "Business  Day": a day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day on which
commercial  banks in New York City are  authorized  or required by law to close,
provided,  that with respect to notices and  determinations  in connection with,
and payments of principal and interest on,  Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a
day for  trading  by and  between  banks in  Dollar  deposits  in the  interbank
eurodollar market.

     "Capital  Lease  Obligations":  as to any Person,  the  obligations of such
Person to pay rent or other  amounts  under  any lease of (or other  arrangement
conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof,
which  obligations  are required to be  classified  and accounted for as capital
leases on a balance  sheet of such Person  under GAAP and,  for the  purposes of
this  Agreement,  the  amount  of such  obligations  at any  time  shall  be the
capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Capital Stock":  any and all shares,  interests,  participations  or other
equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation,  any and all
equivalent  ownership  interests in a Person (other than a corporation)  and any
and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

     "Cash" : at any date the dollar  amount of "Cash" of the Borrower set forth
in the balance sheet of the Borrower as of the most recent Applicable  Financial
Test Date.



<PAGE>


     "Cash  Equivalents":  (a)  marketable  direct  obligations  issued  by,  or
unconditionally  guaranteed  by, the United  States  Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States,  in
each  case  maturing  within  one  year  from  the  date  of  acquisition;   (b)
certificates  of deposit,  time deposits,  eurodollar time deposits or overnight
bank  deposits  having  maturities  of six  months  or  less  from  the  date of
acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized or licensed
under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital
and surplus of not less than  $500,000,000;  (c)  commercial  paper of an issuer
rated at least A-1 by  Standard  & Poor's  Ratings  Services  ("S&P")  or P-1 by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), or carrying an equivalent rating by
a nationally  recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies
cease  publishing  ratings of commercial paper issuers  generally,  and maturing
within six months from the date of  acquisition;  (d) repurchase  obligations of
any Lender or of any commercial bank  satisfying the  requirements of clause (b)
of this  definition,  having a term of not more than 30 days,  with  respect  to
securities   issued  or  fully  guaranteed  or  insured  by  the  United  States
government;  (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition  issued or fully guaranteed by any state,  commonwealth or territory
of the United States,  by any political  subdivision or taxing  authority of any
such  state,  commonwealth  or  territory  or by  any  foreign  government,  the
securities  of which  state,  commonwealth,  territory,  political  subdivision,
taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A
by S&P or A by Moody's;  (f)  securities  with  maturities of six months or less
from the date of acquisition  backed by standby  letters of credit issued by any
Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the  requirements of clause (b) of this
definition;  or (g) shares of money market  mutual or similar funds which invest
exclusively in assets  satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of
this definition.


     "Closing  Date":  the date on which the  conditions  precedent set forth in
Section 4.1 shall have been satisfied, which date is October 18, 1999.

     "Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

     "Commitment": as to any Lender, the Revolving Commitment of such Lender.

     "Commonly Controlled Entity": an entity, whether or not incorporated,  that
is under common control with the Borrower  within the meaning of Section 4001 of
ERISA or is part of a group that  includes the Borrower and that is treated as a
single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

     "Competitive  Bid":  an  offer by a Lender  to make a  Competitive  Loan in
accordance with Section 2.7.

     "Competitive  Bid Rate":  with respect to any  Competitive  Bid, the margin
over the Eurodollar Rate or the Fixed Rate, as applicable, offered by the Lender
making such Competitive Bid.

     "Competitive  Bid Request":  a request by the Borrower for Competitive Bids
in accordance with Section 2.7.


     "Competitive Borrowing": any Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing or Fixed Rate
Competitive Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.7.

     "Competitive Loan": a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.7.

     "Confidential   Information   Memorandum":   the  Confidential  Information
Memorandum dated September 1999 and furnished to the Lenders.

     "Consolidated   Intangibles":   at  any  time,  all  amounts   included  in
Consolidated  Net Worth of the Borrower at such time which,  in accordance  with
GAAP, would be classified as intangible  assets on a consolidated  balance sheet
of the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries,  including,  without  limitation,  (a)
goodwill  (other  than  negative  goodwill),   including  any  amounts  (however
designated on the balance sheet) representing the cost of acquisitions in excess
of underlying net tangible assets, and (b) patents,  trademarks,  copyrights and
other intangibles.

     "Consolidated  Net  Worth":  at any  time,  all  amounts  which  would,  in
conformity with GAAP, be included under  shareholders'  equity on a consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such time.

     "Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth" : at any date,  an amount  equal to (a)
Consolidated  Net Worth at such date less (b)  Consolidated  Intangibles at such
date.

     "Consolidated  Total Debt": at any date, the aggregate  principal amount of
all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries at such date,  determined
on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     "Contractual  Obligation":  as to any Person, any provision of any security
issued by such Person or of any  agreement,  instrument or other  undertaking to
which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

     "Default":  any of the events  specified  in Section 7,  whether or not any
requirement  for the  giving of  notice,  the lapse of time,  or both,  has been
satisfied.

     "Disposition":  with respect to any  property,  any sale,  lease,  sale and
leaseback,  assignment,  conveyance,  transfer or other disposition thereof. The
terms "Dispose" and "Disposed of" shall have correlative meanings.

     "Dollars" and "$": lawful currency of the United States.

     "Early  Pool Buyout  Advances":  that  dollar  amount  shown as such on the
balance sheet of the Borrower as of the relevant Applicable Financial Test Date.

     "Eligible  Mortgage  Assets":  the dollar amount of Mortgage Loans Held for
Sale or Mortgage Loans Held for  Investment,  as the case may be, on the balance
sheet of the  Borrower,  but  excluding,  in any event:  (a) Mortgage  Loans and
Mortgage-Backed Securities which are subject to a Lien other than a Lien that is
permitted  under  Section 6.3 and that  secures  Indebtedness  included in Total
Debt,  (b)  Mortgage  Loans  secured  by  properties  which  are not 1-4  family
residential  properties,  and (c) Mortgage  Loans deemed to be unsaleable by the
Borrower.

     "Environmental  Laws":  any and  all  foreign,  Federal,  state,  local  or
municipal  laws,  rules,  orders,  regulations,   statutes,  ordinances,  codes,
decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law
(including  common  law)  regulating,  relating  to  or  imposing  liability  or
standards of conduct  concerning  protection of human health or the environment,
as may now or at any time hereafter be in effect.

     "ERISA":  the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time.

     "Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements": for any day as applied to a Eurodollar
Loan, the aggregate  (without  duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a
decimal  fraction)  of  reserve  requirements  in effect on such day  (including
basic,  supplemental,  marginal and emergency  reserves under any regulations of
the Board or other  Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  with  respect
thereto) dealing with reserve  requirements  prescribed for eurocurrency funding
(currently  referred to as  "Eurocurrency  liabilities"  in  Regulation D of the
Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.



<PAGE>


     "Eurodollar  Base  Rate":  with  respect to each day during  each  Interest
Period  pertaining to a Eurodollar  Loan,  the rate per annum  determined on the
basis of the rate for  deposits in Dollars for a period  equal to such  Interest
Period  commencing  on the first day of such Interest  Period  appearing on Page
3750 of the Dow Jones Markets screen as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business
Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate
does not appear on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones  Markets  screen (or  otherwise on
such  screen),  the  "Eurodollar  Base Rate" shall be determined by reference to
such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates
as may be  selected  by the  Administrative  Agent  or, in the  absence  of such
availability,  by reference to the rate at which the Reference Lender is offered
Dollar  deposits at or about 11:00 A.M.,  New York City time,  two Business Days
prior to the  beginning  of such  Interest  Period in the  interbank  eurodollar
market where its  eurodollar  and foreign  currency and exchange  operations are
then being  conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest  Period for
the number of days comprised therein.

     "Eurodollar  Competitive  Borrowing":  any  borrowing  by the  Borrower  of
Eurodollar Competitive Loans pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     "Eurodollar  Competitive  Loan":  a  Competitive  Loan the rate of interest
applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

     "Eurodollar Loan": a Loan the rate of interest applicable to which is based
upon the Eurodollar Rate.

     "Eurodollar  Rate":  with respect to each day during each  Interest  Period
pertaining  to a Eurodollar  Loan, a rate per annum  determined  for such day in
accordance with the following  formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of
1%): * * * * *

     "Eurodollar Tranche": the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans the then
current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and
end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been
made on the same day).

     "Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 7, provided that
any requirement  for the giving of notice,  the lapse of time, or both, has been
satisfied.

     "Existing Credit  Agreement":  the Credit Agreement dated as of January 31,
1997  among  the  Borrower,  Honolulu  Mortgage  Company,  Inc.,  the  banks and
financial  institutions  from time to time parties thereto,  the Balance Lenders
(as defined  therein),  The First  National Bank of Boston as Collateral  Agent,
NationsBank  of Texas as  Syndication  Agent  and The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank as
Administrative Agent.

     "Facility Fee Rate": * * * * * per annum.



<PAGE>


     "Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate":  (i) for the first day of an ABR Loan or
Swingline  Loan,  the rate per annum  which is the  average  of the rates on the
offered side of the Federal funds market quoted by three interbank Federal funds
brokers,  selected by the  Administrative  Agent, at approximately  the time the
Borrower  requests  such ABR Loan or  Swingline  Loan,  for Dollar  deposits  in
immediately  available funds,  for a period and in an amount,  comparable to the
principal  amount of such ABR Loan or  Swingline  Loan,  as the case may be, and
(ii) for each day of such ABR  Loan or  Swingline  Loan  thereafter,  or for any
other amount hereunder which bears interest at the ABR, the rate per annum which
is the average of the rates on the  offered  side of the  Federal  funds  market
quoted by three interbank Federal funds brokers,  selected by the Administrative
Agent,  at  approximately  2:00 p.m.  New York City time on such day for  Dollar
deposits  in  immediately  available  funds,  for a  period  and  in  an  amount
comparable to the  principal  amount of such ABR Loan,  Swingline  Loan or other
amount,  as the  case may be;  in the  case of both  clauses  (i) and  (ii),  as
determined by the Administrative Agent and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/100 of 1%.

     "FHA": the Federal Housing Administration and any successor thereto.

     "FHLMC": Freddie Mac and any successor thereto.

     "Fixed  Rate"  :  with  respect  to  any  Competitive  Loan  (other  than a
Eurodollar  Competitive Loan), the fixed rate of interest per annum specified by
the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive Bid.

     "Fixed Rate  Competitive  Borrowing":  any  borrowing  by the Borrower of a
Fixed Rate Competitive Loans pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     "Fixed Rate  Competitive  Loan": a Competitive  Loan bearing  interest at a
Fixed Rate.

     "FNMA": Fannie Mae and any successor thereto.

     "Funding  Office":  the office of the  Administrative  Agent  specified  in
Section 9.2 or such other  office as may be  specified  from time to time by the
Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and
the Lenders.

     "GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in
effect from time to time, except that for purposes of Section 6.1, GAAP shall be
determined  on the basis of such  principles  in effect on the date  hereof  and
consistent  with  those  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  audited  financial
statements referred to in Section 3.1. In the event that any "Accounting Change"
(as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method
of calculation  of financial  covenants,  standards or terms in this  Agreement,
then the Borrower and the Administrative  Agent agree to enter into negotiations
in order to amend such  provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably  reflect
such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating
the  Borrower's  financial  condition  shall be the same after  such  Accounting
Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such
an  amendment  shall have been  executed  and  delivered by the Borrower and the
Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement
shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such  Accounting  Changes had
not occurred.  "Accounting  Changes" refers to changes in accounting  principles
required by the promulgation of any rule,  regulation,  pronouncement or opinion
by the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  of the  American  Institute  of
Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

     "GNMA":  the Government  National  Mortgage  Association  and any successor
thereto.

     "Governmental  Authority":  any  nation or  government,  any state or other
political   subdivision   thereof,  any  agency,   authority,   instrumentality,
regulatory  body,  court,  central  bank or other entity  exercising  executive,
legislative,  judicial,  taxing,  regulatory or  administrative  functions of or
pertaining  to  government,  any  securities  exchange  and any  self-regulatory
organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).


<PAGE>


     "Hedging Agreement": any interest rate protection agreement,  interest rate
option, interest rate cap or other interest rate hedge agreement entered into by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  providing to the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries protection against changes in interest rates.

     "Hedge  Contract":  in  respect  of  any  Mortgage  Loans,  Mortgage-Backed
Securities or servicing  rights for Mortgage Loans, a contract to buy or sell an
instrument  on  the  futures  market,  cash  forward  market,  private  investor
whole-loan  market or options market, or an option or financial future purchased
over the counter for future delivery of such instrument,  in respect of interest
rate risks associated with such Mortgage Loans,  Mortgage-Backed  Securities and
servicing rights.

     "Hedge  Termination  Obligation":  any  termination  amount or other amount
payable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  upon the early  termination,
by reason of the occurrence of a default or other  termination event thereunder,
of any interest rate protection agreement,  interest rate option,  interest rate
cap or other interest rate hedge arrangement providing to the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries protection against changes in interest rates.

     "HUD":  The Department of Housing and Urban  Development  and any successor
thereto.

     "Indebtedness":  of any Person at any date,  without  duplication,  (a) all
indebtedness  of such Person for borrowed  money,  (b) all  obligations  of such
Person for the  deferred  purchase  price of property  or  services  (other than
current  trade  payables  incurred  in the  ordinary  course  of  such  Person's
business),  (c) all  obligations  of such  Person  evidenced  by  notes,  bonds,
debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising
under any conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement with respect to
property  acquired by such Person  (even  though the rights and  remedies of the
seller or lender  under such  agreement  in the event of default  are limited to
repossession  or sale of such  property),  (e) all Capital Lease  Obligations of
such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person,  contingent or otherwise, as an
account party (or its equivalent) under acceptances,  letters of credit,  surety
bonds or  similar  arrangements,  (g) the  liquidation  value  of all  preferred
Capital Stock of such Person  redeemable at the option of the holders thereof or
containing  mandatory  redemption or other payment provisions that could require
any cash or asset  payment  or  distribution  prior to the date that is one year
after the Maturity Date, (h) all indebtedness of others assumed or guaranteed by
such Person or in respect of which such Person is  secondarily  or  contingently
liable,  (i) all  obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (i)
above  secured by (or for which the holder of such  obligation  has an  existing
right,  contingent  or  otherwise,  to be  secured  by)  any  Lien  on  property
(including  accounts and contract  rights) owned by such Person,  whether or not
such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and
(j) for the purposes of Sections  5.7(b),  6.2 and 7(e) only, all obligations of
such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall
include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which
such Person is a general  partner) to the extent such Person is liable  therefor
as a result of such Person's  ownership  interest in such entity,  except to the
extent the terms of such Indebtedness  expressly provide that such Person is not
liable therefor.

     "Insolvency":  with respect to any  Multiemployer  Plan, the condition that
such Plan is insolvent within the meaning ---------- of Section 4245 of ERISA.

     "Insolvent": pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.



<PAGE>


     "Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights, priorities
and privileges relating to intellectual  property,  whether arising under United
States,  multinational  or  foreign  laws or  otherwise,  including  copyrights,
copyright licenses,  patents, patent licenses,  trademarks,  trademark licenses,
technology,  know-how and  processes,  and all rights to sue at law or in equity
for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive
all proceeds and damages therefrom.

     "Interest  Payment Date":  (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of
each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding
and the final maturity date of such Loan,  (b) as to any Eurodollar  Loan having
an  Interest  Period of three  months  or less,  the last  Business  Day of such
Interest Period,  (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer
than three months,  each Business Day that is three months,  or a whole multiple
thereof,  after the first  Business  Day of such  Interest  Period  and the last
Business Day of such Interest Period,  (d) as to any Swingline Loan, the date of
any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof, and (e) with respect to any
Fixed Rate  Competitive  Loan,  the last  Business  Day of the  Interest  Period
applicable to such Loan as specified and accepted in the applicable  Competitive
Bid Request and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing  with an Interest  Period
of more than 90 days'  duration  (unless  otherwise  specified in the applicable
Competitive  Bid  Request),  each Business Day prior to the last Business Day of
such  Interest  Period that occurs at intervals of 90 days'  duration  after the
first  Business  Day of such  Interest  Period,  and any  other  dates  that are
specified in the applicable  Competitive  Bid Request as Interest  Payment Dates
with respect to such Borrowing.

     "Interest Period": (a) as to any Eurodollar Loan, (i) initially, the period
commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect
to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter,  as
selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion,  as
the case may be, given with respect thereto;  and (ii)  thereafter,  each period
commencing on the last day of the next preceding  Interest Period  applicable to
such  Eurodollar  Loan and ending one, two, three or six months  thereafter,  as
selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the  Administrative  Agent not
less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest
Period with respect  thereto;  provided  that,  all of the foregoing  provisions
relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

     (A) if any  Interest  Period  would  otherwise  end on a day  that is not a
Business  Day,  such  Interest  Period shall be extended to the next  succeeding
Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest
Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end
on the immediately preceding Business Day;

     (B) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period that would extend beyond
the Maturity Date;

     (C) any Interest  Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar
month (or on a day for which there is no  numerically  corresponding  day in the
calendar  month  at the end of  such  Interest  Period)  shall  end on the  last
Business Day of a calendar month; and

     (E) the  Borrower  shall  select  Interest  Periods  so as not to require a
payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar  Loan during an Interest Period for such
Loan; and



<PAGE>


     (b) with respect to any Fixed Rate Competitive Borrowing, the period (which
shall not be less than 7 days or more than 360 days)  commencing  on the date of
such borrowing and ending on the date  specified in the  applicable  Competitive
Bid Request;  provided that (i) if any Interest  Period would otherwise end on a
day that is not a Business Day,  such  Interest  Period shall extend to the next
succeeding  Business Day and (ii) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period
that would extend beyond the Maturity Date.

     "Lenders": as defined in the preamble hereto.

     "Lien":   any  mortgage,   pledge,   hypothecation,   assignment,   deposit
arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien (statutory or other),  charge or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever  (including any conditional sale or
other title retention  agreement and any capital lease having  substantially the
same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

     "Loan": any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

     "Loan Documents": this Agreement and the Notes.

     "Material  Adverse Effect":  a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
property, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole or (b) the validity or  enforceability of this Agreement or any
of the other Loan  Documents  or the rights or  remedies  of the  Administrative
Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

     "Materials of Environmental  Concern": any gasoline or petroleum (including
crude oil or any  fraction  thereof) or petroleum  products or any  hazardous or
toxic substances,  materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under
any  Environmental  Law,  including  asbestos,   polychlorinated  biphenyls  and
urea-formaldehyde insulation.

     "Maturity Date": October 16, 2001.

     "Mortgage-Backed   Securities":   (a)   securities   (including,    without
limitation,  participation  certificates)  guaranteed  by  GNMA  that  represent
interests in a pool of mortgages,  deeds of trusts or other instruments creating
a Lien on property which is improved by a completed single dwelling (one-to-four
family units), (b) securities (including  participation  certificates) issued by
FNMA or FHLMC that represent  interests in such a pool,  (c)  securities  issued
under Approved Securities Offerings, and (d) senior tranches of privately-placed
securities  representing undivided interests in or otherwise supported by such a
pool.

     "Mortgage Loan": a residential real estate secured loan, including, without
limitation; (a) a promissory note and related deed of trust (or mortgage) and/or
security  agreements,  (b) all  guaranties  and insurance  policies,  including,
without  limitation,  all mortgage and title insurance policies and all fire and
extended coverage  insurance  policies with respect thereto,  and (c) all right,
title and  interest  of the owner of such loan in the  property  covered by said
deed of trust (or mortgage).

     "Mortgage Loans Held For  Investment":  that dollar amount shown as such on
the balance sheet of the Borrower as of the relevant  Applicable  Financial Test
Date.

     "Mortgage  Loans Held For Sale":  that dollar  amount  shown as such on the
balance sheet of the Borrower as of the relevant Applicable Financial Test Date.

     "Mortgage Servicing Rights": the dollar amount shown as "Mortgage Servicing
Rights" on the  balance  sheet of the  Borrower  as of the  relevant  Applicable
Financial Test Date.



<PAGE>


     "Multiemployer  Plan":  a Plan that is a  multiemployer  plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     "Non-Excluded Taxes": as defined in Section 2.16(a).

     "Non-U.S. Lender": as defined in Section 2.16(d).

     "Notes": the collective reference to the promissory notes evidencing Loans.

     "Obligations":  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest
accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest  accruing after the filing
of  any  petition  in  bankruptcy,   or  the  commencement  of  any  insolvency,
reorganization  or like proceeding,  relating to the Borrower,  whether or not a
claim for post-filing or  post-petition  interest is allowed in such proceeding)
the Loans and all other  obligations  and  liabilities  of the  Borrower  to the
Agents or to any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due
or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred,  which may arise under,
out of, or in connection with, this Agreement,  any other Loan Document,  or any
other  document  made,  delivered or given in connection  herewith or therewith,
whether on account of  principal,  interest,  reimbursement  obligations,  fees,
indemnities,  costs,  expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of
counsel to the  Administrative  Agent or to any Lender  that are  required to be
paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

     "Other  Assets" : the  dollar  amount  shown as "Other  Assets" on the most
recent covenant  compliance  calculation  delivered by the Borrower  pursuant to
Section  5.2(b) and shall  consist of all  assets of the  Borrower  shown on the
balance sheet of the Borrower (including  servicing hedge investments) as of the
most recent  Applicable  Financial  Test Date other than assets  included in the
calculation  of  subsections  (i) - (vii) of  Section  6.2(d) of the  Agreement;
provided,  however,  that in no event  shall  Other  Assets  include  intangible
assets.

     "Other Taxes":  any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or
any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or similar levies arising from any
payment made  hereunder or from the execution,  delivery or  enforcement  of, or
otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     "Participant": as defined in Section 9.6(b).

     "PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  established  pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any
successor).

     "Person":  an  individual,  partnership,   corporation,  limited  liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

     "Plan":  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by
ERISA and in respect of which the  Borrower or a Commonly  Controlled  Entity is
(or, if such plan were  terminated  at such time,  would under  Section  4069 of
ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

     "Prime Rate": as defined in the definition of "ABR" in Section 1.1.



<PAGE>


     "Property and Equipment" : the dollar amount shown as "Property,  Equipment
and  Leasehold  Improvements"  on the  balance  sheet of the  Borrower as of the
relevant Applicable Financial Test Date.

     "Properties": as defined in Section 3.16(a).

     "Receivables":  in respect of any  transaction  at any time,  the  accounts
receivable then owing to the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries in respect thereof or
any similar  contractual  right to receive payment arising therefrom and then in
effect.

     "Reference Lender": The Chase Manhattan Bank.

     "Refunded Swingline Loans": as defined in Section 2.4(b).

     "Register": as defined in Section 9.6(d).

     "Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

     "Reorganization":  with respect to any  Multiemployer  Plan,  the condition
that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

     "Reportable  Event":  any of the  events  set forth in  Section  4043(b) of
ERISA,  other  than those  events as to which the  thirty-day  notice  period is
waived under  subsections  .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg.
ss. 4043.

     "Required Lenders":  at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the Total
Revolving  Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been
terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

     "Requirement of Law": as to any Person,  the  Certificate of  Incorporation
and By-Laws or other  organizational or governing  documents of such Person, and
any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court
or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
Person or any of its  property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject.

     "Responsible  Officer":  the chief  executive  officer,  president or chief
financial  officer of the Borrower,  but in any event, with respect to financial
matters, the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

     "Restricted Payments": as defined in Section 6.6.

     "Revolving Commitment":  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to
make  Revolving  Loans  and  participate  in  Swingline  Loans  in an  aggregate
principal  and/or  face  amount not to exceed  the  amount  set forth  under the
heading "Revolving  Commitment"  opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A or
in the Assignment  and  Acceptance  pursuant to which such Lender became a party
hereto,  as the same may be  changed  from  time to time  pursuant  to the terms
hereof.   The   original   amount  of  the  Total   Revolving   Commitments   is
$2,000,000,000.

     "Revolving  Commitment  Period":  the period from and including the Closing
Date to the Revolving Termination Date.



<PAGE>


     "Revolving  Extensions of Credit":  as to any Revolving Lender at any time,
an  amount  equal  to the  sum of (a)  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of all
Revolving  Loans held by such  Lender  then  outstanding  and (b) such  Lender's
Revolving  Percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of Swingline Loans then
outstanding.

     "Revolving  Lender":  each Lender that has a Revolving  Commitment  or that
holds Revolving Loans.

     "Revolving Loans": as defined in Section 2.1(a).

     "Revolving  Percentage":  as to  any  Revolving  Lender  at any  time,  the
percentage  which such Lender's  Revolving  Commitment  then  constitutes of the
Total  Revolving  Commitments  (or, at any time after the Revolving  Commitments
shall have expired or terminated,  the percentage which the aggregate  principal
amount of such Lender's  Revolving  Loans then  outstanding  constitutes  of the
aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding).

     "Revolving Termination Date": October 16, 2000.

     "SEC": the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  any successor  thereto and
any analogous Governmental Authority.

     "Single  Employer Plan": any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but
that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

     "Subsidiary":  as  to  any  Person,  a  corporation,  partnership,  limited
liability  company or other entity more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or
other ownership  interests of which having by the terms thereof  ordinary voting
power to vote for the  election  of  directors,  managers  or  trustees  of such
corporation,   partnership,   limited   liability   company   or  other   entity
(irrespective  of whether or not at the time stock or other ownership  interests
of any  other  class  or  classes  of  such  corporation,  partnership,  limited
liability  company or other  entity  shall have or might  have  voting  power by
reason of the happening of any  contingency)  shall, at the time as of which any
determination   is  being  made,  be  owned,   either  directly  and/or  through
Subsidiaries of such Person.

     "Swingline  Commitment":  the obligation of each  Swingline  Lender to make
Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.3 in an aggregate  principal amount at any
one time  outstanding  not to exceed the amount set forth  opposite  its name on
Schedule 1.1A under "Swingline Commitment".

     "Swingline  Lender":  each of The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  Bank of America,
N.A.,  Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and such  additional  Lenders,  if any,
having a Swingline Commitment on Schedule 1.1A under "Swingline Commitment".

     "Swingline Loans": as defined in Section 2.3(a).

     "Swingline Participation Amount": as defined in Section 2.4(c).

     "Total  Debt":  all  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries
described in clause (a), (c) or (e) of the definition thereof.

     "Total  Revolving  Commitments":  at any time, the aggregate  amount of the
Revolving Commitments then in effect.


<PAGE>


     "Total Revolving  Extensions of Credit":  at any time, the aggregate amount
of the Revolving  Extensions of Credit of the Revolving  Lenders  outstanding at
such time.

     "Transferee": any Assignee or Participant.

     "Type": as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

     "United States": the United States of America.

     "VA": the Veterans Administration or any successor thereto.

     "Wholly Owned  Subsidiary":  as to any Person,  any other Person all of the
Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares required by law)
is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

     "Year 2000 Compliant" : as defined in Section 3.18.

     "Year 2000 Compliance" : as defined in Section 3.18.

     "Year 2000 Systems" : as defined in Section 3.18.


     1.2 Other Definitional Provisions.  (a) Unless otherwise specified therein,
all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in
the other Loan Documents or any  certificate or other document made or delivered
pursuant hereto or thereto.

     (b As used herein and in the other Loan  Documents,  and any certificate or
other  document made or delivered  pursuant  hereto or thereto,  (i)  accounting
terms relating to the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  not defined in Section 1.1
and  accounting  terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined,
shall have the  respective  meanings  given to them under  GAAP,  (ii) the words
"include",  "includes"  and  "including"  shall be deemed to be  followed by the
phrase "without  limitation",  (iii) the word "incur" shall be construed to mean
incur,  create,  issue,  assume,  become liable in respect of or suffer to exist
(and the words "incurred" and "incurrence" shall have correlative meanings), and
(iv) the  words  "asset"  and  "property"  shall be  construed  to have the same
meaning and effect and to refer to any and all  tangible and  intangible  assets
and properties,  including cash, Capital Stock, securities,  revenues, accounts,
leasehold interests and contract rights.

     (c The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import
when used in this Agreement  shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to
any particular  provision of this Agreement,  and Section,  Schedule and Exhibit
references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

     (d The meanings given to terms defined  herein shall be equally  applicable
to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

                   SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS



<PAGE>


     2.1 Revolving Commitments.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
each  Revolving   Lender   severally  agrees  to  make  revolving  credit  loans
("Revolving  Loans") to the  Borrower  from time to time  during  the  Revolving
Commitment  Period in an aggregate  principal amount at any one time outstanding
which,  when  added  to such  Lender's  Revolving  Percentage  of the  aggregate
principal  amount of the Swingline Loans then  outstanding,  does not exceed the
amount of such Lender's Revolving  Commitment.  During the Revolving  Commitment
Period the Borrower may use the Revolving  Commitments  by borrowing,  prepaying
the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with
the terms and conditions  hereof;  provided that the sum of the Total  Revolving
Extensions  of  Credit  plus  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  outstanding
Competitive Loans at any time shall not exceed the Total Revolving  Commitments.
The Revolving  Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar  Loans or ABR Loans, as
determined  by  the  Borrower  and  notified  to  the  Administrative  Agent  in
accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.9.

     (b) The  Borrower  shall  repay  all  outstanding  Revolving  Loans  on the
Maturity Date.

     2.2 Procedure for Revolving Loan  Borrowing.  The Borrower may borrow under
the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business
Day, provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative  Agent irrevocable
notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00
Noon,  New York  City  time,  (a) three  Business  Days  prior to the  requested
Borrowing  Date,  in the  case  of  Eurodollar  Loans,  or (b) on the  requested
Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans), specifying (i) the amount and Type of
Revolving Loans to be borrowed,  (ii) the requested  Borrowing Date and (iii) in
the case of Eurodollar  Loans, the respective  amounts of each such Type of Loan
and  the  respective  lengths  of the  initial  Interest  Period  therefor.  Any
Revolving  Loans made on the Closing  Date shall  initially  be ABR Loans.  Each
borrowing under the Revolving  Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in
the case of ABR Loans,  $15,000,000  or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess
thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than
$15,000,000,  such  lesser  amount)  and (y) in the  case of  Eurodollar  Loans,
$25,000,000 or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof  provided,  that
any Swingline  Lender may request,  on behalf of the Borrower,  borrowings under
the  Revolving  Commitments  that are ABR  Loans in other  amounts  pursuant  to
Section  2.4.  Upon  receipt  of  any  such  notice  from  the   Borrower,   the
Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof.  Each
Revolving  Lender  will make the amount of its pro rata share of each  borrowing
available  to the  Administrative  Agent for the account of the  Borrower at the
Funding  Office prior to 1:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the  Borrowing  Date
requested by the Borrower in funds immediately  available to the  Administrative
Agent.  Such  borrowing  will  then be made  available  to the  Borrower  by the
Administrative  Agent crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such
office with the  aggregate of the amounts made  available to the  Administrative
Agent  by  the  Revolving   Lenders  and  in  like  funds  as  received  by  the
Administrative   Agent.  Any  borrowing  made  while  any  Swingline  Loans  are
outstanding  must include  sufficient  borrowings to repay such Swingline Loans,
and such Swingline  Loans shall be repaid with the proceeds  thereof on the date
of such borrowing.



<PAGE>


     2.3 Swingline  Commitment.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
each  Swingline  Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit  available to the
Borrower under the Revolving  Commitments from time to time during the Revolving
Commitment Period by making Swingline loans ("Swingline Loans") to the Borrower;
provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans made by each
Swingline  Lender  outstanding  at any  time  shall  not  exceed  the  Swingline
Commitment of such Swingline  Lender then in effect  (notwithstanding  that such
Swingline  Loans  outstanding at any time,  when  aggregated with such Swingline
Lender's other outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder,  may exceed such Swingline
Commitment  then in effect)  and (ii) the  Borrower  shall not  request,  and no
Swingline  Lender shall make,  any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the
making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate  amount of the Available  Revolving
Commitment would be less than zero. During the Revolving  Commitment Period, the
Borrower  may  use  the  Swingline   Commitment   by  borrowing,   repaying  and
reborrowing,  all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;  provided,
further,  that the sum of the Total  Revolving  Extensions  of  Credit  plus the
aggregate  principal amount of outstanding  Competitive  Loans at any time shall
not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments.  Swingline Loans shall bear interest
at the rate set forth in Section 2.11 applicable thereto.

     (b  The  Borrower  shall  repay  all  outstanding  Swingline  Loans  on the
Revolving Termination Date.

     2.4 Procedure for Swingline  Borrowing;  Refunding of Swingline  Loans. (a)
Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lenders make Swingline Loans it
shall  give the  Swingline  Lenders  and the  Administrative  Agent  irrevocable
telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be
received by the Swingline  Lenders not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the proposed  Borrowing  Date),  specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and
(ii) the  requested  Borrowing  Date (which  shall be a Business  Day during the
Revolving  Commitment  Period).  Each borrowing  under the Swingline  Commitment
shall be in an amount equal to $2,500,000  or a whole  multiple of $1,000,000 in
excess  thereof.  Not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing
Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline  Lenders
shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount
in immediately  available funds equal to their  respective pro rata share of the
amount of the Swingline Loans so requested.  The Administrative Agent shall make
the proceeds of such Swingline Loans available to the Borrower on such Borrowing
Date by  depositing  such  proceeds  in the  account  of the  Borrower  with the
Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date in immediately available funds.

     (b Each Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and
absolute  discretion  may, on behalf of the Borrower  (which hereby  irrevocably
directs the  Swingline  Lenders to act on its  behalf),  on notice given by such
Swingline  Lender no later than 10:00  a.m.,  New York City time,  request  each
Revolving  Lender to make,  and each  Revolving  Lender hereby agrees to make, a
Revolving  Loan which will  initially be an ABR Loan, in an amount equal to such
Revolving Lender's Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline
Loans (the "Refunded  Swingline Loans")  outstanding on the date of such notice,
to repay the Swingline  Lenders.  Each Revolving Lender shall make the amount of
such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative  Agent at the Funding Office
in immediately  available funds, not later than 3:00 p.m, New York City time, on
the  date of  such  notice.  The  proceeds  of such  Revolving  Loans  shall  be
immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lenders,
pro rata based on their then outstanding Swingline Loans, for application by the
Swingline Lenders to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans. The Borrower
irrevocably  authorizes each Swingline Lender to charge the Borrower's  accounts
with the Administrative  Agent (up to the amount available in each such account)
in order to immediately  pay the amount of such Refunded  Swingline Loans to the
extent amounts  received from the Revolving  Lenders are not sufficient to repay
in full such Refunded Swingline Loans.

     (c If prior to the time a  Revolving  Loan would have  otherwise  been made
pursuant to Section  2.4(b),  one of the events  described in Section 7(f) shall
have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other
reason, as determined by any Swingline Lender in its sole discretion,  Revolving
Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.4(b),  each Revolving  Lender
shall,  on the date such  Revolving  Loan was to have been made  pursuant to the
notice referred to in Section 2.4(b) (the "Refunding  Date"),  purchase for cash
an undivided  participating  interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by
paying to each Swingline Lender an amount (the "Swingline Participation Amount")
equal to (i) such Revolving Lender's Revolving  Percentage times (ii) the sum of
the aggregate  principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to
have been  repaid with such  Revolving  Loans  together  with  accrued  interest
thereon.



<PAGE>


     (d Whenever,  at any time after any Swingline  Lender has received from any
Revolving Lender such Lender's Swingline  Participation  Amount,  such Swingline
Lender  receives any payment on account of the  Swingline  Loans,  the Swingline
Lender  will  distribute  to such  Lender  its  Swingline  Participation  Amount
(appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period
of time during which such Lender's  participating  interest was  outstanding and
funded and, in the case of  principal  and  interest  payments,  to reflect such
Lender's pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not  sufficient  to
pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due) in respect of
such Swingline Lender's Swingline Loans;  provided,  however,  that in the event
that such payment  received by such Swingline Lender is required to be returned,
such Revolving  Lender will return to such Swingline  Lender any portion thereof
previously distributed to it by such Swingline Lender.

     (e Each Revolving Lender's  obligation to make the Revolving Loans referred
to in Section 2.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section
2.4(c)  shall be  absolute  and  unconditional  and shall not be affected by any
circumstance,  including (i) any setoff,  counterclaim,  recoupment,  defense or
other right that such  Revolving  Lender or the  Borrower  may have  against any
Swingline  Lender,  the Borrower or any other Person for any reason  whatsoever;
(ii) the  occurrence or  continuance  of a Default or an Event of Default or the
failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5; (iii) any
adverse change in the condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower;  (iv)
any breach of this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document by the Borrower or any
other  Revolving  Lender;  or (v) any  other  circumstance,  happening  or event
whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

     2.5  Facility   Fees,   etc.  (a)  The  Borrower   agrees  to  pay  to  the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a facility fee for
the period from and  including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving
Commitment Period, computed at the Facility Fee Rate on the average daily amount
of the  Revolving  Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment
is made,  payable  quarterly in arrears on the last  Business Day of each March,
June,  September  and  December,  commencing on the first of such dates to occur
after the date hereof, and on the Revolving Termination Date or any earlier date
of termination.

     (b The Borrower agrees to pay to the  Administrative  Agent the fees in the
amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent.

     2.6 Termination or Reduction of Revolving  Commitments.  The Borrower shall
have  the  right,  upon  not  less  than  three  Business  Days'  notice  to the
Administrative  Agent  (which shall  promptly  notify each of the  Lenders),  to
terminate the Revolving  Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount
of the Revolving Commitments;  provided that no such termination or reduction of
Revolving  Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to
any prepayments of the Revolving  Loans made on the effective date thereof,  the
Total Revolving  Extensions of Credit and the Competitive Loans would exceed the
Total Revolving  Commitments.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to
$1,000,000,  or a whole  multiple  thereof,  and shall  reduce  permanently  the
Revolving Commitments then in effect.



<PAGE>


     2.7 Competitive Bid Procedure.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth  herein,  from time to time  during the  Revolving  Commitment  Period the
Borrower may request Competitive Bids and may (but shall not have any obligation
to) accept Competitive Bids and borrow Competitive Loans;  provided that the sum
of the Total Revolving  Extensions of Credit plus the aggregate principal amount
of  outstanding  Competitive  Loans at any  time  shall  not  exceed  the  Total
Revolving  Commitments.  To request  Competitive Bids, the Borrower shall notify
the  Administrative  Agent  of  such  request  by  telephone,  in the  case of a
Eurodollar Competitive Loan, not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, four
Business  Days before the date of the proposed  borrowing  and, in the case of a
Fixed Rate Competitive  Loan, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, one
Business  Day  before  the date of the  proposed  Borrowing;  provided  that the
Borrower may submit up to (but not more than) three  Competitive Bid Requests on
the same day,  but a  Competitive  Bid  Request  shall not be made  within  five
Business Days after the date of any previous Competitive Bid Request, unless any
and all such previous  Competitive Bid Requests shall have been withdrawn or all
Competitive Bids received in response thereto rejected, and each Competitive Bid
Request  must  refer  solely  to  Eurodollar  Competitive  Loans or  Fixed  Rate
Competitive  Loans.  Each  such  telephonic  Competitive  Bid  Request  shall be
confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a
written  Competitive Bid Request in a form approved by the Administrative  Agent
and signed by the Borrower.  Each such  telephonic and written  Competitive  Bid
Request shall specify the following information:

     (i) the aggregate amount of the requested borrowing;

     (ii) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

     (iii) whether such borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing or
a Fixed Rate Competitive Borrowing; and

     (iv) the Interest Period to be applicable to such borrowing, which shall be
a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period".

Promptly  following receipt of a Competitive Bid Request in accordance with this
Section,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify the  Lenders of the  details
thereof by telecopy, inviting the Lenders to submit Competitive Bids.

     (b Each Lender may (but shall not have any  obligation to) make one or more
Competitive Bids to the Borrower in response to a Competitive Bid Request.  Each
Competitive  Bid by a Lender must be in a form  approved  by the  Administrative
Agent and must be received by the Administrative Agent by telecopy,  in the case
of a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing,  not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City
time,  three  Business  Days  before  the  proposed  date  of  such  Competitive
Borrowing, and in the case of a Fixed Rate Competitive Borrowing, not later than
10:30  a.m.,  New York  City  time,  on the  proposed  date of such  Competitive
Borrowing.  Competitive  Bids  that do not  conform  substantially  to the  form
approved  by the  Administrative  Agent may be  rejected  by the  Administrative
Agent,  and the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify the  applicable  Lender as
promptly as  practicable.  Each  Competitive Bid shall specify (i) the principal
amount  (which  shall be a minimum of  $5,000,000  and an  integral  multiple of
$1,000,000 and which may equal the entire  principal  amount of the  Competitive
Borrowing  requested by the Borrower) of the Competitive  Loan or Loans that the
applicable  Lender is willing to make, (ii) the Competitive Bid Rate or Rates at
which  such  Lender  is  prepared  to make such  Loan or Loans  (expressed  as a
percentage  rate per annum in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal
places) and (iii) the Interest Period  applicable to each such Loan and the last
day thereof.

     (c The Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower by telecopy
of the  Competitive  Bid  Rate  and  the  principal  amount  specified  in  each
Competitive  Bid and the  identity  of the  Lender  that  shall  have  made such
Competitive Bid.



<PAGE>


     (d Subject  only to the  provisions  of this  paragraph,  the  Borrower may
accept  or  reject  any   Competitive   Bid.  The  Borrower   shall  notify  the
Administrative  Agent by telephone,  confirmed by telecopy in a form approved by
the Administrative Agent, whether and to what extent it has decided to accept or
reject each Competitive Bid, in the case of a Eurodollar  Competitive Borrowing,
not later than 10:30 a.m.,  New York City time,  three  Business Days before the
date of the  proposed  Competitive  Borrowing,  and in the case of a Fixed  Rate
Competitive  Borrowing,  not later than 10:30 a.m.,  New York City time,  on the
proposed  date of the subject  borrowing;  provided  that (i) the failure of the
Borrower  to  give  such  notice  shall  be  deemed  to be a  rejection  of each
Competitive  Bid, (ii) the Borrower shall not accept a Competitive Bid made at a
particular  Competitive Bid Rate if the Borrower  rejects a Competitive Bid made
at a lower  Competitive Bid Rate,  (iii) the aggregate amount of the Competitive
Bids  accepted  by the  Borrower  shall not exceed the  aggregate  amount of the
requested borrowing  specified in the related  Competitive Bid Request,  (iv) to
the extent  necessary to comply with clause (iii) above, the Borrower may accept
Competitive  Bids at the same  Competitive  Bid Rate in part,  which  acceptance
shall be made pro rata in  accordance  with the amount of each such  Competitive
Bid, and (v) except  pursuant to clause (iv) above,  no Competitive Bid shall be
accepted for a  Competitive  Loan unless such  Competitive  Loan is in a minimum
principal amount of $5,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000;  provided
further  that if a  Competitive  Loan must be in an amount less than  $5,000,000
because of the provisions of clause (iv) above, such Competitive Loan may be for
a minimum of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple thereof, and in calculating the
pro rata allocation of acceptances of portions of multiple Competitive Bids at a
particular  Competitive  Bid Rate  pursuant to clause (iv) the amounts  shall be
rounded to  integral  multiples  of  $1,000,000  in a manner  determined  by the
Borrower.  A notice given by the Borrower  pursuant to this  paragraph  shall be
irrevocable.

     (e The  Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify (i) each bidding Lender
by telecopy  whether or not its  Competitive  Bid has been accepted (and, if so,
the amount and  Competitive Bid Rate so accepted),  and each  successful  bidder
will thereupon become bound, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to make
the  Competitive  Loan in respect of which its Competitive Bid has been accepted
and (ii) each other Lender of the amount,  Interest  Period and  Competitive Bid
Rate of such Competitive Loan.

     (f If the entity which is the Administrative  Agent shall elect to submit a
Competitive  Bid in its capacity as a Lender,  it shall submit such  Competitive
Bid  directly to the  Borrower at least one quarter of an hour  earlier than the
time by which the other Lenders are required to submit their Competitive Bids to
the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.

     2.8  Optional  Prepayments.  The  Borrower may at any time and from time to
time prepay the Loans,  in whole or in part,  without  premium or penalty,  upon
irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three Business
Days prior thereto in the case of Eurodollar  Loans and prior to 12:00 Noon (New
York City time) on the Business Day of such prepayment in the case of ABR Loans,
which notice  shall  specify the date and amount of  prepayment  and whether the
prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans;  provided,  that if a Eurodollar
Loan is  prepaid  on any day  other  than the last  day of the  Interest  Period
applicable  thereto,  the Borrower  shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to
Section  2.17.  Upon receipt of any such notice the  Administrative  Agent shall
promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given,  the
amount  specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date  specified
therein, together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans
and  Swingline  Loans)  accrued  interest  to such date on the  amount  prepaid.
Partial  prepayments  of  Revolving  Loans and  Swingline  Loans  shall be in an
aggregate  principal  amount of $10,000,000 or a whole multiple of $5,000,000 in
excess  thereof.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Competitive  Loans may not be
repaid unless otherwise agreed to by the relevant Lender.



<PAGE>


     2.9 Conversion and  Continuation  Options.  (a) The Borrower may elect from
time to time to convert  Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar  Loans to Revolving
Loans  that are ABR  Loans  by  giving  the  Administrative  Agent at least  two
Business Days' prior irrevocable notice of such election, provided that any such
conversion of  Eurodollar  Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest
Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert
Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans to Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar  Loans
by  giving  the  Administrative  Agent  at  least  three  Business  Days'  prior
irrevocable  notice of such  election  (which notice shall specify the length of
the  initial  Interest  Period  therefor),  provided  that  no ABR  Loan  may be
converted  into a Eurodollar  Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing  and  the  Administrative  Agent  has or the  Required  Lenders  have
determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions.  Upon
receipt of any such notice the  Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify each
relevant Lender thereof.

     (b Any  Revolving  Loan that is a Eurodollar  Loan may be continued as such
upon the expiration of the then current  Interest Period with respect thereto by
the  Borrower  giving  irrevocable  notice  to  the  Administrative   Agent,  in
accordance  with the  applicable  provisions of the term  "Interest  Period" set
forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable
to such Loans,  provided that no such  Eurodollar  Loan may be continued as such
when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the  Administrative
Agent  has or the  Required  Lenders  have  determined  in  its  or  their  sole
discretion not to permit such continuations,  and provided, further, that if the
Borrower  shall  fail to give any  required  notice as  described  above in this
paragraph or if such  continuation  is not  permitted  pursuant to the preceding
proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day
of such then  expiring  Interest  Period.  Upon  receipt of any such  notice the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof.

     2.10 Limitations on Eurodollar  Tranches.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary in this Agreement,  all borrowings,  conversions and  continuations  of
Revolving  Loans that are  Eurodollar  Loans  hereunder  and all  selections  of
Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such
elections so that no more than twenty  Eurodollar  Tranches shall be outstanding
at any one time.

     2.11  Interest  Rates;  Payment  Dates;  Evidence  of Debt.  (a) Subject to
clauses (d) and (e) below,  each Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar  Loan shall
bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a
rate per annum equal to the  Eurodollar  Rate  determined  for such day plus the
Applicable Margin.

     (b Subject to clauses (d) and (e) below,  each ABR Loan shall bear interest
at a rate per annum equal to the ABR.

     (c Subject to clauses  (d) and (e) below,  each  Swingline  Loan shall bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds  Effective Rate plus * *
* * *

     (d  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of the foregoing  clauses (a), (b) and
(c), for each day during the period from and including  November 1, 1999 through
and including March 1, 2000 all Revolving and Swingline Loans will bear interest
at a rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) * * * * *(ii) * * * * *or, in the
case of Revolving and Swingline  Loans with respect to which a borrowing  notice
complying  with the  applicable  provisions of Section 2.2 or 2.4 is received by
the  Administrative  Agent fewer than three Business Days prior to the Borrowing
Date therefor,  a rate per annum equal to * * * * * for the first three Business
Days after such borrowing.



<PAGE>


     (e (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan shall not be
paid when due (whether at the stated  maturity,  by  acceleration or otherwise),
such overdue  amount  shall bear  interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate
that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to this Agreement plus * * *
* * and (ii) if all or a  portion  of any  interest  payable  on any Loan or any
facility  fee or other  amount  payable  hereunder  shall  not be paid  when due
(whether at the stated  maturity,  by acceleration  or otherwise),  such overdue
amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable
to ABR  Loans  plus * * * * *, in each  case  from the date of such  non-payment
until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

     (f) Interest  shall be payable in arrears on each  Interest  Payment  Date,
provided that interest  accruing pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section shall
be payable from time to time on demand.

     (g) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative  Agent
by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory
note of the  Borrower  evidencing  any  Revolving  Loans,  Competitive  Loans or
Swingline Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender,  substantially in the forms
of Exhibit D-1, D-2 or D-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions as to date
and principal amount.

     2.12  Computation  of Interest  and Fees.  (a)  Interest  and fees  payable
pursuant  hereto  shall be  calculated  on the basis of a  360-day  year for the
actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest
on which is  calculated  on the basis of the Prime Rate,  the  interest  thereon
shall be  calculated  on the basis of a 365- (or  366-,  as the case may be) day
year for the actual  days  elapsed.  The  Administrative  Agent shall as soon as
practicable  notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each  determination
of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a
change  in  the  ABR or  the  Eurocurrency  Reserve  Requirements  shall  become
effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change  becomes
effective.  The  Administrative  Agent shall as soon as  practicable  notify the
Borrower and the relevant  Lenders of the effective  date and the amount of each
such change in interest rate.

     (b) Each  determination  of an interest  rate by the  Administrative  Agent
pursuant to any provision of this  Agreement  shall be conclusive and binding on
the   Borrower  and  the  Lenders  in  the  absence  of  manifest   error.   The
Administrative  Agent  shall,  at the  request of the  Borrower,  deliver to the
Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative  Agent in
determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.11(a).

     2.13 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any
Interest Period:

     (a) the  Administrative  Agent shall have determined  (which  determination
shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  upon  the  Borrower)  that,  by  reason  of
circumstances  affecting the relevant  market,  adequate and reasonable means do
not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

     (b) the  Administrative  Agent shall have received notice from the Required
Lenders  that  the  Eurodollar  Rate  determined  or to be  determined  for such
Interest  Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders
(as  conclusively  certified  by such  Lenders) of making or  maintaining  their
affected Loans during such Interest Period,



<PAGE>


the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the
Borrower and the relevant  Lenders as soon as  practicable  thereafter.  If such
notice is given (x) any Revolving Loan that are Eurodollar Loans requested to be
made on the first day of such  Interest  Period shall be made as ABR Loans,  (y)
any Loans  that were to have been  converted  on the first day of such  Interest
Period  to  Eurodollar  Loans  shall  be  continued  as ABR  Loans  and  (z) any
outstanding Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the
last day of the then-current  Interest Period,  to ABR Loans.  Until such notice
has been withdrawn by the  Administrative  Agent,  no further  Eurodollar  Loans
shall be made or  continued as such,  nor shall the  Borrower  have the right to
convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

     2.14 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Each borrowing of Revolving Loans
by the  Borrower  from the Lenders  hereunder,  each  payment by the Borrower on
account of any facility fee and any reduction of the  Commitments of the Lenders
shall be made pro rata according to the Revolving Percentages of the Lenders.

     (b) Each payment  (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of
principal  of and  interest  on the  Revolving  Loans  shall  be made  pro  rata
according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans
then held by the Revolving Lenders.

     (c)  All  payments  (including  prepayments)  to be  made  by the  Borrower
hereunder,  whether on account of principal,  interest, fees or otherwise, shall
be made without  setoff or  counterclaim  and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon,
New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the
account of the  relevant  Lenders,  at the  Funding  Office,  in Dollars  and in
immediately  available  funds.  The  Administrative  Agent shall distribute such
payments  to the  relevant  Lenders  promptly  upon  receipt  in like  funds  as
received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans)
becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business  Day,  such payment shall
be extended to the next succeeding  Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar
Loan  becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business  Day,  the maturity
thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding  Business Day unless the result
of such extension  would be to extend such payment into another  calendar month,
in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately  preceding Business
Day. In the case of any  extension of any payment of  principal  pursuant to the
preceding  two  sentences,  interest  thereon  shall  be  payable  at  the  then
applicable rate during such extension.

     (d) Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have been notified in writing by
any Lender  prior to a borrowing  that such Lender will not make the amount that
would  constitute  its share of such borrowing  available to the  Administrative
Agent,  the  Administrative  Agent may assume  that such  Lender is making  such
amount available to the Administrative  Agent, and the Administrative Agent may,
in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding
amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative  Agent by the
required  time on the  Borrowing  Date  therefor,  such Lender  shall pay to the
Administrative  Agent,  on demand,  such amount with interest  thereon at a rate
equal to the daily  average  Federal Funds  Effective  Rate for the period until
such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.
A certificate of the  Administrative  Agent submitted to any Lender with respect
to any amounts owing under this paragraph  shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest  error.  If such Lender's share of such borrowing is not made available
to the  Administrative  Agent by such Lender within three  Business Days of such
Borrowing Date, the Administrative  Agent shall also be entitled to recover such
amount  with  interest  thereon at the rate per annum equal to the higher of the
rate at which such borrowing  then bears interest and the daily average  Federal
Funds  Effective  Rate in effect for such  period  (subject,  in each  case,  to
Section 2.11(d)), on demand, from the Borrower.



<PAGE>


     (e) Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have been notified in writing by
the  Borrower  prior to the date of any payment  being made  hereunder  that the
Borrower  will  not  make  such  payment  to  the   Administrative   Agent,  the
Administrative  Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such  payment,  and
the  Administrative  Agent may, but shall not be required  to, in reliance  upon
such  assumption,  make available to the relevant  Lenders their  respective pro
rata  shares  of a  corresponding  amount.  If such  payment  is not made to the
Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days of such required
date, the  Administrative  Agent shall be entitled to recover,  on demand,  from
each Lender to which any amount was made  available  pursuant  to the  preceding
sentence,  such amount with interest  thereon at the rate per annum equal to the
daily average Federal Funds  Effective  Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to
limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

     2.15  Requirements  of Law.  (a) If the  adoption  of or any  change in any
Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance
by any Lender with any request or directive  (whether or not having the force of
law) from any central bank or other  Governmental  Authority made  subsequent to
the date hereof:

(i)  shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind  whatsoever with respect to
     this  Agreement or any  Eurodollar  Loan made by it, or change the basis of
     taxation  of  payments  to such  Lender  in  respect  thereof  (except  for
     Non-Excluded  Taxes  covered by Section 2.16 and changes in the rate of tax
     on the overall net income of such Lender);

(ii) shall  impose,  modify or hold  applicable  any reserve,  special  deposit,
     compulsory loan or similar  requirement against assets held by, deposits or
     other  liabilities  in or for the  account  of,  advances,  loans  or other
     extensions of credit by, or any other  acquisition  of funds by, any office
     of such Lender that is not otherwise  included in the  determination of the
     Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the  foregoing  is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount that such Lender deems to be material, of making,  converting into,
continuing or maintaining  Eurodollar  Loans, or to reduce any amount receivable
hereunder  in respect  thereof,  then,  in any such  case,  the  Borrower  shall
promptly pay such Lender,  upon its demand,  any additional amounts necessary to
compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.  If
any Lender  becomes  entitled to claim any additional  amounts  pursuant to this
paragraph,   it  shall  promptly  notify  the  Borrower  (with  a  copy  to  the
Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

     (b) If any Lender shall have  determined that the adoption of or any change
in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or
application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation  controlling
such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or
not having the force of law) from any Governmental  Authority made subsequent to
the date  hereof  shall have the effect of  reducing  the rate of return on such
Lender's  or such  corporation's  capital as a  consequence  of its  obligations
hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have
achieved but for such adoption,  change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Lender's or such  corporation's  policies with respect to capital adequacy)
by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after
submission  by such Lender to the  Borrower  (with a copy to the  Administrative
Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such
additional  amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation
for such  reduction;  provided  that  the  Borrower  shall  not be  required  to
compensate a Lender  pursuant to this  paragraph  for any amounts  incurred more
than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such
Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; and provided further that, if
the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such
six-month  period  shall be extended  to include the period of such  retroactive
effect.



<PAGE>


     (c) A certificate as to any  additional  amounts  payable  pursuant to this
Section   submitted  by  any  Lender  to  the  Borrower  (with  a  copy  to  the
Administrative  Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The
obligations  of  the  Borrower  pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  survive  the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts
payable hereunder.

     2.16 Taxes.  (a) All  payments  made by the Borrower  under this  Agreement
shall be made free and clear of, and without  deduction or withholding for or on
account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts,
duties,  charges,  fees,  deductions or withholdings,  now or hereafter imposed,
levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding
net income  taxes and  franchise  taxes  (imposed  in lieu of net income  taxes)
imposed  on the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or
former  connection  between  the  Administrative  Agent or such  Lender  and the
jurisdiction of the  Governmental  Authority  imposing such tax or any political
subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof  or  therein  (other  than  any such
connection  arising solely from the  Administrative  Agent or such Lender having
executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or
enforced,  this Agreement or any other Loan Document).  If any such non-excluded
taxes,  levies,  imposts,  duties,  charges,  fees,  deductions or  withholdings
("Non-Excluded  Taxes") or Other  Taxes are  required  to be  withheld  from any
amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts
so payable to the Administrative  Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the
extent  necessary  to yield to the  Administrative  Agent or such Lender  (after
payment of all  Non-Excluded  Taxes and Other Taxes)  interest or any such other
amounts  payable  hereunder  at the rates or in the  amounts  specified  in this
Agreement,  provided,  however,  that the  Borrower  shall  not be  required  to
increase any such amounts payable to any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded
Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender's failure to comply (if required)
with the  requirements  of paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section or (ii) that are
United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the
time such Lender  becomes a party to this  Agreement,  except to the extent that
such Lender's  assignor (if any) was  entitled,  at the time of  assignment,  to
receive  additional  amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Non-Excluded
Taxes pursuant to this paragraph.

     (b) In  addition,  the  Borrower  shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant
Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

     (c)  Whenever  any  Non-Excluded  Taxes or Other  Taxes are  payable by the
Borrower,  as promptly as possible  thereafter  the  Borrower  shall send to the
Administrative  Agent for its own  account or for the  account  of the  relevant
Lender,  as the case may be, a certified  copy of an original  official  receipt
received by the Borrower showing payment  thereof.  If the Borrower fails to pay
any  Non-Excluded  Taxes  or Other  Taxes  when  due to the  appropriate  taxing
authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or
other  required   documentary   evidence,   the  Borrower  shall  indemnify  the
Administrative  Agent and the Lenders  for any  incremental  taxes,  interest or
penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a
result of any such failure.



<PAGE>


     (d) Each  Lender (or  Transferee)  that is not a citizen or resident of the
United States of America, a corporation,  partnership or other entity created or
organized  in or  under  the  laws  of the  United  States  of  America  (or any
jurisdiction  thereof), or any estate or trust that is subject to federal income
taxation  regardless  of the source of its income (a  "Non-U.S.  Lender")  shall
deliver to the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent  (or,  in the case of a
Participant,  to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been
purchased) two copies of either U.S.  Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form
4224, or, in the case of a Non-U.S.  Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal
withholding  tax under  Section  871(h) or  881(c) of the Code with  respect  to
payments  of  "portfolio  interest",  a statement  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit E and a Form W-8,  or any  subsequent  versions  thereof  or  successors
thereto,  properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S.  Lender claiming
complete  exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal  withholding tax on
all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan  Documents.
Such forms shall be delivered by each  Non-U.S.  Lender on or before the date it
becomes a party to this  Agreement  (or, in the case of any  Participant,  on or
before  the date such  Participant  purchases  the  related  participation).  In
addition,  each  Non-U.S.  Lender  shall  deliver such forms  promptly  upon the
obsolescence  or  invalidity of any form  previously  delivered by such Non-U.S.
Lender.  Each Non-U.S.  Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it
determines  that  it is no  longer  in a  position  to  provide  any  previously
delivered  certificate  to the  Borrower  (or any  other  form of  certification
adopted by the U.S. taxing  authorities for such purpose).  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision of this paragraph,  a Non-U.S.  Lender shall not be required to
deliver any form pursuant to this  paragraph  that such  Non-U.S.  Lender is not
legally able to deliver.

     (e) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S.
withholding  tax under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which  the  Borrower  is
located,  or any treaty to which such  jurisdiction is a party,  with respect to
payments under this Agreement  shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the
Administrative  Agent),  at the time or times  prescribed by  applicable  law or
reasonably  requested by the  Borrower,  such  properly  completed  and executed
documentation  prescribed by  applicable  law as will permit such payments to be
made without  withholding  or at a reduced  rate,  provided  that such Lender is
legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such
Lender's judgment such completion,  execution or submission would not materially
prejudice the legal position of such Lender.

     (f) The  agreements in this Section shall survive the  termination  of this
Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     2.17  Indemnity.  The Borrower  agrees to indemnify each Lender and to hold
each Lender  harmless  from any loss or expense  that such Lender may sustain or
incur as a consequence  of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of,
conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given
a  notice  requesting  the  same  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of this
Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion
from  Eurodollar  Loans  after  the  Borrower  has  given a  notice  thereof  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  or (c) the  making  of a
prepayment of or  conversion  to Eurodollar  Loans on a day that is not the last
day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  Such loss will be calculated by
determining  the excess,  if any, of (i) the amount of interest  that would have
accrued on the amount so prepaid,  or not so borrowed,  converted or  continued,
for the period from the date of such  prepayment  or of such  failure to borrow,
convert or continue to the last day of such Interest  Period (or, in the case of
a failure to borrow,  convert or continue,  the Interest  Period that would have
commenced on the date of such  failure) in each case at the  applicable  rate of
interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding,  however, the Applicable
Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably
determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount
by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable  period with leading banks in
the interbank  eurodollar  market,  as well as any reasonable  customary  costs,
charges or expenses  resulting from such  circumstance.  A certificate as to any
amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender
shall be  conclusive  in the  absence of manifest  error.  This  covenant  shall
survive the  termination  of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all
other amounts payable hereunder.



<PAGE>


     2.18 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence
of any event  giving  rise to the  operation  of Section  2.15 or  2.16(a)  with
respect to such Lender,  it will, if requested by the Borrower,  use  reasonable
efforts (subject to overall policy  considerations  of such Lender) to designate
another  lending  office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of
avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such designation is made
on terms that,  in the sole  judgment of such Lender,  cause such Lender and its
lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory  disadvantage,  and
provided,  further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of
the  obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section
2.15 or 2.16(a).

     2.19 Replacement of Lenders. The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any
Lender that (a) requests  reimbursement  for amounts  owing  pursuant to Section
2.15 or 2.16(a) or (b) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder,  with
a replacement financial institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not
conflict  with any  Requirement  of Law,  (ii) no Event of  Default  shall  have
occurred and be continuing at the time of such  replacement,  (iii) prior to any
such  replacement,  such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.18 so
as to eliminate  the  continued  need for payment of amounts  owing  pursuant to
Section  2.15 or  2.16(a),  (iv) the  replacement  financial  institution  shall
purchase,  at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced  Lender on
or prior to the date of  replacement,  (v) the Borrower  shall be liable to such
replaced  Lender  under  Section  2.17  if any  Eurodollar  Loan or  Fixed  Rate
Competitive  Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on
the last day of the  Interest  Period  relating  thereto,  (vi) the  replacement
financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory
to the  Administrative  Agent,  (vii) the replaced  Lender shall be obligated to
make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 (provided
that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the  registration and processing fee
referred  to  therein),  (viii)  until  such time as such  replacement  shall be
consummated,  the Borrower  shall pay all  additional  amounts (if any) required
pursuant  to  Section  2.15 or  2.16(a),  as the case may be,  and (ix) any such
replacement  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower,
the  Administrative  Agent or any other  Lender  shall have against the replaced
Lender.


                    SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this  Agreement  and the
Lenders to make the Loans,  the Borrower  hereby  represents and warrants to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender that:



<PAGE>


     3.1 Financial Condition. The consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as at  September  30,  1998,  and  the  related
consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended on
such date,  reported on by Arthur  Andersen LLP, copies of which have heretofore
been  furnished to each Lender,  are complete and correct and present fairly the
consolidated   financial   condition  of  the  Borrower  and  its   consolidated
Subsidiaries as at such date, and the  consolidated  results of their operations
and  their  consolidated  cash  flows  for  the  fiscal  year  then  ended.  The
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries as
at June 30, 1999, and the related consolidated  statements of income and of cash
flows for the period  ended on such date,  certified by a  Responsible  Officer,
copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender,  are complete and
correct and present fairly the consolidated  financial condition of the Borrower
and its consolidated  Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results
of their operations and their  consolidated cash flows for the period then ended
(subject  to  normal  year-end  adjustments).  All  such  financial  statements,
including  the  related  schedules  and notes  thereto,  have been  prepared  in
accordance  with GAAP  applied  consistently  throughout  the  periods  involved
(except as approved by such accountants or Responsible  Officer, as the case may
be, and as disclosed therein). Except for those items set forth on Schedule 3.1,
neither the Borrower nor any of its consolidated  Subsidiaries  had, at the date
of the most recent  balance  sheet  referred to above,  any material  contingent
liability or material  liability for taxes,  or any material  long-term lease or
material unusual forward or long-term commitment, including, without limitation,
any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction, which is not
reflected in the foregoing statements or in the notes thereto. During the period
from June 30,  1999 to and  including  the date  hereof  there has been no sale,
transfer  or  other  disposition  by the  Borrower  or  any of its  consolidated
Subsidiaries of any material part of its business or property and no purchase or
other  acquisition  of any business or property  (including any Capital Stock of
any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated  financial  condition
of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries at June 30, 1999.

     3.2 No Change.  Since  September 30, 1998 there has been no  development or
event which has had or could  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

     3.3 Corporate Existence;  Compliance with Law. Each of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the  jurisdiction of its  organization,  (b) has the corporate power
and authority,  and the legal right,  to own and operate its property,  to lease
the  property it  operates as lessee and to conduct the  business in which it is
currently  engaged,  (c) is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation and in good
standing  under  the laws of each  jurisdiction  where its  ownership,  lease or
operation   of  property  or  the  conduct  of  its   business   requires   such
qualification,  except to the extent that the failure to be so  qualified  or in
good  standing  could not, in the  aggregate,  reasonably  be expected to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect,  (d) has any other valid and  current  classification
under the regulations of each of the Agencies necessary in the normal conduct of
its business and (f) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the
extent  that the  failure  to comply  therewith  could  not,  in the  aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization;  Enforceable Obligations.  The Borrower
has the corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and
perform the Loan  Documents to which it is a party and to borrow  hereunder  and
has taken all  necessary  corporate  action to authorize  the  borrowings on the
terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  and any Notes  and to  authorize  the
execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the Loan  Documents  to which it is a
party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or
in respect of any  Governmental  Authority  or any other  Person is  required in
connection  with  the  borrowings  hereunder  or with the  execution,  delivery,
performance,  validity  or  enforceability  of the Loan  Documents  to which the
Borrower is a party, except as set forth on Schedule 3.4, all of which have been
duly accomplished and are valid and in full force and effect. This Agreement has
been,  and each other Loan  Document  will be, duly  executed  and  delivered on
behalf of the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document
when executed and delivered by the Borrower will constitute,  a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against it in accordance with its
terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy,  insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization,  moratorium  and other  similar  laws  relating to or  affecting
creditors' rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in
a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair
dealing.

     3.5 No Legal Bar.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the Loan
Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not
violate any  Requirement of Law or Contractual  Obligation of the Borrower or of
any of its  Subsidiaries  and will not result in, or  require,  the  creation or
imposition of any Lien on any of its or their respective  properties or revenues
pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation.



<PAGE>


     3.6 No Material Litigation.  No litigation,  investigation or proceeding of
or before  any  arbitrator  or  Governmental  Authority  is  pending  or, to the
knowledge of the  Borrower,  threatened by or against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  or against any of its or their  respective  properties or revenues
(a)  with  respect  to any  of the  Loan  Documents  or any of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or  thereby,  or (b) except as set forth on  Schedule  3.6,
which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.7 No Default.  Neither the  Borrower  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is in
default  under or with  respect  to any of its  Contractual  Obligations  in any
respect which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

     3.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
has good  record and  marketable  title in fee  simple to, or a valid  leasehold
interest in, all its real  property  material to the  operation of its business,
and good title to, or a valid  leasehold  interest  in,  all its other  property
material to the operation of its business,  and none of such property is subject
to any Lien except as permitted by Section 6.3.

     3.9  Intellectual   Property.   Each  of  the  Borrower  and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries  owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual  Property  necessary
for the conduct of its  business  as  currently  conducted  except for where the
failure to own or license  which  could not  reasonably  be  expected  to have a
Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person
challenging  or  questioning  the use of any such  Intellectual  Property or the
validity  or  effectiveness  of any  such  Intellectual  Property,  nor does the
Borrower  know  of any  valid  basis  for  any  such  claim.  The  use  of  such
Intellectual  Property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on
the rights of any Person,  except for such claims and infringements that, in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.10 Taxes.  Each of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries has filed or caused
to be filed all federal,  state income and other material tax returns which,  to
the knowledge of the  Borrower,  are required to be filed and has paid all taxes
shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any  assessments  made against
it or any of its property and all other taxes,  fees or other charges imposed on
it or any of its  property  by any  Governmental  Authority  (other than any the
amount or  validity  of which are  currently  being  contested  in good faith by
appropriate  proceedings  and with respect to which reserves in conformity  with
GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the
case may be); and no material tax Lien has been filed,  and, to the knowledge of
the Borrower, no material claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax,
fee or other charge.

     3.11 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be used
in a manner that violates Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in
effect.



<PAGE>


     3.12 ERISA.  Neither a Reportable Event that reasonably could result in the
termination of a Plan (other than a standard  termination) or which could have a
Material  Adverse Effect nor an  "accumulated  funding  deficiency"  (within the
meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred  during
the five-year period prior to the date on which this  representation  is made or
deemed made with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Plan has complied
in all material  respects with the applicable  provisions of ERISA and the Code.
No  termination  of a Single  Employer Plan has occurred  (other than a standard
termination)  and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen  during such
five-year  period.  The present value of all accrued  benefits under each Single
Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan) did not, as of
the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is
made or deemed  made,  exceed the value of the assets of such Plan  allocable to
such accrued benefits.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly  Controlled Entity
has had a complete  or  partial  withdrawal  from any  Multiemployer  Plan,  and
neither the Borrower nor any Commonly  Controlled Entity would become subject to
any liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity
were to withdraw  completely  from all  Multiemployer  Plans as of the valuation
date most closely  preceding  the date on which this  representation  is made or
deemed made. No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.

     3.13  Investment  Company Act;  Other  Regulations.  The Borrower is not an
"investment  company",  or a company  "controlled"  by an "investment  company",
within the  meaning of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended.  The
Borrower is not  subject to  regulation  under any  Federal or State  statute or
regulation  (other than  Regulation  X of the Board) which limits its ability to
incur the Loans.

     3.14 Subsidiaries.  The Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.14 constitute all
the Subsidiaries of the Borrower at the date hereof.

     3.15 Purpose of Loans.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for general
corporate purposes.

     3.16 Environmental Matters. Except to the extent that all of the following,
in the aggregate,  could not  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect:

     (a) The facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower
or any of its  Subsidiaries  (the  "Properties")  do not  contain,  and have not
previously  contained,  any  Materials  of  Environmental  Concern in amounts or
concentrations which (i) constitute or constituted a violation of, or (ii) could
reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.

     (b) The  Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance,
and have in the last five years been in  compliance,  in all  material  respects
with all applicable  Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under
or about the  Properties or violation of any  Environmental  Law with respect to
the  Properties  or  the  business  operated  by  the  Borrower  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries (the "Business") which could interfere with the continued operation
of the Properties.

     (c) Neither the  Borrower  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  has  received  any
notice of violation, alleged violation,  non-compliance,  liability or potential
liability regarding  environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws
with regard to any of the Properties or the Business, nor does the Borrower have
knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being
threatened.

     (d)  Materials  of  Environmental  Concern  have  not been  transported  or
disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location
which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to give  rise to  liability  under,  any
Environmental  Law,  nor  have  any  Materials  of  Environmental  Concern  been
generated,  treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties
in violation  of, or in a manner that could  reasonably be expected to give rise
to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.

     (e) No judicial  proceeding or  governmental  or  administrative  action is
pending  or,  to  the   knowledge  of  the  Borrower,   threatened,   under  any
Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or will be named as
a party  with  respect  to the  Properties  or the  Business,  nor are there any
consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other
orders, or other administrative or judicial  requirements  outstanding under any
Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business.



<PAGE>


     (f)  There  has been no  release  or  threat of  release  of  Materials  of
Environmental  Concern at or from the Properties,  or arising from or related to
the  operations  of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  in  connection  with  the
Properties or otherwise in connection  with the Business,  in violation of or in
amounts  or in a manner  that  could  reasonably  give rise to  liability  under
Environmental Laws.

     3.17 Disclosure.  The statements and information  contained  herein, in any
other Loan Document and in any of the information provided to the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders in writing (other than financial projections) in connection
with this Agreement,  taken as a whole,  do not contain any untrue  statement of
any  material  fact,  or omit to state a fact  necessary  in order to make  such
statements or information not misleading in any material  respect,  in each case
in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made  or
information  provided as of the date so provided and subject to any  information
subsequently  provided  in  writing  which  amends,  modifies  or  corrects  the
information previously furnished.  There is no fact known to the Borrower, other
than economic  conditions  generally,  including  interest rate risk, that could
reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect  that has not been
expressly  disclosed  herein,  in the  other  Loan  Documents  or in such  other
documents,  certificates and written statements  furnished to the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the  transactions  contemplated
hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

     3.18 Year  2000.  The  Borrower  has  undertaken  a review of its  computer
software and systems, and equipment  containing embedded  microchips,  including
software,  systems and equipment supplied by others or with which the Borrower's
systems  interface,  in each  case  necessary  to the  material  conduct  of its
business (collectively,  "Year 2000 Systems"),  that is reasonably sufficient to
ascertain  whether the Year 2000 Systems will  continue to function  properly in
such capacity in and following the year 2000 (such functioning being referred to
as "Year 2000 Compliant" or "Year 2000 Compliance",  as appropriate).  As of the
date  hereof,  the Year  2000  Systems  have  been  tested  and,  to the  extent
necessary,  remediated and are Year 2000 Compliant, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower,  except  to the  extent  that  failure  to be so  compliant  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect  (taking into account
contingency plans in effect).

                         SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     4.1 Conditions to Initial  Extension of Credit.  The  effectiveness of this
Agreement  and  agreement  of each  Lender  to  make  its  Commitment  available
hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

     (a) Credit  Agreement.  The  Administrative  Agent shall have received this
Agreement,  executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and
each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A.

     (b)  Financial   Statements.   The  Lenders  shall  have  received  audited
consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for its 1998 fiscal year.

     (c) Fees. The Lenders and the Administrative  Agent shall have received all
fees  required  to be paid,  and all  expenses  for  which  invoices  have  been
presented  (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel),  on or
before the Closing Date.

     (d) Closing Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received, with
a counterpart for each Lender, a certificate of the Borrower,  dated the Closing
Date,  substantially in the form of Exhibit A, with  appropriate  insertions and
attachments.


<PAGE>


     (e) Legal  Opinions.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  the
following executed legal opinions:

     (i) the legal  opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell,  counsel to the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1; and

     (ii) the legal  opinion  of Robert  Jacobs,  Esq.  general  counsel  of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.

     (f)  Termination of Existing Credit  Agreement.  The  Administrative  Agent
shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that,  simultaneously
herewith, all principal,  interest, fees and other amounts owing by the Borrower
under the Existing  Credit  Agreement shall have been paid in full, the Existing
Credit  Agreement shall have been terminated and all Liens thereunder shall have
been terminated and released.  Each Lender party hereto which is also a party to
the  Existing  Credit  Agreement  hereby  agrees that any notice of  termination
required  under the  Existing  Credit  Agreement  is hereby  deemed to have been
waived.

     4.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to
make any extension of credit  requested to be made by it on any date  (including
its initial extension of credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:

     (a)  Representations  and  Warranties.  Each  of  the  representations  and
warranties made by the Borrower in Section 3 shall be true and correct on and as
of such  date as if made on and as of such  date,  provided,  however,  that the
representations  and warranties made in Section 3.2 and Section 3.6 shall not be
required as conditions to any extension of credit after the Closing Date.

     (b) No Default.  No Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and be
continuing  on such  date or after  giving  effect to the  extensions  of credit
requested to be made on such date.

     Each borrowing by the Borrower  hereunder shall constitute a representation
and  warranty  by the  Borrower  as of the  date  of  such  borrowing  that  the
conditions in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section have been satisfied.

                        SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     The Borrower  hereby  agrees  that,  so long as the  Commitments  remain in
effect, or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative
Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

     5.1  Financial  Statements.  Furnish to the  Administrative  Agent and each
Lender:

     (a) as soon as available,  but in any event within 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the  Borrower,  a copy of the audited  consolidated  balance
sheet of the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as at the end of such
year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows
for such year,  setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of
the end of and for the previous year,  reported on without a "going  concern" or
like  qualification or exception,  or qualification  arising out of the scope of
the audit,  by KPMG LLP or other  independent  certified  public  accountants of
nationally recognized standing; and



<PAGE>


     (b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the
end of each of the first  three  quarterly  periods of each  fiscal  year of the
Borrower,  the  unaudited  consolidated  balance  sheet of the  Borrower and its
consolidated  Subsidiaries  as at the  end  of  such  quarter  and  the  related
unaudited  consolidated  statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter
and the portion of the fiscal  year  through  the end of such  quarter,  setting
forth in each case in comparative  form the figures as of the end of and for the
corresponding period in the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as
being fairly stated in all material  respects  (subject to normal year-end audit
adjustments).

All such  financial  statements  shall be complete  and correct in all  material
respects and shall be prepared in reasonable  detail and in accordance with GAAP
applied  consistently  throughout the periods  reflected  therein and with prior
periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer,  as the case may be,
and disclosed therein).

     5.2 Certificates;  Other Information.  Furnish to the Administrative  Agent
and each Lender):

     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred to
in subsection  5.1(a), a certificate of the chief financial officer or treasurer
of the Borrower certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists, except as
specified in such certificate;

     (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred to
in subsections  5.1(a) and (b), a certificate of a Responsible  Officer  stating
that, to the best of such Responsible  Officer's knowledge,  during such period,
the Borrower  has  observed or  performed  in all  material  respects all of its
covenants and other  agreements,  and satisfied in all material  respects  every
condition,  contained  in this  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents  to be
observed,  performed or satisfied by it, and that such  Responsible  Officer has
obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default  except as specified in
such certificate, and containing calculations in reasonable detail demonstrating
compliance  with the provisions of  subsections  6.1, 6.2 and 6.6 (including the
calculation of the amounts included in Section 6.2(d));

     (c)  within  five days  after the same are  sent,  copies of all  financial
statements  and reports which the Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC or
any successor or analogous Governmental Authority;

     (d) concurrently  with any delivery of financial  statements under Sections
5.1(a) or 5.1(b) above  required to be  delivered  prior to February 16, 2000, a
summary of the results of its Year 2000 Systems review and the steps being taken
to  ensure  Year  2000  Compliance,  in detail  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Administrative  Agent,  and promptly upon the Borrower  becoming  aware thereof,
notice of any development or information  relating to Year 2000 Compliance that,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  could  reasonably be expected to materially
adversely affect Year 2000 Compliance; and

     (e) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender
may from time to time reasonably request.



<PAGE>


     5.3 Payment of  Obligations.  Pay,  discharge  or  otherwise  satisfy at or
before  maturity or before they become  delinquent,  as the case may be, all its
material  obligations  of whatever  nature,  except where the amount or validity
thereof is currently  being  contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings
and reserves in conformity  with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on
the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

     5.4 Maintenance of Existence;  Compliance.  (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep
in full force and effect its corporate  existence  and (ii) take all  reasonable
action to maintain all rights,  privileges and franchises necessary or desirable
in the normal  conduct of its  business,  except,  in each  case,  as  otherwise
permitted  by Section 6.4 and except,  in the case of clause (ii) above,  to the
extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements
of Law except to the extent that failure to comply  therewith  could not, in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.5 Maintenance of Property;  Insurance; Risk Management. Keep all property
useful and  necessary  in its  business  in good  working  order and  condition;
maintain with financially sound and reputable  insurance  companies insurance on
all its  property in at least such  amounts and against at least such risks (but
including  in  any  event  public  liability,  product  liability  and  business
interruption)  as are  usually  insured  against  in the  same  general  area by
companies  engaged in the same or a similar  business;  furnish to each  Lender,
upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried; and maintain
a risk  management  policy with respect to its  portfolio of Mortgage  Loans and
servicing  rights designed to reduce  fluctuations in the value of its servicing
portfolio due to interest rate movements.

     5.6  Inspection of Property;  Books and Records;  Discussions.  Keep proper
books of  records  and  account  in which  full,  true and  correct  entries  in
conformity  with GAAP and all  Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings
and  transactions  in  relation  to its  business  and  activities;  and  permit
representatives  of any Lender to visit and  inspect any of its  properties  and
examine and make  abstracts  from any of its books and records at any reasonable
time and as often as may  reasonably  be desired  and to discuss  the  business,
operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  with officers and  employees of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
and with its independent certified public accountants, provided that such visits
by Lenders shall be coordinated  through the  Administrative  Agent and, when no
Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  shall be  arranged  upon
reasonable prior notice during normal working hours and with reasonable  efforts
to minimize disruption of the normal conduct of business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

     5.7  Notices.  Promptly  give notice to the  Administrative  Agent and each
Lender of:

     (a) the  occurrence of any Default or Event of Default  promptly  after the
Borrower has knowledge thereof;

     (b) any (i)  default  or event of  default  under any  Indebtedness  of the
Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries in aggregate  principal amount in excess of
$10,000,000 or (ii)  litigation,  investigation  or proceeding that may exist at
any time between the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  and any  Governmental
Authority,  that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the
case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;



<PAGE>


     (c) the  following  events,  as soon as possible and in any event within 30
days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof:  (i) the occurrence
of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required
contribution  to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan
or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any
Multiemployer  Plan or (ii) the  institution of proceedings or the taking of any
other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any  Commonly  Controlled  Entity or
any Multiemployer  Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination,
Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

     (d)  any  change  in  the  business,  operations,   property  or  condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole
that has had or has a reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice  pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of
a  Responsible  Officer  setting  forth  details of the  occurrence  referred to
therein and stating what action the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary proposes
to take with respect thereto.

     5.8  Environmental  Laws.  (a) Comply with,  and ensure  compliance  by all
tenants and  subtenants,  if any, with, all  applicable  Environmental  Laws and
obtain and comply in all material  respects with and  maintain,  and ensure that
all tenants and subtenants  obtain and comply in all material  respects with and
maintain,  any and all  licenses,  approvals,  notifications,  registrations  or
permits  required  by  applicable  Environmental  Laws except to the extent that
failure to do so could not be  reasonably  expected  to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

     (b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing,
and all remedial,  removal and other actions required under  Environmental  Laws
and  promptly  comply  in all  material  respects  with all  lawful  orders  and
directives of all Governmental  Authorities regarding  Environmental Laws except
to the extent  that the same are being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
proceedings  and  the  pendency  of such  proceedings  could  not be  reasonably
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (c) Defend,  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Agents and the Lenders,  and
their respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any
claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities,  settlements, damages, costs and
expenses of whatever  kind or nature known or unknown,  contingent or otherwise,
arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of,  noncompliance  with
or liability  under any  Environmental  Laws applicable to the operations of the
Borrower,  or any orders,  requirements or demands of  Governmental  Authorities
related  thereto,  including,  without  limitation,  attorney's and consultant's
fees,  investigation  and  laboratory  fees,  response  costs,  court  costs and
litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking  indemnification
therefor.  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  this
indemnity shall continue in full force and effect  regardless of the termination
of this Agreement.

     5.9 Maintenance of Agency Status. In the case of the Borrower,  maintain at
all times  its  status as an FNMA and  FHMLC  approved  seller/servicer,  a GNMA
approved issuer/servicer,  a HUD Direct Endorsement Lender, a VA-approved Lender
and an FHA approved  lender in good standing to the extent  necessary to conduct
its normal business.


                          SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Borrower  hereby  agrees  that,  so long as the  Commitments  remain in
effect or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the  Administrative
Agent  hereunder,  the  Borrower  shall  not,  and shall not  permit  any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:



<PAGE>


     6.1 Financial  Condition  Covenants.  Permit  Consolidated Net Worth at the
last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than $* * * * *.

     6.2 Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of
or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

     (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary;

     (b) obligations of the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  under Hedge Contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (c) Indebtedness  constituting obligations under Hedging Agreements entered
into by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business; and

     (d) additional  Indebtedness,  so long as Total Debt at no time exceeds the
greater of (1) an amount at any time equal to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at
the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which  financial  statements  have
been  delivered  prior to such time  multiplied by seven and (2) the sum of: (i)
100% of Cash at such  time,  (ii) 98% of the amount of  Mortgage  Loans Held For
Sale at such time, (iii) 90% of Mortgage Loans Held for Investment at such time,
(iv) 98% of the amount of  Receivables  for Mortgage  Loans  shipped  (including
Mortgage  Loans  and  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  subject  to a  Lien  under  a
repurchase  agreement but excluding all other Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed
Securities  which are excluded from Eligible  Mortgage Assets) at such time, (v)
90% of Early Pool Buyout Advances and Accounts Receivable at such time, (vi) 50%
of Property and Equipment at such time,  (vii) 80% of Mortgage  Servicing Rights
at such  time,  and  (viii)  50% of  Other  Assets  (including  servicing  hedge
investments and excluding intangible assets) at such time.

     6.3 Liens.  Create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of
its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

     (a) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being  contested  in good faith
by appropriate proceedings;

     (b) carriers', warehousemen's,  mechanics',  materialmen's,  repairmen's or
other like Liens  arising in the  ordinary  course of business or that are being
contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings;  provided  that  adequate
reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

     (c)  pledges  or  deposits  in  connection   with  workers'   compensation,
unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

     (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than
for borrowed money),  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and appeal bonds,
performance  bonds  and  other  obligations  of a like  nature  incurred  in the
ordinary course of business;

     (e) easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions and other similar encumbrances
incurred in the ordinary  course of business  that,  in the  aggregate,  are not
substantial in amount and do not in any case  materially  detract from the value
of the  property  subject  thereto or  materially  interfere  with the  ordinary
conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;


<PAGE>


     (f) Liens of  landlords,  arising  solely by operation of law and which are
not avoidable as a matter of law, on fixtures and moveable  property  located on
premises  leased in the ordinary course of business;  provided,  that the rental
payments secured thereby are not yet due;

     (g) Liens (not  otherwise  permitted  hereunder)  which secure  obligations
incidental to repurchase  contracts  ordinary in the mortgage banking businesses
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

     (h) Liens (not otherwise permitted  hereunder) which secure obligations (as
to the Borrower and all Subsidiaries)  incidental to forward delivery  contracts
ordinary  in  the  mortgage   banking   businesses   of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries;

     (i) Liens securing Hedging Agreements;

     (j) Liens in existence on the Closing Date described on Schedule 6.3;

     (k) Liens securing  Indebtedness  (including  Capital Lease Obligations) of
the  Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries  not in  excess  of  $10,000,000  in
aggregate  principal  amount at any time  outstanding  incurred  to finance  the
acquisition  of fixed or capital  assets,  provided that (i) such Liens shall be
created  substantially  simultaneously  with the  acquisition  of such  fixed or
capital  assets,  (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other
than the  property  financed  by such  Indebtedness  and  (iii)  the  amount  of
Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

     (l) Liens not  otherwise  permitted  by this Section so long as neither (i)
the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the obligations  secured thereby
nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date such Lien is
incurred)  of the assets  subject  thereto  exceeds (as to the  Borrower and all
Subsidiaries) $15,000,000 at any one time; and

     (m) any  extension,  renewal  or  replacement  (or  successive  extensions,
renewals or  replacements),  in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in the
foregoing clauses;  provided,  that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured
thereby  shall not  exceed  the  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  so  secured
immediately  prior to the time of such extension,  renewal or  replacement,  and
that such extension,  renewal,  or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a
part of the property subject to the Lien so extended,  renewed or replaced (plus
improvements on such property).

     6.4  Fundamental   Changes.   Enter  into  any  merger,   consolidation  or
amalgamation,   or  liquidate,  wind  up  or  dissolve  itself  (or  suffer  any
liquidation  or  dissolution),  or  Dispose of all or  substantially  all of its
property or business, except that:

     (a) any  Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or  consolidated  with or
into the  Borrower  (provided  that the  Borrower  shall  be the  continuing  or
surviving corporation); and

     (b) any  Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets
(upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower;

     (c) the Borrower may  dissolve  any  Subsidiary  that is inactive and holds
minimal  assets  and the  continued  existence  of  which  is of no value to the
Borrower or the interests of the Lenders; and



<PAGE>


     (d) the Borrower may be consolidated with or merged with any corporation so
long as (i) in any  such  merger  or  consolidation  the  Borrower  shall be the
surviving or resulting  corporation,  (ii) at the time of and immediately  after
the effectiveness of such merger or consolidation  there shall not have occurred
or be  continuing  a Default or an Event of  Default,  nor would a Default or an
Event of Default result  therefrom,  and (iii) the aggregate  consideration,  if
any, paid by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  in connection  therewith,  when
aggregated with all such other  consideration  paid after the Closing Date under
this clause (d), does not exceed $100,000,000.

     6.5 Limitation on Sale of Assets. Convey, sell, lease, assign,  transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without
limitation, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired,  other than in the ordinary course of business,  if the aggregate fair
market  value of such  Dispositions  from the Closing  Date to the time  thereof
after giving  effect  thereto would exceed  $25,000,000,  or, in the case of any
Subsidiary,  issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary's  Capital Stock to any
Person  other  than the  Borrower  or any  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary,  except as
permitted by subsection 6.4(b).

     6.6 Restricted Payments.  Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends
payable  solely in common stock of the Person making such  dividend) on, or make
any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other  analogous
fund for, the purchase, redemption,  defeasance, retirement or other acquisition
of, any Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, whether
now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof,
either directly or indirectly,  whether in cash or property or in obligations of
the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower  (collectively,  "Restricted
Payments"),  except  that so long as no Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  or would  result  therefrom,  the  Borrower may declare and pay cash
dividends on its common stock.

     6.7 Limitation on Investments,  Loans and Advances. Make any advance, loan,
extension of credit or capital  contribution  to, or purchase any stock,  bonds,
notes,  debentures or other securities of, or any assets constituting a business
unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person, except:

     (a)  investments  made in the ordinary  course of the Borrower's  business,
including investments in Mortgage Loans,  Mortgage-Backed  Securities,  mortgage
servicing rights and Hedge Contracts;

     (b) investments in Cash Equivalents;

     (c) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding;

     (d) loans permitted under subsection 6.2(c); and

     (e)  additional  investments  in  Persons  other than the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary of the Borrower, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at
any time outstanding.

     6.8  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  Except for the  agreements  listed on
Schedule 6.8, enter into any transaction,  including,  without  limitation,  any
purchase,  sale,  lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service,
with any Affiliate  unless such transaction is upon fair and reasonable terms no
less favorable to the Borrower or such  Subsidiary,  as the case may be, than it
would obtain in a comparable arm's length  transaction with a Person that is not
an Affiliate.


<PAGE>


     6.9 Changes in Fiscal  Periods.  Permit the fiscal year of the  Borrower to
end on a day other than the last day of September.

     6.10 Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through
any  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower,  except  for  those  businesses  in which the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that
are reasonably related thereto.


                          SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

     (a) the  Borrower  shall fail to pay any  principal of any Loan when due in
accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest
on any Loan,  or any other  amount  payable  hereunder  or under any other  Loan
Document,  within five days after any such interest or other amount  becomes due
in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; or

     (b) any  representation  or warranty  made or deemed  made by the  Borrower
herein or in any other Loan  Document or that is contained  in any  certificate,
document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in
connection  with this  Agreement or any other Loan Document  shall prove to have
been  inaccurate  in any  material  respect  on or as of the date made or deemed
made; or

     (c) the Borrower  shall  default in the  observance or  performance  of any
agreement  contained in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 5.4(a),  Section 5.7(a) or
Section 6; or

     (d) the Borrower  shall  default in the  observance or  performance  of any
other  agreement  contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document  (other
than as provided in paragraphs  (a) through (c) of this  Section),  and any such
default  described in this paragraph (d) shall continue  unremedied for a period
of 30 days; or

     (e) the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  (i)  default  in any
payment of principal of or interest on any  Indebtedness  (other than the Loans)
or in the  payment  of any Hedge  Termination  Obligation,  beyond the period of
grace,  if any,  provided  in the  instrument  or  agreement  under  which  such
Indebtedness or Hedge Termination Obligation was created; or (ii) default in the
observance or  performance of any other  agreement or condition  relating to any
such Indebtedness or Hedge Termination Obligation or contained in any instrument
or agreement evidencing,  securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall
occur or  condition  exist,  the  effect  of  which  default  or other  event or
condition is to cause,  or to permit the holder or holders of such  Indebtedness
or Hedge Termination  Obligation or beneficiary (or a trustee or agent on behalf
of such holder or holders or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if
required,  such  Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such
Hedge  Termination  Obligation to become  payable;  provided,  however,  that no
Default  or Event of  Default  shall  exist  under  this  paragraph  unless  the
aggregate amount of Indebtedness and/or Hedge Termination Obligations in respect
of which any default or other event or condition  referred to in this  paragraph
shall have occurred shall be equal to at least $25,000,000; or



<PAGE>


     (f) (i) the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  commence any case,
proceeding  or  other  action  (A)  under  any  existing  or  future  law of any
jurisdiction,   domestic  or  foreign,   relating  to  bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered
with  respect to it, or seeking to  adjudicate  it a bankrupt or  insolvent,  or
seeking  reorganization,   arrangement,   adjustment,  winding-up,  liquidation,
dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B)
seeking  appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,  conservator or other
similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the
Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall make a general  assignment  for the
benefit of its creditors;  or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower
or any of its  Subsidiaries  any case,  proceeding  or other  action of a nature
referred  to in clause (i) above  that (A)  results in the entry of an order for
relief or any such  adjudication  or  appointment  or (B)  remains  undismissed,
undischarged  or  unbonded  for a period  of 60 days;  or (iii)  there  shall be
commenced  against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries any case,  proceeding
or  other  action  seeking  issuance  of a  warrant  of  attachment,  execution,
distraint or similar process  against all or any substantial  part of its assets
that  results in the entry of an order for any such  relief  that shall not have
been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from
the entry thereof;  or (iv) the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall take
any action in  furtherance  of, or  indicating  its consent to,  approval of, or
acquiescence  in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above;
or (v) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  shall generally not, or shall be
unable to, or shall  admit in writing  its  inability  to, pay its debts as they
become due; or

     (g) (i) any Person shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as defined
in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code)  involving  any Plan,  (ii)
any  "accumulated  funding  deficiency"  (as  defined in Section  302 of ERISA),
whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor
of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the  Borrower or any Commonly
Controlled  Entity,  (iii) a  Reportable  Event shall occur with  respect to, or
proceedings  shall  commence to have a trustee  appointed (or a trustee shall be
appointed) to  administer,  or to terminate,  any Single  Employer  Plan,  which
Reportable  Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is,
in the  reasonable  opinion  of the  Required  Lenders,  likely to result in the
termination  of such Plan for  purposes  of Title IV of ERISA,  (iv) any  Single
Employer  Plan  shall  terminate  for  purposes  of Title IV of  ERISA,  (v) the
Borrower or any Commonly  Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable  opinion
of the Required  Lenders is likely to, incur any liability in connection  with a
withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or
(vi) any other event or  condition  shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan;
and in each case in clauses (i) through  (vi)  above,  such event or  condition,
together with all other such events or conditions,  if any,  could,  in the sole
judgment  of the  Required  Lenders,  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect; or

     (h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered  against the Borrower
or any of its  Subsidiaries  involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or
fully  covered by  insurance  as to which the  relevant  insurance  company  has
acknowledged coverage) of $25,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees
shall not have been vacated, discharged,  stayed or bonded pending appeal within
60 days from the entry thereof; or

     (i)  National  Australia  Bank  Limited  shall  cease to own,  directly  or
indirectly, 75% of the Capital Stock of the Borrower;



<PAGE>


then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default  specified
in clause  (i) or (ii) of  paragraph  (f) above with  respect  to the  Borrower,
automatically  the  Commitments  shall  immediately   terminate  and  the  Loans
hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable,
and (B) if such  event is any  other  Event of  Default,  either  or both of the
following  actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of the Required  Lenders,
the Administrative  Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders,  the
Administrative  Agent  shall,  by notice to the Borrower  declare the  Revolving
Commitments  to be terminated  forthwith,  whereupon  the Revolving  Commitments
shall immediately terminate;  and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders,
the Administrative  Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders,  the
Administrative  Agent  shall,  by  notice  to the  Borrower,  declare  the Loans
hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this
Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents  to be due  and  payable  forthwith,
whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

                              SECTION 8. THE AGENTS

     8.1 Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the
Administrative  Agent as the agent of such Lender under this  Agreement  and the
other  Loan  Documents,   and  each  such  Lender  irrevocably   authorizes  the
Administrative  Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under
the  provisions of this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents and to exercise
such  powers  and  perform  such  duties  as  are  expressly  delegated  to  the
Administrative  Agent  by the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan
Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement,  the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those
expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary  relationship with any Lender,  and
no  implied  covenants,  functions,  responsibilities,  duties,  obligations  or
liabilities  shall be read into this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  or
otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

     8.2 Delegation of Duties. The  Administrative  Agent may execute any of its
duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or
attorneys-in-fact  and shall be  entitled  to advice of counsel  concerning  all
matters  pertaining  to such  duties.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys  in-fact
selected by it with reasonable care.

     8.3 Exculpatory  Provisions.  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be
(i) liable for any  action  lawfully  taken or omitted to be taken by it or such
Person under or in  connection  with this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document
(except  to the  extent  that  any of the  foregoing  is  found  by a final  and
nonappealable  decision of a court of competent  jurisdiction  to have  resulted
from its or such Person's own gross  negligence or willful  misconduct)  or (ii)
responsible  in any manner to any of the Lenders for any  recitals,  statements,
representations  or  warranties  made by the  Borrower  or any  officer  thereof
contained in this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document or in any  certificate,
report,  statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received
by the Agents  under or in  connection  with,  this  Agreement or any other Loan
Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness,  genuineness, enforceability
or  sufficiency  of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure
of the Borrower to perform its obligations  hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents
shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to
the  observance  or  performance  of any  of the  agreements  contained  in,  or
conditions  of, this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document,  or to inspect the
properties, books or records of the Borrower.



<PAGE>


     8.4 Reliance by  Administrative  Agent. The  Administrative  Agent shall be
entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying,  upon any instrument,
writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,  affidavit, letter, telecopy,
telephone,  telex or teletype  message,  statement,  order or other  document or
conversation  believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been  signed,
sent or made by the proper  Person or Persons and upon advice and  statements of
legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower),  independent  accountants and
other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may
deem and  treat  the payee of any Note as the  owner  thereof  for all  purposes
unless a written  notice of assignment,  negotiation  or transfer  thereof shall
have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be
fully  justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this  Agreement
or any  other  Loan  Document  unless  it shall  first  receive  such  advice or
concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement,  all
Lenders)  as it deems  appropriate  or it  shall  first  be  indemnified  to its
satisfaction  by the Lenders  against any and all liability and expense that may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Administrative  Agent  shall in all cases be fully  protected  in acting,  or in
refraining  from acting,  under this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents in
accordance  with a request of the Required  Lenders (or, if so specified by this
Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of
the Loans.

     8.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge  or  notice  of the  occurrence  of any  Default  or Event of  Default
hereunder unless the  Administrative  Agent has received notice from a Lender or
the Borrower  referring to this  Agreement,  describing such Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that
the Administrative  Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall
give notice  thereof to the Lenders.  The  Administrative  Agent shall take such
action with respect to such  Default or Event of Default as shall be  reasonably
directed by the Required  Lenders (or, if so  specified by this  Agreement,  all
Lenders);  provided  that unless and until the  Administrative  Agent shall have
received  such  directions,  the  Administrative  Agent  may (but  shall  not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect
to such  Default  or Event of Default  as it shall  deem  advisable  in the best
interests of the Lenders.

     8.6  Non-Reliance  on  Agents  and Other  Lenders.  Each  Lender  expressly
acknowledges  that  neither  the  Agents nor any of their  respective  officers,
directors,  employees,  agents,  attorneys-in-fact  or affiliates  have made any
representations  or  warranties  to it and  that no act by any  Agent  hereafter
taken,  including  any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any affiliate of
the Borrower,  shall be deemed to constitute any  representation  or warranty by
any Agent to any  Lender.  Each  Lender  represents  to the Agents  that it has,
independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based
on such  documents and  information as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own
appraisal  of  and  investigation  into  the  business,  operations,   property,
financial  and other  condition  and  creditworthiness  of the  Borrower and its
affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans  hereunder and enter into
this  Agreement.  Each Lender also represents  that it will,  independently  and
without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it shall deem  appropriate at the time,  continue to make its
own credit  analysis,  appraisals  and  decisions in taking or not taking action
under  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan   Documents,   and  to  make  such
investigation  as it  deems  necessary  to  inform  itself  as to the  business,
operations,  property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Borrower and its  affiliates.  Except for notices,  reports and other  documents
expressly  required to be furnished to the Lenders by the  Administrative  Agent
hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to
provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
operations,   property,   condition  (financial  or  otherwise),   prospects  or
creditworthiness of the Borrower or any of its affiliates that may come into the
possession  of the  Administrative  Agent  or any  of its  officers,  directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.



<PAGE>


     8.7  Indemnification.  The  Lenders  agree to  indemnify  each Agent in its
capacity  as such (to the extent not  reimbursed  by the  Borrower  and  without
limiting the  obligation of the Borrower to do so),  ratably  according to their
respective  Aggregate  Exposure  Percentages  in  effect  on the  date on  which
indemnification  is sought under this Section (or, if  indemnification is sought
after the date upon which the  Commitments  shall have  terminated and the Loans
shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Aggregate Exposure
Percentages  immediately  prior  to such  date),  from and  against  any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs,  expenses or  disbursements  of any kind  whatsoever that may at any time
(whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted  against  such  Agent in any way  relating  to or  arising  out of, the
Commitments,  this  Agreement,  any of the other Loan Documents or any documents
contemplated   by  or  referred  to  herein  or  therein  or  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby or  thereby  or any  action  taken or omitted by such Agent
under or in connection with any of the foregoing;  provided that no Lender shall
be liable for the  payment  of any  portion  of such  liabilities,  obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or
disbursements   resulting   from  such  Agent's  gross   negligence  or  willful
misconduct.  The  agreements  in this Section  shall  survive the payment of the
Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     8.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each entity which is an Agent and its
affiliates may make loans to, accept  deposits from and generally  engage in any
kind of  business  with the  Borrower  or any of its  affiliates  as though such
entity were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it, each
entity  which is an Agent  shall  have the same  rights  and  powers  under this
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same
as though  it were not an Agent,  and the terms  "Lender"  and  "Lenders"  shall
include each entity which is an Agent in its individual capacity.

     8.9 Successor  Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as
Administrative  Agent upon 10 days' notice to the Lenders and the Borrower,  and
the Administrative  Agent may be removed at any time with cause by an instrument
or  concurrent  instruments  in  writing  delivered  to  the  Borrower  and  the
Administrative  Agent and signed by the Required Lenders.  If the Administrative
Agent shall resign or be removed as  Administrative  Agent under this  Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among
the Lenders a  successor  agent for the  Lenders,  which  successor  agent shall
(unless an Event of Default  under  Section 7(a) or Section 7(f) with respect to
the Borrower  shall have occurred and be  continuing)  be subject to approval by
the Borrower  (which  approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),
whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of
the Administrative  Agent, and the term  "Administrative  Agent" shall mean such
successor  agent effective upon such  appointment  and approval,  and the former
Administrative  Agent's rights,  powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall
be  terminated,  without  any other or  further  act or deed on the part of such
former  Administrative  Agent or any of the  parties  to this  Agreement  or any
holders  of the  Loans.  If no  successor  agent  has  accepted  appointment  as
Administrative  Agent by the date that is 10 days  following  an  Administrative
Agent's  notice  of  resignation  or its  removal,  the  Administrative  Agent's
resignation or removal shall  nevertheless  thereupon  become  effective and the
Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the  Administrative  Agent
hereunder  until such time, if any, as the Required  Lenders appoint a successor
agent as provided for above.  After any  Administrative  Agent's  resignation or
removal as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to
its  benefit as to any  actions  taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     8.10 Other Agents.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere
in this Agreement,  no Agent other than the Administrative  Agent shall have any
duties or  responsibilities  hereunder or under any other Loan Document,  or any
fiduciary  relationship with any Lender,  and no implied  covenants,  functions,
responsibilities,  duties,  obligations or  liabilities  shall be read into this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any such Agent.




<PAGE>


                            SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1  Amendments  and  Waivers.  Neither  this  Agreement,  any  other  Loan
Document,  nor any terms  hereof or  thereof  may be  amended,  supplemented  or
modified  except in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section 9.1. The
Required  Lenders and the  Borrower  may,  or,  with the written  consent of the
Required Lenders,  the  Administrative  Agent and the Borrower may, from time to
time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and
to the other Loan  Documents  for the purpose of adding any  provisions  to this
Agreement  or the other Loan  Documents  or changing in any manner the rights of
the Lenders or of the Borrower  hereunder or  thereunder  or (b) waive,  on such
terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the
case may be, may specify in such  instrument,  any of the  requirements  of this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its
consequences;  provided,  however,  that no such  waiver and no such  amendment,
supplement or modification shall (i) eliminate or reduce any voting rights under
this Section 9.1,  forgive the  principal  amount or extend the final  scheduled
date of  maturity  of any Loan,  reduce the stated  rate of any  interest or fee
payable  hereunder  or extend the  scheduled  date of any  payment  thereof,  or
increase  the amount or extend the  expiration  date of any  Lender's  Revolving
Commitment,  in each case without the consent of each Lender  directly  affected
thereby;  (ii) reduce any  percentage  specified in the  definition  of Required
Lenders or consent to the  assignment  or transfer by the Borrower of any of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents without
the  consent of all  Lenders;  (iii)  amend,  modify or waive any  provision  of
Section 8 without the consent of the Administrative Agent, or (iv) amend, modify
or waive  any  provision  of  Section  2.3 or 2.4  without  the  consent  of the
Swingline  Lenders.  Any such  waiver  and any  such  amendment,  supplement  or
modification  shall  apply  equally to each of the  Lenders and shall be binding
upon the Borrower,  the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders
of the Loans.  In the case of any  waiver,  the  Borrower,  the  Lenders and the
Administrative  Agent  shall be  restored to their  former  position  and rights
hereunder  and under the  other  Loan  Documents,  and any  Default  or Event of
Default  waived  shall be  deemed to be cured  and not  continuing;  but no such
waiver shall extend to any  subsequent or other Default or Event of Default,  or
impair any right consequent thereon.

     9.2 Notices.  Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all notices,
requests and demands to or upon the  respective  parties  hereto to be effective
shall be in writing  (including by telecopy),  and, unless  otherwise  expressly
provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered,
or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail,  postage prepaid,  or,
in the case of telecopy notice, when received,  addressed as follows in the case
of  the  Borrower  and  the  Administrative  Agent,  and  as  set  forth  in  an
administrative  questionnaire  delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case
of the Lenders,  or to such other  address as may be  hereafter  notified by the
respective parties hereto:


         The Borrower:                               HomeSide Lending, Inc.
                                                     7301 Baymeadows Way
                                                     Jacksonville, FL  32256
                                                     Attention:  W. Blake Wilson
                                                     Telecopy:  904-281-7968

         The Administrative Agent:          The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                                     270 Park Avenue
                                                     New York, NY  10017
                                                     Attention: Lisa Schwabe
                                                     Telecopy: 212-270-1001


<PAGE>



         with a copy to:              Chase Loan and Agency Services Group
                                      One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor
                                      New York, NY  10081
                                      Attention: Christina Gould
                                      Telecopy: 212-552-7500

provided that any notice,  request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

     9.3 No Waiver;  Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising,  on the part of the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender, any right,
remedy,  power or privilege  hereunder or under the other Loan  Documents  shall
operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial  exercise  of any
right,  remedy,  power or  privilege  hereunder  preclude  any other or  further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
The rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

     9.4 Survival of Representations  and Warranties.  All  representations  and
warranties  made  hereunder,  in the other Loan  Documents  and in any document,
certificate or statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in connection  herewith
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the
Loans hereunder.



<PAGE>


     9.5  Payment of  Expenses  and  Taxes.  The  Borrower  agrees (a) to pay or
reimburse the Administrative  Agent for all its out-of-pocket costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the  development,  preparation and execution of, and
any amendment,  supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and any other documents prepared in connection  herewith or therewith,
and the consummation and administration of the transactions  contemplated hereby
and thereby,  including the reasonable fees and  disbursements of counsel to the
Administrative Agent and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements
with respect to the  foregoing  to be  submitted  to the  Borrower  prior to the
Closing  Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the  Closing  Date) and from
time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the
Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender
and the  Administrative  Agent  for all  its  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with the  enforcement  or  preservation  of any  rights  under  this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents,  including the
fees and disbursements of counsel  (including the allocated fees and expenses of
in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (c)
to pay and indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and the Administrative  Agent
from,  any and all  recording and filing fees and any and all  liabilities  with
respect  to, or  resulting  from any delay in  paying,  stamp,  excise and other
taxes,  if any,  that may be payable or  determined  to be payable in connection
with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or  administration of any of
the transactions  contemplated by, or any amendment,  supplement or modification
of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this  Agreement,  the other
Loan  Documents and any such other  documents,  and (d) to pay and indemnify and
hold  harmless  each  Lender  and each  Agent  and  their  respective  officers,
directors,  employees,  affiliates,  agents and  controlling  persons (each,  an
"Indemnitee")  from and  against  any and all  other  liabilities,  obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or
disbursements  of any kind or nature  whatsoever  with respect to the execution,
delivery,  enforcement,  performance and  administration of this Agreement,  the
other  Loan  Documents  and  any  such  other  documents,  including  any of the
foregoing  relating  to the use of proceeds  of the Loans or the  violation  of,
noncompliance  with or liability under any  Environmental  Law applicable to the
operations of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Properties and
the  reasonable  fees and expenses of legal counsel in  connection  with claims,
actions or  proceedings  by any  Indemnitee  against the Borrower under any Loan
Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d),  collectively,  the "Indemnified
Liabilities"), provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to
any  Indemnitee  with  respect to  Indemnified  Liabilities  to the extent  such
Indemnified  Liabilities  result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct
of such Indemnitee.  The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive  repayment
of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     9.6  Successors  and  Assigns;  Participations  and  Assignments.  (a) This
Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the  Borrower,  the
Lenders,  the  Agents,  all  future  holders  of the Loans and their  respective
successors and assigns,  except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement  without the prior  written
consent of each Lender.

     (b)  Any  Lender  may,   without  the  consent  of  the   Borrower  or  the
Administrative Agent, in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one
or more banks,  financial institutions or other entities (each, a "Participant")
participating interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Commitment of such
Lender or any other  interest of such Lender  hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest
to a Participant,  such Lender's  obligations  under this Agreement to the other
parties to this  Agreement  shall  remain  unchanged,  such Lender  shall remain
solely  responsible  for the performance  thereof,  such Lender shall remain the
holder of any such Loan for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents,  and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In no event shall
any  Participant  under any such  participation  have any right to  approve  any
amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any
departure by the Borrower  therefrom,  except to the extent that such amendment,
waiver or consent  would reduce the  principal  of, or interest on, the Loans or
any fees payable  hereunder,  or postpone the date of the final  maturity of the
Loans,  in each case to the extent subject to such  participation.  The Borrower
also agrees that each Participant  shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections
2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 with respect to its participation in the Commitments and the
Loans  outstanding  from time to time as if it were a Lender;  provided that, in
the  case of  Section  2.16,  such  Participant  shall  have  complied  with the
requirements of said Section and provided, further, that no Participant shall be
entitled to receive any greater  amount  pursuant to any such  Section  than the
transferor  Lender would have been  entitled to receive in respect of the amount
of the  participation  transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant
had no such transfer occurred.



<PAGE>


     (c) Any Lender (an  "Assignor")  may, in accordance with applicable law, at
any time and from time to time assign to any Lender, any affiliate of any Lender
or any Approved Fund or, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent (which, in each case, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to an
additional  bank,  financial  institution or other entity (an "Assignee") all or
any part of its  rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement  pursuant  to an
Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Assignee, such Assignor and any other
Person whose consent is required pursuant to this paragraph and delivered to the
Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register;  provided
that no such assignment to an Assignee (other than any Lender,  any affiliate of
any Lender or any Approved  Fund) shall be in an aggregate  principal  amount of
less  than  $10,000,000  (other  than in the case of an  assignment  of all of a
Lender's  interests  under  this  Agreement),  unless  otherwise  agreed  by the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent and provided further that each Lender must
retain a Commitment of not less than  $10,000,000 (if it retains any Commitment)
after giving effect to any assignment.  For purposes of the proviso contained in
the  preceding  sentence,  the amount  described  therein shall be aggregated in
respect  of each  Lender  and its  related  Approved  Funds,  if any.  Upon such
execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date
determined  pursuant  to  such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  (x)  the  Assignee
thereunder  shall  be a  party  hereto  and,  to the  extent  provided  in  such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder
with a  Commitment  and/or  Loans as set  forth  therein,  and (y) the  Assignor
thereunder  shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance,  be
released  from its  obligations  under this  Agreement  (and,  in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance  covering all of an Assignor's  rights and obligations
under  this  Agreement,  such  Assignor  shall  cease  to  be a  party  hereto).
Notwithstanding  any  provision of this Section 9.6, the consent of the Borrower
shall not be required  for any  assignment  that occurs when an Event of Default
pursuant to Section 7(f) shall have occurred and be  continuing  with respect to
the Borrower.

     (d) The Administrative Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrower,  maintain at
its address  referred to in Section 9.2 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance
delivered to it and a register (the "Register") for the recordation of the names
and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and the principal  amount of
the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time.  The entries in the  Register
shall be conclusive,  in the absence of manifest  error,  and the Borrower,  the
Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  shall  treat each  Person  whose name is
recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loans and any Notes  evidencing the
Loans recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. Any assignment of any
Loan,  whether  or not  evidenced  by a  Note,  shall  be  effective  only  upon
appropriate  entries with respect  thereto  being made in the Register (and each
Note shall expressly so provide). Any assignment or transfer of all or part of a
Loan evidenced by a Note shall be registered on the Register only upon surrender
for  registration  of assignment or transfer of the Note  evidencing  such Loan,
accompanied by a duly executed  Assignment and Acceptance,  and thereupon one or
more new Notes shall be issued to the designated Assignee.

     (e) Upon  its  receipt  of an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed  by an
Assignor,  an Assignee and any other Person whose consent is required by Section
9.6(c),  together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and
processing fee of $3,500,  the  Administrative  Agent shall (i) promptly  accept
such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein
in the Register on the effective date determined pursuant thereto.

     (f) The Borrower  authorizes  each Lender to disclose to any Participant or
Assignee  (each,  a  "Transferee")  and any  prospective  Transferee any and all
financial  information in such Lender's  possession  concerning the Borrower and
its  Affiliates  which has been  delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the
Borrower  pursuant to this  Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender
by or on  behalf  of the  Borrower  in  connection  with  such  Lender's  credit
evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates  prior to becoming a party to this
Agreement,  so  long as  such  Transferee  is  informed  of the  confidentiality
provisions of Section 9.14 and agrees that by its acceptance of such information
it shall be deemed to be bound thereby.



<PAGE>


     (g)  Anything  herein  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  any  Lender  (a
"Granting  Lender")  may  grant to a special  purpose  funding  vehicle  that is
managed or administered  by such Granting Lender (an "SPC"),  identified as such
in writing from time to time by such Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent
and the  Borrower,  the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any
Loan that such  Granting  Lender  otherwise  would be  obligated  to make to the
Borrower  pursuant to Section  2.1 and,  in such event,  such SPC shall have all
rights and  benefits  of a Lender to the extent of the Loan so  provided  by it,
provided that (i) nothing herein shall  constitute a commitment or an assignment
or assumption of any portion of such Granting  Lender's  Commitment to or by any
SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to  exercise  such  option to
make a Loan or otherwise fails to provide all or any part thereof, such Granting
Lender shall remain  obligated to make such Loan  pursuant to the terms  hereof.
The  making  of a Loan by an SPC  hereunder  shall be  deemed  to  constitute  a
utilization of the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent,  and as
if, such Loan were made by the Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees
that no SPC shall be liable  for any  indemnity  or similar  payment  obligation
under this  Agreement  (all  liability  for which shall  remain with the related
Granting  Lender).  In furtherance  of the  foregoing,  each party hereto hereby
agrees (which  agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement)  that,
prior to the date that is one year and one day after the  payment in full of all
outstanding senior  indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute  against,  or
join  any  other  person  in  instituting  against,  such  SPC  any  bankruptcy,
reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or liquidation  proceedings or similar
proceedings  under  the laws of the  United  States  or any  State  thereof.  In
addition,  notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this Section
9.6, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior  written  consent of,
the Borrower or the  Administrative  Agent and without paying any processing fee
therefor,  assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to its Granting
Lender and (ii)  disclose  (subject to an agreement by the recipient to maintain
the confidentiality  thereof consistent with the requirements of Section 9.6(f))
any  non-public  information  relating  to  its  Loans  to  any  rating  agency,
commercial  paper  dealer  or  provider  of a  surety,  guarantee  or  credit or
liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

     (h) For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement  acknowledge that
the  provisions of this Section 9.6  concerning  assignments  of Loans and Notes
relate only to absolute  assignments  and that such  provisions  do not prohibit
assignments creating security interests, including any pledge or assignment by a
Lender  of any  Loan or Note to any  Federal  Reserve  Bank in  accordance  with
applicable law.

     9.7  Adjustments;  Set-off.  (a) Except to the extent  that this  Agreement
expressly  provides for payments to be allocated to a particular  Lender, if any
Lender (a  "Benefitted  Lender") shall receive any payment of all or part of the
Obligations  owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof  (whether
voluntarily or involuntarily,  by set-off,  pursuant to events or proceedings of
the nature referred to in Section 7(f), or otherwise),  in a greater  proportion
than any such payment to or collateral  received by any other Lender, if any, in
respect of the Obligations  owing to such other Lender,  such Benefitted  Lender
shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating  interest in such
portion of the  Obligations  owing to each such other  Lender,  or shall provide
such  other  Lenders  with  the  benefits  of any such  collateral,  as shall be
necessary  to cause  such  Benefitted  Lender to share  the  excess  payment  or
benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however,
that if all or any  portion of such excess  payment or  benefits  is  thereafter
recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the
purchase  price and  benefits  returned,  to the  extent of such  recovery,  but
without interest.

     (b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders  provided by law,
each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such
notice  being  expressly  waived by the  Borrower  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable  law,  upon any amount  becoming past due and payable by the Borrower
hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set
off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits  (general
or special,  time or demand,  provisional  or final),  in any currency,  and any
other credits,  indebtedness  or claims,  in any currency,  in each case whether
direct or indirect,  absolute or contingent,  matured or unmatured,  at any time
held or owing by such  Lender  or any  branch or  agency  thereof  to or for the
credit or the account of the  Borrower,  as the case may be. Each Lender  agrees
promptly  to notify the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent after any such
setoff and  application  made by such Lender,  provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.



<PAGE>


     9.8  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed by one or more of the
parties to this  Agreement  on any number of separate  counterparts,  and all of
said counterparts  taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.  Delivery  of an  executed  signature  page  of  this  Agreement  by
facsimile  transmission  shall be effective  as delivery of a manually  executed
counterpart  hereof.  A set of the  copies of this  Agreement  signed by all the
parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

     9.9  Severability.  Any provision of this  Agreement  that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability  without  invalidating the
remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render  unenforceable such provision in any
other jurisdiction.

     9.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the
entire agreement of the Borrower,  the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with
respect to the subject  matter  hereof and  thereof,  and there are no promises,
undertakings,  representations or warranties by the Administrative  Agent or any
Lender  relative to subject  matter hereof or thereof not expressly set forth or
referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

     9.11 GOVERNING  LAW. THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     9.12  Submission To  Jurisdiction;  Waivers.  Each party to this  Agreement
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

     (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal  action or  proceeding
relating to this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party,
or for recognition and  enforcement of any judgment in respect  thereof,  to the
non-exclusive  general  jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the
courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate
courts from any thereof;

     (b)  consents  that any such  action or  proceeding  may be brought in such
courts and waives any objection  that it may now or hereafter  have to the venue
of any such  action  or  proceeding  in any such  court or that  such  action or
proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim
the same;

     (c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding  may be
effected  by mailing a copy  thereof by  registered  or  certified  mail (or any
substantially  similar form of mail),  postage prepaid, to its address set forth
in Section 9.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative  Agent shall
have been notified pursuant thereto;

     (d) agrees that nothing  herein shall affect the right to effect service of
process in any other manner  permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in
any other jurisdiction; and

     (e) waives,  to the maximum  extent not prohibited by law, any right it may
have to claim or recover in any legal action or  proceeding  referred to in this
Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.



<PAGE>


     9.13 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

     (a) it has been  advised  by  counsel  in the  negotiation,  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

     (b) neither the Agents nor any Lender has any fiduciary  relationship  with
or duty to the Borrower  arising out of or in connection  with this Agreement or
any of the other Loan  Documents,  and the  relationship  between the Agents and
Lenders,  on the one hand,  and the  Borrower,  on the other hand, in connection
herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

     (c) no joint  venture is created  hereby or by the other Loan  Documents or
otherwise  exists by virtue of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby among the
Lenders or among the Borrower and the Lenders.

     9.14  Confidentiality.  Each of the Agents and each  Lender  agrees to keep
confidential all non-public  information provided to it by the Borrower pursuant
to this Agreement that is designated by the Borrower as  confidential;  provided
that nothing  herein shall prevent any Agent or any Lender from  disclosing  any
such  information,  in each case in clause  (a),  (b) and (c) below  only to the
extent  necessary  or  required  to persons  having  responsibility  for matters
related to this Credit Agreement on a "need to know" basis (a) to any Agent, any
other  Lender,  any  affiliate  of any Lender or any Approved  Fund,  (b) to any
Transferee or prospective  Transferee  that agrees to comply with the provisions
of this Section, (c) to its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants
and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates,  (d) upon the
request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of
any  court or other  Governmental  Authority  or as may  otherwise  be  required
pursuant to any  Requirement  of Law,  (f) if  requested or required to do so in
connection  with any litigation or similar  proceeding to which such Lender is a
party, (g) that has been publicly disclosed not as a result of violation of this
Section 9.14, (h) to the National Association of Insurance  Commissioners or any
similar  organization or any nationally  recognized  rating agency that requires
access to information about a Lender's  investment  portfolio in connection with
ratings  issued  with  respect to such  Lender,  or (i) in  connection  with the
exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

     9.15 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY  WAIVE  TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  LEGAL  ACTION OR
PROCEEDING  RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY
COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.


<PAGE>








     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written. HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.

              By: /s/ W. Blake Wilson
                 Name:  W. Blake Wilson
                 Title:  Chief Financial Officer


              THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

              By: /s/ Roger Parker
                 Name:  Roger Parker
                 Title:   Vice-President


<PAGE>








                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                           FORM OF CLOSING CERTIFICATE


         Pursuant  to  subsection  4.1(d) of the Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
October __, 1999 (as amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement"; terms defined therein being used herein as therein
defined),  among  HomeSide  Lending,  Inc.,  as  Borrower,  the Lenders  parties
thereto, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, the undersigned,
as [title of  Responsible  Officer] of [Name of Loan Party] (the "Loan  Party"),
hereby certifies that:


1 Attached  hereto as Annex I is a true and complete  copy of the  [resolutions]
[unanimous  written  consent] duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Loan
Party effective as of [date] authorizing the execution, delivery and performance
of the transactions  contemplated under the Credit Agreement; such [resolutions]
[unanimous  written  consent] have [has] not in any way been amended,  modified,
revoked  or  rescinded  and [have]  [has]  been in full  force and effect  since
[their]  [its]  adoption to and  including the date hereof and [are] [is] now in
full force and effect; and such [resolutions]  [unanimous written consent] [are]
[is] the only  corporate  [proceedings]  [proceeding]  of the Loan  Party now in
force relating to or affecting the matters referred to therein;

2 Attached  hereto as Annex II is a true and complete copy of the By-laws of the
Loan Party as in full force and effect as of the date  hereof;  and such By-laws
have not in any way been amended,  modified,  revoked or rescinded and have been
in full force and effect since their adoption;

3 Attached hereto as Annex III is a true and complete copy of the  [Certificate]
[Articles] of  Incorporation of the Loan Party as in full force and effect as of
the date hereof;

4 Immediately  prior to and immediately  after the making of the Loans requested
to be made on the date hereof and the  application of the proceeds  thereof,  no
Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing;

5 The  representations  and  warranties  of the Loan Party set forth in any Loan
Document  to  which it is a party or which  are  contained  in any  certificate,
document  or  financial  or other  statement  furnished  pursuant  to the Credit
Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same effect
as if made on the date hereof;



<PAGE>









6 The following persons are the duly elected and qualified  officers of the Loan
Party holding the offices  indicated next to their  respective names below as of
the date hereof; the signatures  appearing opposite their respective names below
are the true and genuine signatures of such officers;  and each of such officers
is an authorized  signatory of the Loan Party and is duly  authorized to execute
and deliver on behalf of the Loan Party any and all notes,  notices,  documents,
statements  and papers under and relating to the Loan Documents to which it is a
party, including,  without limitation,  promissory notes, certificates and other
agreements,  and otherwise to act as an  authorized  signatory of the Loan Party
under the Loan  Documents  to which it is a party and all other  documents to be
executed in connection therewith for all purposes:


         Name                       Office                            Signature




                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has hereunto set his hand
and affixed the corporate seal of the Loan Party.



                                            Secretary

Dated:  October __, 1999                    Corporate Seal:



                  I,  _____________________,  [Title of Responsible  Officer] of
the Loan Party,  hereby  certify that  _____________,  whose  genuine  signature
appears above, is, as of the date hereof, the duly elected, qualified and acting
Secretary of the Loan Party.



                                              [Title of Responsible Officer]


<PAGE>








                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                                     FORM OF
                            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE


         Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October __, 1999
(as amended,  supplemented or otherwise  modified from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement"),  among HOMESIDE LENDING,  INC., a Florida corporation,  as Borrower
(the "Borrower"),  the several banks and other financial  institutions from time
to time parties to the Credit Agreement (collectively,  the "Lenders"),  BANK OF
AMERICA,  N.A.,  DEUTSCHE  BANK AG, NEW YORK  BRANCH and MORGAN  GUARANTY  TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Syndication Agents,  NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED, as
Senior Managing Agent and Co-Arranger,  Chase Securities, Inc., as lead arranger
and book manager (in such capacity,  the  "Arranger"),  and THE CHASE  MANHATTAN
BANK, as administrative  agent (in such capacity,  the "Administrative  Agent").
Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used
herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

         The Assignor  identified on Schedule l hereto (the  "Assignor") and the
Assignee identified on Schedule l hereto (the "Assignee") agree as follows:



7 The Assignor  hereby  irrevocably  sells and assigns to the  Assignee  without
recourse to the  Assignor,  and the Assignee  hereby  irrevocably  purchases and
assumes from the Assignor without recourse to the Assignor,  as of the Effective
Date (as  defined  below),  the  interest  described  in  Schedule 1 hereto (the
"Assigned  Interest") in and to the Assignor's  rights and obligations under the
Credit Agreement in a principal amount for the Assigned Interest as set forth on
Schedule 1 hereto.

8  The  Assignor  (a)  makes  no  representation  or  warranty  and  assumes  no
responsibility  with respect to any  statements,  warranties or  representations
made in or in connection with the Credit  Agreement,  any other Loan Document or
any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant thereto or with respect to
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or
value of the Credit  Agreement,  any other Loan Document or any other instrument
or document  furnished  pursuant  thereto,  other than that the Assignor has not
created any adverse claim upon the interest  being  assigned by it hereunder and
that such  interest is free and clear of any such  adverse  claim;  (b) makes no
representation  or warranty  and assumes no  responsibility  with respect to the
financial  condition  of the  Borrower,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or any  other
obligor  or  the  performance  or  observance  by  the  Borrower,   any  of  its
Subsidiaries or any other obligor of any of their respective  obligations  under
the Credit  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  or any other  instrument  or
document furnished  pursuant hereto or thereto;  and (c) attaches any Notes held
by it evidencing the Assigned Interest and (i) requests that the  Administrative
Agent, upon request by the Assignee,  exchange the attached Notes for a new Note
or Notes  payable to the  Assignee  and (ii) if the  Assignor  has  retained any
interest  under the Credit  Agreement  requests  that the  Administrative  Agent
exchange the attached Notes for a new Note or Notes payable to the Assignor,  in
each case in amounts which reflect the  assignment  being made hereby (and after
giving  effect to any other  assignments  which  have  become  effective  on the
Effective Date).



<PAGE>









9 The Assignee (a)  represents  and warrants  that it is legally  authorized  to
enter into this Assignment and  Acceptance;  (b) confirms that it has received a
copy of the Credit Agreement,  together with copies of the financial  statements
referred  to in or  delivered  pursuant  to Section  3.1 or 5.1 thereof and such
other  documents and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this  Assignment and Acceptance;  (c)
agrees that it will,  independently and without reliance upon the Assignor,  any
Agent or any other  Lender and based on such  documents  and  information  as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents
or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant hereto or thereto;  (d)
appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on
its  behalf  and to  exercise  such  powers  and  discretion  under  the  Credit
Agreement,  the other  Loan  Documents  and any  other  instrument  or  document
furnished pursuant thereto as are delegated to the  Administrative  Agent by the
terms  thereof,  together with such powers as are  incidental  thereto;  and (e)
agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit  Agreement and will
perform in accordance with its terms all the  obligations  which by the terms of
the Credit  Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender  including,
if it is organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside the United States,
its obligation pursuant to subsection 2.16(d) of the Credit Agreement.

10 The effective date of this  Assignment and Acceptance  shall be the Effective
Date of  Assignment  described  in  Schedule 1 hereto  (the  "Effective  Date").
Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance,  it will be delivered
to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  acceptance  by  it  and  recording  by  the
Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to the Credit  Agreement,  effective  as of the
Effective   Date  (which  shall  not,   unless   otherwise   agreed  to  by  the
Administrative  Agent, be earlier than five Business Days after the date of such
acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent).

11 Upon such  acceptance and recording,  from and after the Effective  Date, the
Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest
(including  payments  of  principal,  interest,  fees and other  amounts) to the
Assignor  for  amounts  which  have  accrued  to the  Effective  Date and to the
Assignee for amounts which have accrued  subsequent to the Effective  Date.  The
Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate  adjustments in payments by
the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect
to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

12 From and after the Effective  Date,  (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the
Credit  Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,
have (in  addition to such rights and  obligations  theretofore  held by it) the
rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents
and shall be bound by the provisions  thereof and (b) the Assignor shall, to the
extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations  under the Credit Agreement (except under sections
2.15,  2.16,  5.8(c) and 9.5 of the Credit Agreement for the period prior to the
Effective Date).

13 This  Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Assignment  and  Acceptance to be executed as of the date first above written by
their respective duly authorized officers on Schedule 1 hereto.


<PAGE>







                                   Schedule 1
                          to Assignment and Acceptance


Name of Assignor:

Name of Assignee:

Effective Date of Assignment:



                  Principal
                 Amount Assigned               Commitment Percentage Assigned1

                 $_______________                      __._____%


______________________                        _________________________
[Name of Assignee]                            [Name of Assignor]



By:                                            By:
Title:__________________________               Title:_______________________



[Consented to and ]Accepted:                                Consented To:

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as              HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.2
Administrative Agent


By:                                        By:
Title: __________________________          Title: _________________________


1.   Calculate the Commitment Percentage that is assigned to at least 15 decimal
     places  and  show  as a  percentage  of the  aggregate  commitments  of all
     Lenders.

2.   The  Borrower's  consent  may not be  required.  Section  9.6 of the Credit
     Agreement  provides that the consent of the Borrower is required unless the
     assignee  already is a Lender under the Credit Agreement or is an affiliate
     of a  Lender  or an  Approved  Fund or  there is a  Section  7(f)  Event of
     Default.
<PAGE>








                                                                     EXHIBIT D-1



                                 REVOLVING NOTE



$                                                             New York, New York
                                                              __________ , 199_


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,  HOMESIDE LENDING, INC., a Florida
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  unconditionally  promises to pay to the
order of (the "Lender") at the office of The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  located at
270 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017, in lawful money of the United States
of  America  and in  immediately  available  funds,  on the  Maturity  Date  the
principal  amount of (a)  DOLLARS ($ ), or, if less,  (b) the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount of all  Revolving  Loans  made by the  Lender to the  Borrower
pursuant to subsection 2.1 of the Credit Agreement,  as hereinafter defined. The
Borrower  further  agrees to pay  interest  in like money at such  office on the
unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and on
the dates specified in subsection 2.11of such Credit Agreement.

         The  holder of this  Note is  authorized  to  endorse  on the  schedule
annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a  continuation  thereof which shall
be  attached  hereto and made a part  hereof  the date,  Type and amount of each
Revolving Loan made pursuant to the Credit  Agreement and the date and amount of
each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, each continuation thereof, each
conversion  of all or a portion  thereof  to  another  Type and,  in the case of
Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period with respect thereto.  Each
such  endorsement  shall  constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the
information endorsed.  The failure to make any such endorsement shall not affect
the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such Revolving Loan.

         This Note (a) is one of the Notes  referred to in the Credit  Agreement
dated as of October , 1999 (as amended,  supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, the Lender, the other
banks and financial  institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto,
Bank of America,  N.A.,  Deutsche  Bank AG, New York Branch and Morgan  Guaranty
Trust  Company of New York,  as  Syndication  Agents,  National  Australia  Bank
Limited,  as Senior Managing Agent and Co-Arranger,  Chase Securities,  Inc., as
Arranger,  and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, (b) is subject
to the  provisions  of the Credit  Agreement  and (c) is subject to optional and
mandatory prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement.

         Upon the  occurrence  of any one or more of the Events of Default,  all
amounts then remaining  unpaid on this Note shall become,  or may be declared to
be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

         All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether
maker,  principal,  surety,  guarantor,  endorser  or  otherwise,  hereby  waive
presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.


<PAGE>









         Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit Agreement
and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

         THIS NOTE  SHALL BE  GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED  AND  INTERPRETED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                                     HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.


                                                     By
                                                     Title:


<PAGE>


                                                                      Schedule A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               to Revolving Note


                 LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF ABR LOANS



                              Amount                                   Amount of ABR Loans    Unpaid Principal
                           Converted to   Amount of Principal of ABR       Converted to        Balance of ABR
Date  Amount of ABR Loans    ABR Loans           Loans Repaid            Eurodollar Loans           Loans         Notation Made By
<S>   <C>                 <C>           <C>                          <C>                     <C>                  <C>
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------


- ----- ------------------- ------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- -----------------
</TABLE>

                                                                      Schedule B
                                                               to Revolving Note
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      LOANS, CONTINUATIONS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF EURODOLLAR LOANS



                                                                                                       Amount of
       Amount of   Amount Converted Interest Period and   Amount of Principal of    Eurodollar Loans      Unpaid Principal
       Eurodollar   to Eurodollar     Eurodollar Rate     Eurodollar Loans Repaid   Converted to ABR         Balance of     Notation
Date     Loans          Loans       with Respect Thereto                                  Loans           Eurodollar Loans   Made By
<S>  <C>          <C>               <C>                   <C>                      <C>                  <C>                 <C>
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------


- ---- ------------ ----------------- --------------------- ------------------------ -------------------- ------------------- --------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>






                                                                     EXHIBIT D-2

                                                       FORM OF
                                                COMPETITIVE LOAN NOTE

$                                                             New York, New York
                                                             ___________, 199_


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,  HOMESIDE LENDING, INC., a Florida
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  unconditionally  promises to pay to the
order of (the "Lender") at the office of The Chase Manhattan Bank located at 270
Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,  in lawful money of the United States of
America  and  in  immediately  available  funds,  the  principal  amount  of (a)
_____________ _______ DOLLARS  ($_____________),  or, if less, (b) the aggregate
unpaid  principal amount of each Competitive Loan which is made by the Lender to
the Borrower pursuant to subsection 2.7 of the Credit Agreement,  as hereinafter
defined. The principal amount of each Competitive Loan evidenced hereby shall be
payable on the Competitive Loan maturity date therefor set forth on the schedule
attached  hereto and made a part hereof or on a  continuation  of such  schedule
which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Grid"). The Borrower
further  agrees to pay  interest  in like  money at such  office  on the  unpaid
principal  amount of each  Competitive  Loan evidenced  hereby,  at the rate per
annum set forth in respect of such Competitive  Loan on the Grid,  calculated on
the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed from the Borrowing  Date
of such  Competitive  Loan  until the due date  thereof  (whether  at the stated
maturity,  by acceleration or otherwise) and thereafter at the rates  determined
in accordance with subsection 2.11(e) of the Credit Agreement.  Interest on each
Competitive  Loan  evidenced  hereby  shall be  payable on the date or dates set
forth  in  respect  of such  Competitive  Loan on the  Grid.  Competitive  Loans
evidenced by this Note may not be prepaid.

         The  holder  of this  Note is  authorized  to  endorse  on the Grid the
Borrowing Date,  amount,  interest rate,  Interest Payment Dates and Competitive
Loan  maturity  date in  respect  of each  Competitive  Loan  made  pursuant  to
subsection  2.7 of the  Credit  Agreement  and each  payment of  principal  with
respect thereto.  Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of
the  accuracy  of the  information  endorsed.  The  failure  to  make  any  such
endorsement  shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such
Competitive Loan.

         This  Note is one of the  Notes  referred  to in the  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  dated as of October __, 1999 (as amended,  supplemented  or otherwise
modified from time to time,  the "Credit  Agreement"),  among the Borrower,  the
Lender, the other banks and financial institutions or entities from time to time
parties thereto,  Bank of America,  N.A.,  Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and
Morgan  Guaranty  Trust Company of New York,  as  Syndication  Agents,  National
Australia  Bank  Limited,  as  Senior  Managing  Agent  and  Co-Arranger,  Chase
Securities,  Inc., as Arranger,  and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative
Agent, and is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.



<PAGE>






         Upon the  occurrence  of any one or more of the Events of Default,  all
amounts then remaining  unpaid on this Note shall become,  or may be declared to
be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

         All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether
maker,  principal,  surety,  guarantor,  endorser  or  otherwise,  hereby  waive
presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

         Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit Agreement
and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

         THIS NOTE  SHALL BE  GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED  AND  INTERPRETED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                                     HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.



                                                     By
                                                       Title:


<PAGE>







<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                          SCHEDULE OF COMPETITIVE LOANS
                            _________________, Lender
                        HomeSide Lending, Inc., Borrower
                     Credit Agreement dated October __, 1999


                                                                Competitive Loan
       Borrowing          Amount of Competitive                 Interest Payment Competitive Loan
Date of Competitive Loan           Loan           Interest Rate      Dates        Maturity Date    Payment Date Authorization
<S>                       <C>                     <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>          <C>
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------
- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------


- ------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ---------------- ----------------- ------------ -------------

</TABLE>


<PAGE>








                                                                     EXHIBIT D-3




                                     FORM OF
                               SWINGLINE LOAN NOTE



     $                                                        New York, New York
                                                              ___________, 1999


               FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  HOMESIDE LENDING,  INC., a
     Florida corporation (the "Borrower"),  hereby  unconditionally  promises to
     pay to the order of (the  "Swingline  Lender")  at the  office of The Chase
     Manhattan  Bank located at 270 Park Avenue,  New York,  New York 10017,  in
     lawful money of the United States of America and in  immediately  available
     funds,   the  principal  amount  of  (a)   _____________   _______  DOLLARS
     ($_____________), or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
     each Swingline  Loan which is made by the Swingline  Lender to the Borrower
     pursuant to subsection 2.3 of the Credit Agreement, as hereinafter defined.
     The  principal  amount of each  Swingline  Loan  evidenced  hereby shall be
     payable as provided in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower further agrees to
     pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid principal amount of
     each Swingline Loan  evidenced  hereby,  at the rate per annum set forth in
     respect of such Swingline Loan on the schedule  attached  hereto and made a
     part hereof or on a  continuation  of such schedule which shall be attached
     hereto and made a part hereof (the  "Grid"),  calculated  on the basis of a
     year of 360 days and actual days  elapsed from the  Borrowing  Date of such
     Swingline Loan until the due date thereof  (whether at the stated maturity,
     by  acceleration  or otherwise) and  thereafter at the rates  determined in
     accordance with  subsection  2.11(e) of the Credit  Agreement.  Interest on
     each Swingline Loan evidenced  hereby shall be payable on the date or dates
     set forth in respect of such Swingline Loan on the Grid.

        The  holder  of this  Note is  authorized  to  endorse  on the  Grid the
     Borrowing Date, amount,  interest rate, Interest Payment Dates and maturity
     date in respect of each  Swingline  Loan made pursuant to subsection 2.3 of
     the Credit  Agreement and each payment of principal  with respect  thereto.
     Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy
     of the information endorsed. The failure to make any such endorsement shall
     not affect the  obligations  of the  Borrower in respect of such  Swingline
     Loan.

        This  Note  is one of the  Notes  referred  to in the  Revolving  Credit
     Agreement  dated as of  October  __,  1999  (as  amended,  supplemented  or
     otherwise  modified from time to time, the "Credit  Agreement"),  among the
     Borrower,  the  Lender,  the other  banks  and  financial  institutions  or
     entities from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., Deutsche
     Bank AG, New York Branch and Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
     Syndication  Agents,  National  Australia Bank Limited,  as Senior Managing
     Agent and Co-Arranger,  Chase Securities,  Inc., as Arranger, and The Chase
     Manhattan Bank, as  Administrative  Agent, and is subject to the provisions
     of the Credit Agreement.


<PAGE>


    Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the Events of Default, all amounts
then  remaining  unpaid on this Note shall  become,  or may be  declared  to be,
immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

    All parties now and  hereafter  liable  with  respect to this Note,  whether
maker,  principal,  surety,  guarantor,  endorser  or  otherwise,  hereby  waive
presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

    Unless otherwise  defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit Agreement and
used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

    THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND  INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                                     HOMESIDE LENDING, INC.



                                                     By
                                                       Title:


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SCHEDULE OF SWINGLINE LOANS
                            _________________, Lender
                        HomeSide Lending, Inc., Borrower
                     Credit Agreement dated October __, 1999




                                                              Swingline Loan
  Borrowing Date    Amount of Swingline                      Interest Payment     Swingline Loan
of Swingline Loan         Loan               Interest Rate      Dates             Maturity Date       Payment Date   Authorization
<S>               <C>                     <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>              <C>
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============


- ----------------- ----------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- ===============
</TABLE>



<PAGE>





                                                                    EXHIBIT E


                          FORM OF EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

        Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October
__, 1999 (as amended,  supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Credit  Agreement")  among HOMESIDE LENDING,  INC., a Florida  corporation (the
"Borrower"), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from
time to time parties thereto (the "Lenders"),  BANK OF AMERICA,  N.A.,  DEUTSCHE
BANK AG. NEW YORK  BRANCH  and MORGAN  GUARANTY  TRUST  COMPANY OF NEW YORK,  as
syndication  agents  (in such  capacity,  the  "Syndication  Agents"),  NATIONAL
AUSTRALIA  BANK  LIMITED,  as  Senior  Managing  Agent  and  Co-Arranger,  CHASE
SECURITIES,  INC.,  as lead  arranger and book manager ( in such  capacity,  the
"Arranger")  and THE CHASE  MANHATTAN  BANK,  as  administrative  agent (in such
capacity,  the "Administrative  Agent").  Capitalized terms used herein that are
not  defined  herein  shall  have the  meanings  ascribed  to them in the Credit
Agreement.  ______________________  (the  "Non-U.S.  Lender") is providing  this
certificate pursuant to subsection 2.16(d) of the Credit Agreement. The Non-U.S.
Lender hereby represents and warrants that:

        1 The  Non-U.S.  Lender is the sole record and  beneficial  owner of the
Loans or the  obligations  evidenced  by the  Note(s)  in respect of which it is
providing this certificate.

14 The Non-U.S.  Lender is not a "bank" for purposes of Section  881(c)(3)(A) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  In this regard, the
Non-U.S. Lender further represents and warrants that:

     (a)the  Non-U.S.  Lender  is not  subject  to  regulatory  or  other  legal
requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction; and

     (b) the Non-U.S.  Lender has not been treated as a bank for purposes of any
tax,  securities  law or other  filing or  submission  made to any  Governmental
Authority,  any  application  made to a rating agency or  qualification  for any
exemption from tax, securities law or other legal requirements;

     3. The  Non-U.S.  Lender is not a  10-percent  shareholder  of the Borrower
within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; and

     4. The Non-U.S.  Lender is not a controlled foreign  corporation  receiving
interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the
Code.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate.

                                         [NAME OF NON-U.S. LENDER]



                                         By:_______________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

     Date:  ____________________


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. Dollars

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 OCT-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   SEP-30-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         202,859
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  255,759
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               2,086,239
<PP&E>                                         67,900
<DEPRECIATION>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 6,391,355
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          3,786,521
<BONDS>                                        1,331,292
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                     1,273,542
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   6,391,355
<SALES>                                        0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               410,386
<CGS>                                          0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               289,540
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                120,846
<INCOME-TAX>                                   59,181
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            61,665
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   61,665
<EPS-BASIC>                                  0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission